CONTENTdm
British Columbia Historical Books Collection
Bulletin (Smithsonian Institution. Bureau of American Ethnology)
Pilling, James Constantine, 1846-1895
"([United States] Bureau of American Ethnology. [Bulletin, no. 16]) Lists all types of sources, including manuscripts, which contain vocabularies." -- Lowther, B. J., & Laing, M. (1968). A bibliography of British Columbia: Laying the foundations, 1849-1899. Victoria, BC: University of Victoria, p. 120.
xiii, 86 pages : facsimiles ; 25 cm
application/pdf
SALISHA^KLANG-UAaES i JAMES CONSTANTINE BILLING , WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1893 w* e SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY: J. W. POWELL, DIRECTOR BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE SALISHAN LANGUAGES - /i BY JAME1S CONSTANTINE PILLING^ I WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1893 LINGUISTIC BIBLIOGRAPHIES ISSUED BY THE BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY. Smithsonian institution—Bureau of ethnology. Catalogue of linguistic manuscripts in the library of the Bureau of ethnology. By James C. Pilling. In Bureau of ethnology first annual report; half-title as above p. 553, text pp. 555-577, Washington, 1881, royal 8°. Issued separately with cover title as follows: Catalogue | of | linguistic manuscripts | in the | library of the Bureau of ethnology | by | James C. Pilling | (Extracted from the first annual report of the Bureau | of ethnology) j [Vignette] | Washington | Government printing office | 1881 Cover title as above, no inside title, half-title as under entry next above p. 553, text pp. 555-577, royal 8°. One hundred copies issued. Smithsonian institution—Bureau of ethnology | J. W. Powell director | Proof-sheets | of a | bibliography | of | the languages | of the | North American Indians | by | James Constantine Pilling | (Distributed only to collaborators) | Washington | Government printing office | 1885 Title verso blank 11. notice (signed J. W. Powell) p. iii, preface (November 4,1884) pp. v-viii, introduction pp. ix-x, list of authorities pp. xi-xxxvi, list of libraries referred to by initials pp. xxxvii-xxxviii, list of fac-similes pp. xxxix-xl, text pp. 1-839, additions and corrections pp. 841-1090, index of languages and dialects pp. 1091-1135, plates, 4°. Arranged alphabetically by name of author, translator, or first word of title. One hundred and ten copies printed, ten of them on one side of the sheet only. Smithsonian institution | Bureau of ethnology: J. W. Powell, director | Bibliography | of the | Eskimo language | by | James Constantine Pilling | [Vignette] | Washington | Government printing office | 1887 Cover title as above, title as above verso blank 11. preface (April 20,1887) pp.iii-v, text pp. 1-109, chronologic index pp. 111-116, 8 fac-similes, 8°. An edition of 100 copies was issued in royal 8°. Smithsonian institution | Bureau of ethnology: J. W. Powell, director | Bibliography | of the | Siouan languages | by | James Constantine Pilling | [Vignette] I Washington | Government printing office | 1887 Cover title as above, title as above verso blank 1 1 preface (September 1, 1887) pp. iii-v, text pp. 1-82, chronologic index pp. 83-87, 8°. An edition of 100 copies was issued in royal 8°, III I ft \ a—— IV LINGUISTIC BIBLIOGRAPHIES BY THE BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY. Smithsonian inst i t ution Bureau of et 111 lology: J. W. Powell, director I Bibliography I of the I Iron uoian languages I by I James Constantine O XT xJ JL O O 1/ Pilling I TVignettel Washington | Government printing office I 1888 Cover title as above, title as above verso blank 11. preface (December 15,1888) pp. iii—vi, text pp. 1—180, addenda pp. 181—189, chronologic index pp. 191—208,9 fac-similes, 8°. An edition of 100 copies was issued in royal 8°. Smithsonian institution | Bureau of ethnology: |. W. Powell, director | Bibliography | of the | Muskhogean languages | by | James Constantine Pilling | [Vignette] Washington I Government printing office I 1889 Cover title as above, title as above verso blank 11. preface (May 15,1889) pp. iii-v, text pp. 1-103, chronologic index pp. 105-114,8°. An edition of 100 copies was issued in royal 8°. Bibliographic notes | on | Eliot's Indian bible | and | on his other translations and works in the | Indian language of Massachusetts | Extract from a "Bibliography of the Algonquian languages" | [Vignette] | >) 4 Washington I Government printing office I 1890 Cover title as above, title as above verso blank 11. text pp. 1-58, 21 fac-similes, royal 8°. Forms pp. 127-184 of the Bibliography of the Algonquian languages, t itle %of which follows. Two hundred and fifty copies issued. Smithsonian institution Bureau of ethnology: J. W.Powell, director I Bibliography I of the I Algonquian languages I by I James Constan- tine Pilling | [Vignette] | Washington | Government printing office | 1891 Cover title as above, title as above verso blank 11. preface (June 1,1891) pp. iii-iv, introduction p. v, index of languages pp. vii-viii. list of facsimiles pp. ix-x, text pp. 1-649, addenda pp. 551-575, chronologic index pp. 577—614, 82 facsimiles, 8°. An edition of 100 copies was issued in royal 8°. Smithsonian institution Bureau of ethnology: J. W. Powell, director Bibliography I of the I Athapascan languages I by I James Constantine Pilling | [Vignette] Washington I Government printing office I 1892 Cover title as above, litle as above verso blank 1 1. [list of] linguistic bibliographies issued by the Bureau of Ethnology pp. iii—iv, preface (June 15, 1892) pp. v—vii, introduction p. ix, index of languages pp. xi—xii. list of facsimiles p. xiii, text pp. 1—112, addenda pp. 113-115, chronologic index pp. 117—125,4 facsimiles, 8°. An edition of 100 copies was issued in royal 8°. Smithsonian institn t ion Bureau of ethnology: J. W. Powell, director Bibliography I of the I Chinookan languages I (including the Chinook Jargon) j by I James Constantine Pilling I | Vignette] I Washington | Government printing office I 1893 Cover title as above, title as above verso blank 1 1. [list of] linguistic bibliographies issued by the Bureau of Ethnology pp. iii-iv, preface (March 1(>, 1893) pp. \ -viii, introduction p. ix, index of languages p. xi. list of facsimiles p. xiii, text pp. 1-76, chronologic index pp. 77-81,3 facsimiles, 8°. An edition of 100 copies was issued in royal 8°. PREFACE. Of the numerous stocks of Indians fringing the coast of northwest America few have been as thoroughly studied or their languages so well recorded as the Salishan. As early as 1801 Mackenzie published a short vocabulary of each of two dialects of this stock, and a glance at the chronologic index appended to this catalogue will show that additions or reprints have been made at short intervals ever since. The more modern efforts of Gibbs, Hale, Eells, Gatschet, Tolmie, Dawson, and Boas, especially those of the last named, have resulted in the collection of a body of material which has enabled us to differentiate the dialects of this family of speech to a degree more minute than usual. The knowledge gained from the studies of these gentlemen, and from those of others, also, has greatly extended our information concerning the geographic distribution of these people. Quoting from Major Powell's article on the Linguistic Families of North America in the seventh annual report of the Bureau of Ethnology: The extent of the Salish or Flathead family was unknown to Gallatin, as indeed appears to have been the exact locality of the tribe of which he gives an anonymous vocabulary from the Duponceau collection. The tribe is stated to have resided upon one of the branches of the Columbia River, u which must be either the most southern branch of Clarke's River or the most northern branch of Lewis's River." The former supposition was correct. As employed by Gallatin the family embraced only a single tribe, the Flathead tribe proper. The Atnah, a Salishan tribe, were considered by Gallatin to be distinct, and the name would be eligible as the family name; preference, however, is given to Salish. * * * The most southern outpost of the family, the Tillamook and Nestucca, were established on the coast of Oregon, about 50 miles to the south of the Columbia, where they were quite separated from their kindred to the north by the Chinookan tribes. Beginning on the north side of Shoalwater Bay, Salishan tribes held the entire northwestern part of Washington, including the whole of thePuget Sound region, except only the Macaw territory about Cape Flattery, and two insignificant spots, one near Port Townsend, the other on the Pacific coast to the south of Cape Flattery, which were occupied by Chimakuan tribes. Eastern Vancouver Island to about midway of its length was also held by Salishan tribes, while the great bulk of their territory lay on the mainland opposite and included much of the upper Columbia On the south they were hemmed in mainly by the Shahaptian tribes. Upon the east Salishan tribes dwelt to a little beyond the Arrow lakes and their feeder, one of the extreme north forks of the Columbia. Upon the southeast Salishan tribes extended into Montana, including the upper drainage of the Columbia. They were met here in 1804 by Lewis and Clarke. On the northeast Salish territory extended to about the fifty-third parallel. In the northwest it did not reach the Chilcat River. m PREFACE. Within the territory thus indicated there is considerable diversity of customs and a greater diversity of language. The language is split into a great number of dialects, many of which are doubtless mutually unintelligible. The relationship of this family to the Wakashan is a very interesting problem. Evidences of radical affinity have been discovered by Boas and Gatschet, and the careful study of their nature and extent now being prosecuted by the former may result in the union of the two, though until recently they have been considered quite distinct. With the exception of the Chinookan family the Salishan dialects have contributed a greater number of words to the Chinook jargon than have any other of the languages of the coast—so many indeed that it was a question whether the literature of the jargon should not be included herein. This has not been done, however, except in the case of those books and papers which distinctly mark the Salishan elements entering into the composition of the jargon; this course being pursued because a list of the jargon literature appears in the Bibliography of the Chinookan Languages. This bibliography embraces 320 titular entries, of which 259 relate to printed books and articles and 61 to manuscripts. Of these, 311 have been seen and collated by the writer (257 prints and 54 manuscripts); titles and descriptions of two of the prints and seven of the „ manuscripts have been obtained from outside sources. As far as possible, in the proof-reading of these pages comparison has been made direct with the works themselves. Much of the material is in the library of the writer, and he has had access for the purpose to the libraries of Congress, the Smithsonian Institution, the Bureau of Ethnology, Georgetown University, as well as several well- stocked private collections in the city of Washington. Mr. Wilber- force Eames, whose library is so rich in Americana, has compared the titles of works contained therein, as also those in the Lenox Library, of which he now has charge. Washington, D. C, June 24, 1893. INTRODUCTION In the compilation of this series of catalogues the aim has been to include in each bibliography everything, printed or in manuscript, relating to the family of languages to which it is devoted: books, pamph-. lets, articles in magazines, tracts, serials, etc., and such reviews and announcements of publications as seemed worthy of notice. The dictionary plan has been followed to its extreme limit, the subject and tribal indexes, references to libraries, etc., being included in one alphabetic series. The primary arrangement is alphabetic by authors, translators of works into the native languages being treated as authors. Under each author the arrangement is, first, by printed works, and second, by manuscripts, each group being given chronologically; and in the case of printed books each work is followed through its various editions before the next in chronologic order is taken up. Anonymously printed works are entered under the name of the author, when known, and under the first word of the title not an article or preposition when not known. A cross-reference is given from the first words of anonymous titles when entered under an author, and from the first words of all titles in the Indian languages, whether anonymous or not. Manuscripts are entered under the author when known, under the dialect to which they refer when he is not known. Each author's name, with his title, etc., is entered in full but once, i. e., in its alphabetic order. Every other mention of him is by surname and initials only, except in those rare cases when two persons of the same surname have also the same initials. All titular matter, including cross-reference thereto, is in brevier; all collations, descriptions, notes, and index matter in nonpareil. In detailing contents and in adding notes respecting contents, the spelling of proper names used in the particular work itself has been followed, and so far as possible the language of the respective writers is given. In the index entries of the tribal names the compiler has adopted that spelling which seemed to him the best. As a general rule initial capitals have been used in titular matter in only two cases: first, for proper names; and second, when the word vn W = VIII INTRODUCTION. actually appears on the title page with an initial capital and with the remainder in small capitals or lower-case letters. In giving titles in the German language the capitals in the case of all substantives have been respected. When titles are given of works not seen by the compiler the fact is stated or the entry is followed by an asterisk within curves, and in either case the authority is usually given. w =SS INDEX OF LANGUAGES Page. Atna 1 Belacoola. See Bilkula. Bilechula. See Bilkula. Bilkula 3 Bilqula. See Bilkula. Catoltq. See Komuk. Chehalis 14 Chihalis. See Chehalis. Clallam. See Klallam. Coeur d? Al£ne. See Skitsuish. Colville. See Skoyelpi. Comux. See Komuk. Cowitchen. See Kawichen. Cowlitz. See Kaulits. D wamish , 16 Flathead. See Salish. Friendly Village 22 Kalispel 34 Kaulits 34 Kawichen 34 Kilamook. See Tilamuk. Klallam . 35 Komuk 35 Kowelits. See Kaulits. Kuwalitsk. See Kaulits. Kwantlen 35 Kwinaiutl 35 Liloeet. See Lilowat. Lilowat 41 L'kungen. See Songish. Lummi 44 JNanaimoo. See Snanaimuk. Nehelim 48 USTeklakapamuk. See Netlakapainuk. Ketlakapamuk 48 Nicoutemuch. See Mkutamuk. ix 1 ~l X INDEX OF LANGUAGES. Page. Mkutamuk 49 Mskwalli 49 Msqualli. See Mskwalli. M)oksahk. See Miksahk. M)osdalum. See Klallam. Ksietshawus. See Tilamuk. Miksahk 49 Kukwalimuk 49 Misdalum. See Klallam. Miskiletemh. See jNTukwalimuk. Misulph 49 Okinagan , 50 Pend d'Oreille. See Kalispel. Pentlash 50 Piskwau 51 Pisquous. See Piskwau. Ponderay. See Kalispel. Puyallup 53 Queniult. See Kwinaiutl. Salish 55 Samish 56 Schwapmuth. See Shiwapmuk. Schwoyelpi. See Skoyelpi. Shiwapmuk ,. 60 Shooswap. See Shuswap. Shuswap 60 Sicatl 60 Silets 60 Skagit 60 Skitsamish. See Skitsuish. Skitsuish 60 Skokomish 61 Skoyelpi 61 Skwaksin 61 Skwale. See Mskwalli. Skwallyamish. See Mskwalli. Skwamish 61 Skwaxon. See Skwaksin. Snanaimoo. See Snanaimuk. Snanaimuk 65 Snohomish 65 Songish 65 Spokan 65 Squallyamish. See Mskwalli. Squoxon. See Skwaksin. PHB53j ^st INDEX OF LANGUAGES. XI Paga Stailakum 66 Stalo 66 Stillacum. See Stailakum. Tait .- 67 Talamoh. See Tilamuk. Thompson River Indians 67 Tilamuk 67 Tillamook. See Tilamuk. Toanhuch 67 Tsihalis. See Chehalis. Twana 70 Wakynakane. See Okinagan. Winatsha. See Piskwau. ,. «■ t */ — LIST OF FACSIMILES, Page. First page of Durieu's Skwamish Prayers • 17 First page of the Kamloops Wawa 38 First page of Le Jeune's Thompson Prayers 40 Title-page of Walker and Eells's Spokan Primer 75 XIII i •• ^^^^^, if© BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE SALISHAN LANGUAGES. By James C. Pilling. (An asterisk within parentheses indicates that the compiler has seen no copy of the work referred to.) A. A ha a skoainjuts [Ntlakapmoh]. See Le Jeune (J. M. R.) Adelung (Johann Christoph) [and Vater (J. S.)]. Mithridates j oder | allge- meme|Sprachenkunde|mit |dem Vater Unser als Sprachprobe | in bey nahe | f iinf hundert Sprachenund Mundarten, | von | Johann Christoph Adelung, | Churf iirstl. Sachsischen Hofrath und Ober-Bibliothekar. | [Two lines quotation.] | Erster[-Vierter] Theil. j Berlin, | in der Vossischen Buehhand- lung, | 1806 [-1817]. 4 vols. (vol. 3 in three parts), 8°. Atnah-Fitzhugh-Sund, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 215- 217, is a general discussion of the language of these people and includes (p. 216) a vocabulary of 11 words (from Mackenzie) and one of 6 words of the language spoken at Friendly Village, from the same source. Copies seen: Astor, Bancroft, British Museum, Bureau of Ethnology, Congress, Eames, Lenox, Trumbull, Watkinson. Priced by Triibner (1856), no. 503, 13. 16*. Sold at the Fischer sale, no. 17, for 11.; another copy, no. 2042, for 16*. At the Field sale, no. 16, it brought $11.85; at the Squier sale, no. 9, $5. Leclerc (1378) prices it, no. 2042,50 fr. At the Pinart sale, no. 1322, it sold for 25 fr. and at the Murphy sale, no. 24, a half-calf, marble-edged copy brought $4. Anderson (Alexander Caulfield). Notes on the Indian tribes of British North America, and the northwest coast. Communicated to Geo. Gibbs, esq. By Alex. C. Anderson, esq., late of the Hon. H. B. Co. And read before the New York Historical Society, November, 1862. Anderson (A. C.) — Continued. In Historical Magazine, first series, vol. 7, pp. 73-81, New York and London, 1863, sm. 4°. (Eames.) Includes a discussion of the Saeliss or She w- hapmush language. Appendix to the Kalispel-English dictionary. See Giorda (J.) Astor: This word following a title or Within parentheses after a note indicates that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the Astor Library, New York City. Atna: General discussion See Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J. S.) General discussion Tribal names Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Words Words Authorities: See Dufosse (E.) Field (T. W.) Latham (R. G.) Leclerc (C.) Ludewig (H. E.) Pilling (J. C.) Pott (A. F.) Sabin (J.) Steiger (E.) Triibner & Co. Trumbull (J. H.) Vater (J. S.) Hale (H.) Latham (R. G.) Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J. S.) Gallatin (A.) Hale (H.) Howse (J.) Latham (R. G.) Mackenzie (A.) Pinart (A. L.) Daa(L.K.) Schomburgk(Fv. H.) **I SAL- fTTJlr-iJ us BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE B. Baker (Theodor). ttber die Musik | der j nordamerikanischen Wilden J von J Theodor Baker. | [Design.] | Leipzig, | Druck und Verlag von Breitkopf & Hartel. | 1882. Cover title as above, title as above verso blank 1 1. preface pp. iii-iv, contents 1 1. text pp. 1-81, table p. 82, plates, 8°. Songs with music in the Twana and Clallam languages (from Eells in the A merican Antiquarian), pp. 75-77. Copies seen: Boston Athenaeum, Brinton, Dorsey, Geological Survey, Pilling. Some copies have title-page as follows: tTber die Musik J der | nordamerikanischen Wilden. I Eine Abhandluna: J zur J Erlangung der Doctorwurde | an der | Universitat Leipzig j von | Theodor Baker. | Leipzig, | Druck von Breitkopf & Hartel. | 1882. Title verso blank 1 1. preface pp. iii-iv, contents and errata 11. text pp. 1-82, vita 11. plates, 8°. Linguistic conten ts as under title next above. Copies seen: Lenox. Bancroft: This word following a title or within parentheses after a note indicates that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the library of Mr. H. H. Bancroft, San Francisco, Cal. Bancroft (Hubert Howe). The J native races | of | the Pacific states | of | North America. | By | Hubert Howe Bancroft. | Volume I. | Wild tribes[-V. Primitive history]. | New York: | D. Appleton and company. | 1874[-1876]. 5 vols, maps and plates, 8°. Vol. I. Wild tribes; II. Civilized nations; III. Myths and languages; IV. Antiquities; V. Primitive history. Some copies of vol. 1 are dated 1875. (Eames, Lenox.) Classification of the aboriginal languages of the Pacific states (vol. 3, pp. 562-573) includes the Salish, p. 565.—Vocabulary (16 words) of Bellacoola compared with the Chimsyan, p. 607.—The first three of the ten commandments and the Lord's prayer in the Nanaimo language (furnished by J. H. Carmany), pp. 611- 612.— Comments on the Clallam, Cowichin and the Indians of Fraser River and Thompson River, pp. 612-613.—Comments on the Neetlak- apamuch, conjugation (partial) of the verb to give, the Lord's prayer with interlinear English translation (all from Rev. J. B. Good), pp. 613- 615.—The Salish languages (pp. 615-620) includes a general discussion, p. 616 • conjuga- Bancroft (H. H.) — Continued. tion (partial) of the verb to be angry, pp. 616- 617; the Lord's prayer with interlinear English translation (all the above from Menga- rini), p. 617; the Lord's prayer in Pend d'Oreille with interlinear translations into English (from De Smet), pp. 617-618.—General discussion, with examples of the various Salish languages—Skitsuish, Pisquouse, Nsietshaw, Niskwallies, Chehalis, Clallam, Lummi, etc., pp. 618-620. Copies seen: Astor, Bancroft, Brinton, British Museum, Bureau of Ethnology, Congress, Eames, Powell. Issued also with title-pages as follows: The | native races | of | the Pacific states | of | North America. | By | Hubert Howe Bancroft. | Volume I. | Wild tribes [-V. Primitive history]. | Author's Copy. | San Francisco. 1874 [-1876]. | H 5 vols. 8°. One hundred copies issued. Copies seen: Bancroft, British Museum, Congress, Lenox. In addition to the above the work has been issued with the imprint of Longmans, London; Maisonneuve, Paris; and Brockhaus, Leipzig; none of which have I seen. Issued also with title-pages as follows: The works I of I Hubert Howe Ban croft. | Volume I[-V]. | The native races. | Vol. I. Wild tribes[-V. Primitive history]. J San Francisco: | A. L. Bancroft & company, publishers. | 1882. 5 vols. 8°. This series will include the History of Central America, History of Mexico, etc., each with its own system of numbering and also numbered consecutively in the series. Of these works there have been published . vols. 1-39. The opening paragraph of vol. 39 gives the following information: '' This volume closes the narrative portion of my historical series; there yet remains to be completed the biographical section." Copies seen: Bancroft, British Museum, Bureau of Ethnology, Congress. Bates (Henry Walton). Stanford's | compendium of geography and travel | based on Hellwald's 'Die Erde und ihre Volker' | Central America | the West Indies | and | South America J Edited and extended | By H. W. Bates, | assistant- secretary of the Royal geographical society; | author of 'The naturalist on the river Amazons' | With | ethnological appendix by A. H. Keane; B, A. I Maps and illustrations -a-M SALISHAN LANGUAGES. Bates (H. W.) —Continued. London | Edward Stanford, 55, Charing cross, S. W. | 1878 Half-title verso blank 11. title verso blank 1 1. preface pp. v-vi, contents pp. vii-xvi, list of illustrations pp. xvii-xviii, list of maps p. xix, text pp. 1-441, appendix pp. 443-561, index pp. 563-571, maps, 8°. Keane (A. H.), Ethnography and Philology of America, pp. 443-561. Copies seen: British Museum, Congress, Eames, Geological Survey, ^National Museum. Stanford's | Compendium of geography and travel | based on Hellwald's 'Die Erde und ihre Volker' | Central America | the West Indies (and | South America | Edited and extended | By H. W. Bates, | Author of [&c. two lines] j With | ethnological appendix by A. H. Keane, M. A. J. | Maps and illustrations | Second and revised edition. | London | Edward Stanford, 55, Charing cross, S. W. | 1882.. Half-title verso blank 11. title verso blank 1 1. preface pp. v-vi, contents pp. vii-xvi, list of illustrations pp. xvii-xviii, list of maps p. xix, text pp. 1-441, appendix pp. 443-561, index pp. 563-571, maps, 8°. Linguistic contents as under title next above. Copies seen: British Museum, Harvard. Stanford's | Compendium of geography and travel | based on Hellwald's 'Die Erde und ihre Volker' | Central America | the West Indies | and South America | Edited and extended j ByH. W. Bates, | assistant-secretary [&c. two lines] | With | ethnological appendix by A. H. Keane, M. A. I. | Maps and illustrations | Third edition | London | Edward Stanford, 55, Charing cross, S. W. | 1885 Half-title verso blank 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. preface pp. v-vi, contents pp. vii-xvi, list of illustrations pp. xvii-xviii, list of maps p. xix, text pp. 1-441, appendix pp. 443-561, index pp. 563-571, maps, 8°. Linguistic contents as under titles next above. Copies seen: Geological Survey. Beach (William Wallace). The | Indian miscellany; | containing | Papers on the History, Antiquities, Arts, Languages, | Religions, Traditions and Superstitions | of | the American aborigines; | with j Descriptions of their Domestic Life, Manners, Customs, | Traits, Amusements and Exploits; | travels and adventures in the Indian country; [ Incidents of Border Warfare; Missionary Relations, etc, | Edited bv Wt W, geacJi, Reach (W. W.)—Continued. Albany: | J. Munsell, 82 State street. | 1877. Title verso blank 11. dedication verso blank 11. advertisements verso blank 11. contents pp. vii-viii, text pp. 9-477, errata 1 p. index pp. 479- 490, 8°. Gatschet (A. S.), Indian languages of the Pacific states and territories, pp. 416-447. Copies seen: Astor, Brinton, British Museum, Congress, Eames, Geological Survey, Massachusetts Historical Society, Pilling, Wisconsin Historical Society. Priced by Leclerc, 1878 catalogue, no. 2063,20 fr.; the Murphy copy, no. 197, brought $1.25; priced by Clarke & co. 1886 catalogue, no. 6271, $3.50, and by Littlefield, Nov. 1887, no. 50, $1. Belacoola. See Bilkula. Berghaus {Dr. Heinrich). Allgemeiner | ethnographischer Atlas 1 oder | Atlas der Volker-Kunde. j Eine Sammlung | von neiinzehn Karten, | auf denen die, umdie Mitte desneiinzehnten Jahrhun- derts statt findende | geographische Verbreitung aller, nach ihrer Sprach- verwandtschaft geord- 1 neten, Volker des Erdballs, und ihre Vertheilung in die Reiche und Staaten | der alten wie der neiien Welt abgebildet und versiun^- licht worden ist. | EinVersuch | von | Dr Heinrich Berghaus. | Verlag von Justus Perthes in Gotha. I 1852. Title of the series (Dr. Heinrich Berghaus' physikalischer Atlas, etc.)verso 1.1 recto blank, title as above verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-68, 19 maps, folio. No. 17. Die Oregon-Volker treats of the habitat and linguistic relations of the peoples of that region, including among others the Tsihaili-Selesh, with its dialects, p. 56.—Map no. 17 is entitled " Ethnographische Karte von Nordamerika," "Nach Alb. Gallatin, A. von Humboldt, Clavigero, Hervas, Hale, Isbester, &c." Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology. Bible: Matthew Spokan See Walker (E.) Bible stories: Kalispel See Giorda (J.) Big Sam. See Eells (M.) Bilechula. See Bilkula. Bilkula: General discussion See Boas (F.) Buschmann (J. C. E.) General discussion General discussion Gentes Grammatic treatise Numerals Numerals Tolmie (W. F.) and Dawson (G.M.) 'Boas (F.) Boas (F.) Boas iF.) katham (R, Q,) ^d == Sraggg^l BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Bilkula — Continued. Numerals Numerals Relationships Sentences Tribal names Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Words Words Words Words Words Words Words Scouler (J.) Tolmie (W.F.) Boas (F.) Scouler (J.) Latham (R. G.) Bancroft (H. H.) Boas (F.) Gallatin (A.) Gibbs (G.) Latham (R. G.) Pinart (A.L.) Powell (J. W.) Roehrig (F. L. O.) Scouler (J.) Tolmie (W. F.) Tolmie (W. F.) and Dawson (G. M.) Boas (F.) Brinton (D. G.) Buschmann (J. C. E.) Chamberlain (A. F.) Daa (L. K.) Latham (R. G.) Stumpff (C.) Bilqula. See Bilkula. Boas: This word following a title or within parentheses after a note indicates that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler belonging to the library of Dr. Franz Boas. Boas {Dr. Franz). The language of the Bilhoola in British Columbia. In Science, vol. 7, p. 218, New York, 1886,4°. (Geological Survey, Pilling.) Grammatic discussion, numeral system, and comments upon their vocabulary. Sprache der Bella-coola-Indianer. In Berlin Gesselschaft f iir Anthropologic, Ethnologie und TJrgeschichte, Verhandlungen, vol. 18, pp. 202-206, Berlin, 1886,8°. (Bureau of Ethnology.) Grammatic discussion of the Bellacoola language. Myths and legends of the Catloltq of Vancouver Island. In American Antiquarian, vol. 10 pp. 201- 211, Chicago, 1888, 8°. (Bureau of Ethnology.) Catloltq terms passim. Issued separately, with half-title as follows: Myths and Legends of the Catloltq, | by Dr. Franz Boas. | Reprinted from American Antiquarian for July, 1888. [Chicago, 1888.] Half-title on cover, no inside title, text pp. 201-211, 8°. Linguistic contents as under title next above. Copies seen: Wellosley. Die Mythologie der nord-west- amerikanischen Kiistenvolker. In Globus, vol. 53, pp. 121-127, 153-157, 299- 302, 315-319; vol. 54, pp. 10-14, Braunschweig. 1888, 4°. (Geological Survey.) B oas (F.) — Continued. Terms of the native languages of the northwest coast of British America, including a few of the Bilqula, passim. The Indians of British Columbia. By Franz Boas, Ph.D. (Presented by Dr. T. Sterry Hunt, May 30,1888.) In Royal Soc. Canada, Trans, vol. 6, section 2, pp. 47-57, Montreal, 1889,4°. (Pilling.) General comments upon the Salish linguistic divisions, with examples, pp. 47-48. Comparative vocabulary (40 words, alphabetically arranged by English words) of the Lk'ungen, Snanaimuq, Skqo'mic, Sl'ciatl, P6ntlatc, and Catlo'ltq, p. 48.—Comments on the Bilqula, p. 49. — Comparative vocabulary (20 words) of the Bilqula and Wik'enok, the latter "a tribe of Kwakiutl lineage," which has "borrowed'' many words from the Bilqula and vice versa, p. 49.—'' English-Bilqula vocabulary, with reference to other Salish dialects," being a comparative vocabulary of 55 words, alphabetically arranged by English words, of the Bilqula, Lku'ngen, Snanaimuq, Skqo'mic, Sl'ciatl, Pentlatc, and Catlo'ltq, p. 50. Notes on the Snanaimuq. By Dr. Franz Boaz. In American Anthropologist, vol. 2, pp. 321- 328, Washington, 1889, 8°. (Pilling.) Names of the Snanimuq clans, p. 321.—Prayer to the sun, with English translation, p. 326. Issued separately with heading as follows: — (From the American Anthropologist for October, 1889.) Notes on the Snanaimuq. By Dr. Franz Boas. No title-page, heading only; text pp. 321- 328, 8°. Linguistic contents as under title next above. Copies seen: Pilling. — Preliminary notes on the Indians of British Columbia. In British Ass. for Adv. Sci. Report of the fifty-eighth meeting, pp. 233-242, London, 1889, 8°. (Geological Survey.) General discussion of the Salishan peoples and their linguistic divisions, with a statement of material collected, pp. 234, 236.—Salishan terms passim. Issued also as follows: — Preliminary notes on the Indians of British Columbia. In British Ass. Adv. Sci. Fourth Report of the committee . . . appointed for the purpose of investigating and publishing reports on the . . . northwestern tribes of the Dominion of Canada, pp. 4-10 [London, 1889], 8°. (Eames, Pilling.) Linguistic contents as under title next above, p.5-7. — First General Report on the Indians of British Columbia. By Dr. Franz Boas. f —-S- SALISHAN LANGUAGES. Boas (F.) — Continued. In British Ass. Adv. Sci. Rept. of the fifty- ninth meeting, pp. 801-893, London, 1890, 8°. (Geological Survey.) List of Salishan divisions with their habitat, pp. 805-806.—A Snanaimuq legend (in English) pp. 835-836, contains a number of Salish terms passim.—Salish terms, pp. 847-848. Issued also as follows: First General Report on the Indians of British Columbia. By Dr. Franz Boas. In British Ass. Adv. Sci. Fifth report of the committee . . . appointed for the purpose of investigating and publishing reports on the . . . northwestern tribes of the Dominion of Canada, pp. 5-97, London [1890], 8°. (Pilling.) Linguistic contents as under title next above, pp. 9-10, 39-40, 51-52. — Second General Report on the Indians of British Columbia. By Dr. Franz Boas. In British Ass. Adv. Sci. Report of the sixtieth meeting, pp. 562-715, London, 1891, 8°. (Geological Survey.) The Lku'ngen (pp. 563-582) contains a list of gentes, p. 569; nobility names, p. 570; terms used in gambling and pastimes, p. 571; in birth, marriage and death, pp. 572-576; medicine, omens and beliefs, pp. 576-577; verse with music in Cowitchin, p. 581.—The Shushwap, pp. 632-647, contains a few words passim—The Salish languages of British Columbia (pp. 679- 688) treats of the Bilqula, including partial conjugations, pp. 679-680; the Snanaimuq, giving pronouns and verbs with partial conjugations, pp. 680-683; the Shushwap, with a vocabulary and grammatic treatise, pp. 683-685 ; the Stla'tlumh with sketch of the grammar, pp. 685-686; the Okina'k'en with numerals, pronouns, and verbs, pp. 687-688.—Terms of relationship of the Salish languages (pp. 688- 692) includes the Sk*qo'mic, pp. 688-689; the Bilqula, p. 689; the Stla'tlemh, pp.689-690; the Shushwap, pp. 690-691; the Okana'ken, pp. 691-692.—Comparative vocabulary of eighteen languages spoken in British Columbia, pp. 692- 715, includes the following Salishan languages, numbered respectively 7-17: Bilqula, Catloltq, Pentlatc, Siciatl, Snanaimuq, Sk'qo'mic, Lku'ngen, Ntlakyapamuq, Stlatlumh, Sequapmuq, and Okana'k*en. Issued also as follows: Second General Report on the Indians of British Columbia. By Dr. Franz Boas. Iu British Ass. Adv. Sci. Sixth report on the northwestern tribes of Canada, pp. 10-163, London [1891], 8°. (Pilling.) Linguistic contents asunder title next above, pp. 17. 18,19, 20-24, 24-25, 29, 80-95,127-128,128- 131, 131-133, 133-134, 135-136, 136-137, 137,137- 138,138-139, 139-140,140-163. Boas (F.) — Continued. Third Report on the Indians of British Columbia. By Dr. Franz Boas. In British Ass. Adv. Sci. Report of the sixty- first meeting, pp. 408-449, 4 folding tables between pp. 436-437, London, 1892,8°. (Geological Survey.) List of the villages, ancient and modern, of the Bilqula, pp.408-409.—Gentes of the Nuqa- lmukh, Nusk'61etemh, and Tali6mh, p. 409. Issued also as follows: Third Report on the Indians of British Columbia. By Dr. Franz Boas. In British Ass. Adv. Sci. Seventh report on the northwestern tribes of Canada, pp. 2-43, London [1892], 8°. (Eames, Pilling.)J Linguistic contents as under title next above, pp. 2-3,3. [Texts in the PentMtc language.] Manuscript, 9 11. folio, written on one side only; in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Collected in 1886. Six legends in thePSntlatc language, accompanied by an interlinear, literal translation into English. The original manuscript, in possession of its author, is in Pentlatc-German. (*) Texts in the Catloltq language. Manuscript, 27 unnumbe^,d 11. folio, written on one side only; in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. The texts (legends and stories) are accompanied by a literal interlinear English translation. — Vocabulary of the Catloltq (Comux) language; Vancouver Island. Manuscript, 36 unnumbered leaves, folio, written on one side only; in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Contains about 1,000 entries. The original slips of this vocabulary, numbered 1-1097, one word on each slip, are in the same library. [Grammatic notes on the Catloltq language.] Manuscript, 14 unnumbered leaves, folio, written on one side only; in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Nee'lim texts obtained at Clatsop Plains, from "John": July, 1890. Manuscript, pp. 1-2, 8°; recorded in a blank book; in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Two stories in the Nee'lim language with interlinear translation into English. Siletz texts obtained from " Old Jack" at the Siletz Reservation, June, 1890. Manuscript, pp. 1-10, 8°; recorded in a blank book; in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. A legend in the Siletz language, with interlinear literal translation into English. j 1 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Boas (F.) — Continued. Tilamook texts obtained from Haies John and Louis Fuller at the Siletz Reservation, June, 1890. Manuscript, pp. 1-37,8°; recorded in a blank book; in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Five stories in the Tilamook language with interlinear literal translation into English. [Vocabularies of various Salishan languages.] Manuscript, 11.1-30, folio, written on one side only; in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Leaves 1-11 (numbered I) in double columns, contain in the first a Nee'lim and Tilamook vocabulary of 275 entries, the words of the respective dialects being indicated by an initial 2V" or T; the second column contains a vocabulary of 250 words in the Siletz language. Leaves 12-18 (numbered II) are headed Nee'lim and contain about 425 entries. A note states that the letter T following a word means that it is common to the Nee'lim and the Tilamook. Obtained at Clatsop from "Johnny." Leaves 19-30 (numbered HI) are headed TU- amook and contain about 1.000 entries. An accompanying note says the letter N following a word indicates that it is common to the Tilamook and Nee'lim dialects. Collected at Siletz from Louis Fuller and verified at Clatsop with the aid of the Indians. Vocabulary of the Skgo'mic lan- lage. Manuscript (numbered IV), 11.1-6, folio,written on one side only; in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. List of the sixteen septs of the Skgo'mic, 1. 1.—Formation of words (roots and derivatives), 11.2-6. [Material relating to the Snanaimuq language.] Manuscript (numbered V), 11. 1-19, folio, written on one side only; in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. List of Snanaimuq septs (5), 1. 1.—Names of tribes as given by the Snanaimuq, 1. 1.— Phonology, 1. 2.—Grammatic notes, 11. 3-12.— Formation of words, 11. 12-15.—Texts with interlinear literal translation into English, 11. 16-19. — Materialen zur Grammatik des Vil- #ula, gesammelt im Januar 1888 in Berlin, von Dr. F. Boas. Manuscript, 14 unnumbered leaves, folio, written on one side only; in the library of the Jureau of Ethnology, Washington, D. C. Franz Boas was born in Minden, Westphalia, Germany, July 9,1858. From 1877 to 1882 he attended the universities of Heidelberg, Bonn, and Kiel. The year 1882 he spent in Berlin preparing for an Arctic voyage, and sailed June, 1883, to Cumberland Sound, Baffin Land, traveling in that region until September, 1884, returning via St. Johns, Newfoundland, to New York. Boas (F.) — Continued. The winter of 1884-'85 he spent in Washington, preparing the results of his journey for publication and in studying in the National Museum. From 1885 to 1886 Dr. Boas was an assistant in the Royal Ethnographical Museum of Berlin and decent of geography at the University of Berlin. In the winter of 1885-'86 he journeyed to British Columbia under the auspices of the British Association for the Advancement of Science, for the purpose of studying the Indians. During 1886-'88 Dr. Boas was assistant editor of Science, in New York, and from 1888 to 1892 docent of "anthropology at Clark University, Worcester, Mass. During these years he made repeated journeys to the Pacific coast with the object of continuing his researches among the Indians. In 1891 Kiel gave him the degree of Ph. D. Dr. Boas's principal writings are: Baffin Land, Gotha, Justus Perthes, 1885; The Central Eskimo (in the 6th Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology); Reports to the British Association for the Advancement of Science on the Indians of British Columbia, 1888-1892; Volks- sagenaus Britisch Columbien, Verh. der Ges. fur Anthropologie, Ethnologic und Urgeschichte in Berlin, 1891. Bolduc This word following a title or within parentheses after a note indicates that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the library of Rev. J.-B. Z. Bolduc, Quebec, Canada. Bolduc {Fhre Jean-Baptiste Zacaric). Mission | de la | Colombie. | Lettre et journal | de j Mr. J.-B. Z. Bolduc, |mis- sionnaire de la Colombie. | [Picture of a church.] J Quebec: | de l'imprimerie de J.-B. Frechette, pere, | imprimeur-libraire, No. 13, rue Lamontagne. [1843.] Title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-95,16°. The larger part of the edition of this work was burned in the printing office, and it is, in consequence, very scarce. Quelques mots (14), French, Tchinoucs [Jargon] et Sneomus, p. 95. Copies seen: Bolduc, Mallet, Wellesley. Boston Athenaeum: These words following a title or within parentheses after a note indicate that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the library of that institution, Boston, Mass. Boston Public: These words following a title or within parentheses after a note indicate that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in that library, Boston, Mass. [Boulet {Pere Jean-Baptiste).] Prayer book | and | catechism j in the | Snohomish language, j [Picture.] | Tulalip, W. T. | 1879. Cover title: Prayer book | and | catechism | in the | Snohomish language. | [Picture.] | Tulalip mission press. 11879. SALISHAN LANGUAGES. Boulet (J.-B.) —Continued. Cover title, dedication verso x>ioture etc. 11. title verso introductory remarks 11. text pp. 5- 31, contents p. 32, back cover with picture and two lines in Snohomish, 18°. Some copies have printed at the top of the cover title the words: Compliments of the Compiler, | J. B. Boulet. (Eames, Pilling.) Morning and evening prayers with headings in English, pp. 5-15.—Catechism, pp. 16-31.— Appendix; Hymn for the funeral of adults, p. 31. Copies seen: Congress, Eames, Pilling, Sbea, Wellesley, Wisconsin Historical Society. , editor. See Youth's Companion. Brinley (George). See Trumbull (J. H.) Brinton: This word following a title or within parentheses after a note indicates that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the library of Dr. D. G. Brinton, Philadelphia, Pa. Brinton {Dr. Daniel Garrison). The language of palaeolithic man. In American Philosoph. Soc. Proc. vol. 25, pp. 212-225, Philadelphia, 1888, 8°. Terms for X, thou, man, divinity, in Bilhoola and Kawitshin, p. 216. Issued separately with title-page as follows: ■ The language | of | palaeolithic man. | By | Daniel G. Brinton, M. D., | Professor of American Linguistics and Archaeology in the University of Pennsylvania. | Read before the American Philosophical Society, | October 5, 1888. | Press of MacCalla & co., | Nos. 237-9 Dock Street, Philadelphia. | 1888. Cover title as above, title as above verso blank 11. text pp. 3-16,8°. Linguistic contents as under title next above, p. 7. Copies seen : Eames, Pilling. This article reprinted in the following: Essays of an Americanist. | I. Ethnologic and Archie ologic. | II. Mythology and Folk Lore. | III. Graphic Systems and Literature. | IV. Linguistic. | By | Daniel G. Brinton, A.M., M.D., | Professor [&c. nine lines.] | Philadelphia: j Porter & Coates. | 1890. Title verso copyright notice 1 1. preface pp. iii-iv, contents pp.v-xii, text pp. 17-467 index of authors and authorities pp. 469-474, index of subjects pp. 475-489, 8°. A collected reprint of some of Dr.Brinton's more important essays. The earliest form of human speech as revealed by American tongues (read before the American Philosophical Soeiety in 1885 and published in their proceedings under the title of '' The languages of palaeolithic man"), pp. 390-409. Brinton (D. G.) — Continued. Linguistic contents as under titles above, p. 396. Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, Eames, Pilling. The American Race: | A Linguistic Classification and Ethnographic | De- scriptionoftheNativeTribesof | North and South America, j By | Daniel G. Brinton, A. M., M. D., | Professor [&c. ten lines.] | New York: | N. D. C. Hodges, Publisher, | 47 Lafayette Place. | 1891. Title verso copyright notice (1891) 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. preface pp. ix-xii, contents pp. xiii-xvi, text pp. 17-3 32, linguistic appendix pp. 333-364, additions and corrections pp. 365-368, index of authors pp. 369-373, index of subjects pp. 374-392, 8°. A brief discussion of the north Pacific coast stocks (pp. 103-117) includes a list of the divisions of the Salishan family, p. 108. Copies seen : Bureau of Ethnology, Eames, Pilling. — Studies in South American Native Languages. By Daniel G. Brinton, M. D. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, February 5,1892.) In American Philosoph. Soc. Proc. vol. 30, pp. 45-105, Philadelphia, 1892, 8°. (Bureau of Ethnology.) Vocabulary of 22 words, Spanish and Catolq, and numerals 1-10 in Catolq, pp. 84-85.—The same vocabulary translated from Spanish into English, and alphabetically arranged, p. 85. —Studies | in | South American Native | Languages. | From mss and rare printed sources. | By Daniel G. Brinton, A. M., M. D., LL.D., | Professor of American Archaeology and Linguistics in the | University of Pennsylvania. | Philadelphia: j MacCalla & Company, Printers, 237-9 Dock Street. | 1892. Title verso blank 1 1. prefatory note verso blank 1 1. contents verso blank 1 1. text pp. 7- 67, 8°. Linguistic contents as under title next above, pp 46-47. 'Among the manuscripts in the British Museum there is one in Spanish (Add. Mss., No. 17631) which was obtained in 1818 from the Venezuelan explorer,Michelenay Rojas (author of the Exploration del America del Sur, published in 1867). It contains several anonymous accounts, by different hands, of a voyage (or voyages) to the east coast of Patagonia,' desde Cabo Blanco hastalas Virgines,' one of which is dated December, 1789. Neither the name of the ship nor that of the commander appears. 'Among the material are two vocabularies M 1 jHr;. 5SW5 mm 8 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE SSL Brinton (D. G.) — Continued. of the Tsoneca or Tehuelhet dialect, comprising about sixty words and ten numerals. These correspond closely with the various other lists of terms collected by travelers. At the close of the MS., however, there is a short vocabulary of an entirely different linguistic stock, without name of collector, date or place, unless the last words "a la Soleta," refer to some locality. Elsewhere the same numerals are given, and a few words, evidently from some dialect more closely akin to the Tsoneca, and the name Uongote is applied to the tongue. This may be a corruption of ' Choonke,' the name which Ramon Lista and other Spanish writers apply to the Tsoneca (Hongote=Chon- gote=Choonke=Tson8ca). ' 'The list which I copy below, however, does not seeni|closely allied to the Tehuelhet, nor to any other tongue with which I have compared it. The MS. is generally legible, though to a few words I have placed an interrogation mark, indicating that the handwriting was unceitain. The sheet contains the following [Salishan vocabulary]". In the issue of Science of May 13, 1892, Dr. Brinton publishes the following note, the substance of which also appears in the Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society for April, 1892: " In a series of ten studies of South American languages, principally from MS. sources, which I published in the last number of the Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, one was partly devoted to the ' Hongote' language, a vocabulary of which I found in a mass of documents in the British Museum stated to relate to Patagonia. I spoke of it as an independent stock, not related to other languages of that locality. In a letter just received from Dr. Franz Boas he points out to me that the 'Hongote' is certainly Salish and must have been collected in the Straits of Fuca, on the northwest coast. How it came to be in the MS. referred to I cannot imagine, but I hasten to announce the correction as promptly as possible." Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, Eames, Pilling. Daniel Garrison Brinton, ethnologist, born in Chester County, Pa., May 13, 1837. He was graduated at Yale in 1858 and at the Jefferson Medical College in 1861, after which he spent a year in Europe in study and in travel. On his return he entered the army, in August, 1862, as acting assistant surgeon. In February of the following year he was commissioned surgeon and served as surgeon in chief of the second division, eleventh corps. He was present at the battles of Chancellorsville, Gettysburg, and other engagements, and was appointed medical director of his corps in October, 1863. In consequence of a sunstroke received soon after the battle of Gettysburg he was disqualified for active service, and in the autumn of that year he became superintendent of hospitals at Quincy Brinton (D. G.) — Continued. and Springfield, 111., until August, 1865, when, the civil war having closed, he was brevetted lieutentant-colonel and discharged. He then settled in Philadelphia, where he became editor of The Medical and Surgical Reporter, and also of the quarterly Compendium of Medical Science. Dr. Brinton has likewise been a constant contributor to other medical journals, chiefly on questions of public medicine and hygiene, and has edited several volumes on therapeutics and diagnosis, especially the popular series known as Napheys's Modern Therapeutics, which has passed through so many editions. In the medical controversies of the day, he has always taken the position that medical science should be based on the results of clinical observation rather than on physiological experiments. He has become prominent as a student and a writer on American ethnology, his work in this direction beginning while he was a student in college. The winter of 1856-!57, spent in Florida, supplied him with material for his first published book on the subject. In 1884 he was appointed professor of ethnology and archaeology in the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. For some years he has been president of the Numismatic and Antiquarian Society of Philadelphia, and in 1886 he was elected vice-president of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, to preside over the section on anthropology. During the same year he was awarded the medal of the Societe Am6ricaine de France for his "numerous and learned works on American ethnology,'' being the first native of the United States that has been so honored. In 1885 the American publishers of the Iconographic En-^ cyclopaedia requested him to edit the first volume, to contribute to it the articles on "Anthropology" and '' Ethnology" and to revise that on '' Ethnography,' 'by Professor Gerland, of Stras- burg. He also contributed to the second volume of the same work an essay on the "Prehistoric Archaeology of both Hemispheres." Dr. Brinton has established a iibrary and publishing house of aboriginal American literature, for the purpose of placing within the reach of scholars authentic materials for the study of the languages and culture of the native races of America. Each workis the production of native minds and is printed in the original. The series, most of which were edited by Dr. Brinton himself, include The Maya Chronicles (Philadelphia, 1882); The Iroquois Book of Rites (1883); The Guegiience: A Comedy Ballet in the Nahuatl Spanish Dialect of Nicaragua (1883); A Migration Legend of the Creek Indians (1884); The Lenape and Their Legends (1885); The Annals of the Cakchiquels (1885); [Ancient Nahuatl Poetry (1887) \ Rig Veda Americanus (1890)J. Besides publishing numerous papers he has contributed valuable reports on his examinations of mounds, shell-heaps, rock inscriptions, and other antiquities.. He is the author of The Floriclian Peninsula: Its Lit- *jr SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 9 Brinton (D. G.) — Continued. erary History, Indian Tribes, and Antiquities (Philadelphia, 1859); The Myths of the New World: A Treatise on the Symbolism and Mythology of the Red Race of America (New York, 1868); The Religious Sentiment: A Contribution to the Science and Philosophy of Religion (1876); American Hero Myths: A Study in the Native Religions of the Western Continent (Philadelphia, 1882); Aboriginal American Authors and their Productions, Especially those in the Native Languages (1883) and A Grammar of the Cakchiquel Language of Guatemala (1884).—Appletonys Cyclop. ofAm.JBiog. British Museum: These words following a title or within parentheses after a note indicate that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the library of that institution, London, Eng. Bulmer(-Dr.Thomas Sanderson). Chinook Jargon | grammar and dictionary | compiled by | T. S. Bulmer, M.D., CM., F. S. A., London, | Surgeon-Accoucheur, Royal College of Surgeons, England. | Author of [&c. four lines. ] (*) Manuscript in possession of its author, Salt Lake City, Utah, who furnished me the above transcript of the title-page, and who writes me, October, 1891, concerning it as follows: " I shall issue it on Hall's typewriter, and then duplicate copies with another special machine, and use various types on the machine, testing the uses of each. . . . Fifty pages will be devoted to the origin of the language from all sources. Examples of hymns from various languages will be given.' Contains many words of Salishan origin, some of which are so indicated. Chinook Jargon language. | Part II. | [Two lines Chinook Jargon.] | To be completed in IX parts. | Compiled by | T. S. Bulmer, M. D., C. M., F. S. A. Sc. A., London. | Ably assisted by J Rev'd M. Eells, D. D., and Rev'd Pere N. L. St. Onge, (formerly missionary to the | Yakama Indians). Manuscript; title as above verso blank 1 1. text 11.1-124,4°. In possession of Dr. Bulmer. Words in the Niskwalli having some resemblance to the Chinook Jargon, 1.41. The Chee-Chinook language | or | Chinook Jargon. | In | IX parts. | Part III. | English-Chinook dictionary. | First edition. | By T. S. Bulmer, ably assisted by | the Revd. M. Eells, D.D., & the Revd Pere Saint Onge, both missionaries to the Indians in Washington & Oregon states. Manuscript; title verso blank 1 1. preface verso blank 1 1. special note for readers verso blank 11. "memos to guide the reader" 211. text Bulmer (T. S.) — Continued. alphabetically arranged by English words 11. 1-189, written on one side only, folio. In possession of its author, who kindly loaned it to me for examination. In his " memos " the author gives a list of letters used to indicate the origin of the respective words C, 2V, I, E, F, Ch. Yale., Chinook, Nootka, Indian, English, French, Chi- halis, and Yakama; and a second list of persons from whom the words were obtained and localities in which they were used. "In my selection of the term Chee-Chinook I merely intend to convey to students that it has its principal origin in the Old or Original Chinook language; and although it contains many other Indian words as well as French and English, yet it came forth from its mother as an hybrid, andas such has been bred and nourished as a nursling from the parent stem. I therefore designate it as a chee or new Chinook—the word chee being a Jargon word for lately, just now, new. Part [ ] Chinook Jargon dictionary. III. Chinook-English. Manuscript; 121 leaves folio, written on one side only, interspersed with 40 blank leaves inserted for additions and corrections. In possession of its author. The dictionary occupies 106 leaves, and many of the words are followed by their equivalents in the languages from which they are derived, and the authority therefor. Following the dictionary are the following: Original Indian names of town-sites, rivers, mountains, etc., in the western parts of the State of Washington: Skokomish, 2 11.; Chemakum, Lower Chihalis, Duwamish, 11.; Chinook, 211.; miscellaneous, 2 11.—Names of various places in the Klamath and Modoc countries, 3 11.—Camping places and other localities around the Tipper Klamath Lake, 5 11. [ ] Appendix to Buhner's Chinook Jargon grammar and dictionary. Manuscript, 11.1-70, 4°, in possession of its author. General phrases, as literal as possible, Chinook and English, 11.6-26.—Detached sentences, 11. 27-29.—Prayer in English, 11. 30-31; same in Jargon, 11. 32-33.—"History" in English, 11.34- 36; same in Jargon (by Mr. Eells), with interlinear English translation, 11. 37-43. — An address in English, 11.44-46; same in Jargon, with interlinear English translation, 11.47-53.— A sermon in English, 11. 54-55; same in Jargon, with interlinear English translation, 11.56-61.— Address in Jargon to the Indians of Puget Sound, by Mr. Eells, with interlinear English translation, 11. 62-66.—Address "On Man," in English, 1. 67; same in Jargon, with interlinear English translation, 11.68-70. Contains many words of Salishan origin, some of which are so indicated. [ ] Part II | of | Bulmer's Appendix | to the Chee-Chinook | Grammar and Dictionary. 10 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE El Bulmer (T. S.) — Continued. Manuscript, 57 11. 4°, in possession of its author. Form of marriage, 11. 2-3.—Solemnization of the marriage service,11.4-10. These two articles are in Jargon, with interlinear English translation.—Address, in English, 11.11-12; the same in Jargon, with interlinear English translation, 11. 13-17.—'' From Addison," in Jargon, with interlinear English translation,ll. 18-19.—An oration in English, 1.20; the same in Twana by Mr. Eells, with interlinear English translation, 11. 21-22.—A Twana tradition, by Mr. Eells, with interlinear English translation, 1.23; the same in English, IL 24-25.—Legends in Jargon, by Pere L. N. St. Onge, with interlinear English translation, 11.26-57. Contains a number of words of Salishan origin, many of which are so indicated. [——] Special scientific notes. Manuscript, 11. 1-77,4°, in possession of its author. General remarks on Indian languages, 11.1- 3.—Origin of languages, 11. 4-11.— Scientific notes on the European and Asiatic languages, 11.12-35.—American Indian languages, 11.35-63, includes remarks upon and examples in the Iroquois, Cherokee, Sahaptin, Algonkin, Nahuatl, Shoshone, Cree, Sioux, and Jargon.—List of words in the Chinook Jargon the same as in Nitlakapamuk, 11.64-67.—Selish numerals, 1-18, I. 65.—List of tribes of Alaska and its neighborhood, 1. 66.—Twana verbs, 1.67.—Niskwally verbs, 1.68.—Clallam verbs, 1. 69.—Remarks on the Yakama, 11.70-77. [ ] The Christian prayers | in Chinook [Jargon], Manuscript; 6111.4°, in the possession of its author. Prayers in Chinook Jargon, 11.1-5.—Lessons 1-17 in Chinook Jargon, with English headings, II. 6-23.—List of special words adopted by Fathers Blanchet and Demers in connection with the service of the mass, 11. 24-25.—Translation of the Chinook prayers into English, 11. 26-38.—Copy of a sermon preached by Rev. Dr. Eells to the Indians at Wallawalla, with interlinear English translation, 11. 39-46. ' 'Of the 97 words used, 46 are of Chinook origin, 17 Nootka, 3 Selish, 23 English, 2 Jargon, and 6 in French."—Articles of faith of the Congregational church at Skokomish, Washington, in the Jargon with interlinear English translation, 11. 47-52.—Oration in Chinook Jargon with interlinear English translation, 11. 53-54.— Prayers to God in English blank verse, 11. 55- 56; the same in Jargon with interlinear English translation, 11.57-61. [Hymns, songs, etc., in the Chinook Jargon and other languages.] Manuscript; no title-page; text 77 leaves, 4°, in possession of its author. Songs, 1.1.—Song with music, 11.2-3.—School songs by Mr. Eells, 11. 4-5.—Songs from Dr. Bulmer (T. S.) — Continued. Boas, 11. 6-12.—Hymns by Mr. Eells, 11.13-32. All the above are in Jargon with English translations. —Hymns in Niskwalli by Mr. Eells, 1. 33.—Hymns in Jargon by Pere St. Onge, II. 34- 45.—Hymn in Yakama, by Pere St. Onge, 11.45- 46; the same in English, 11. 57-64.—Yakama prose song by Father Pandosy, with French translation, 11. 65-69.—Hymns in Jargon bjT Mr. Eells, 11. 70-71.—Hymn in Yakama with interlinear English translation, 11.72-73.—Song in English, 1.74; same in Siwash, 11.75-77. [The Lord's prayer in various Indian languages.] Manuscript; no title-page; text 24 unnumbered leaves, written on one side only, 4°. The Lord's prayer in Chinook Jargon, 1.1; in Yakama,* 1.2; in Micmac, 1.3.—Ave Maria in Micmac, 1.3.—Lord's prayer in Penobscot, 1.4; in Mareschite, 1.5; inPassamaquoddy (two versions)! 5; Micmac (ancient),!6; Montagnais, 1. 6; Abenaki, 11. 6-7; pure Mareschite, 1.7; Snohomish, 1. 7; Niskwalli,* 1.8; Clallam,* 1.9; Twana,* 1.10; Sioux, 1.11; Flathead,*! 12; Cascade,* 1.12; Tlallam, 1.13; Huron, 1.13; Black- foot, 1.13; Abenaki, 1.14; Choctaw.l. 14 ■ Ottawa, 1.14; Assiniboine, 1.15; Seneca, 1.15; Caughna- waga, 1.15; other Micmac, 1.16; Totonac, 1.16; Cora,l. 16; Mistek/l. 17; Maya,*l. 17; Algonquin,* 1.22.—Hymn in Snohomish, 11.23-24. Those prayers marked with an asterisk are accompanied by an interlinear English translation. The compiler of this paper informs mo it is his intention to add one hundred other versions of the Lord's prayer, from the Californian and Mexican languages. In addition to the above papers, Dr. Bulmer is also the author of a number of articles appearing in Father Le Jeune's Kamloops Wawa, q. v. I am indebted to Dr. Bulmer for the notes upon which is based the following aocount : Thomas Sanderson Bulmer wasborn in 1834,in Yorkshire, England. Hewas educated at Preston grammar school, Stokesley, and at Newton under Brow, was advanced under Rev. C. Cator and Lord Beresford's son at Stokesley, and afterwards was admitted a pupil of the York and Ripon diocesan college. He was appointed principal of Doncaster union agricultural schools, but soon after emigrated to New York. There he took charge, as head master, of General Hamilton's free school. Thence he went to Upper Canada and was appointed one of the professors in L'Assomption "Jesuit College. From there he went to Rush Medical College and Lind University, Chicago; thence to the iScole Nor- male, Montreal; thence to Toronto University, medical department. Later he continued his studies in the iScole de Medecine and McGill University, Montreal, and graduated in medicine at Victoria University. In 1868 he went to London, whence he proceeded to New Zealand, and was appointed superintendent of quarantine at Wellington. In Tasmania and IV w mm ■Mr* SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 11 Bulmer (T. S.) — Continued. Australia he held similar positions. His health failing, he went to Egypt, and later returned to England. The English climate not agreeing with him, he took a tour of the Mediterranean ports. Returning to London, the Russian grippe attacked him, and he was warned to seek a new climate. He returned to Montreal, en route for the Rocky Mountains, where he sought Indian society for a considerable time. Finding winter disastrous to him, he proceeded to Utah in search of health. For the last two years he has been engaged in writing up his Chinook books,&s well as completing his Egyptian Rites andOeremonies, in which i.e has been assisted by English Egyptologists. Dr. Bulmer is a member of several societies in England and America and the author of a number of works on medical and scientific subjects. Bureau of Ethnology: These words following a title or within parentheses after a note indicate that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology,Washiagton, D. C. Buschmann (Johann Carl Eduard). Die Volker und Sprachen Neu-Mexico's und der Westseite des britischen Nordamerika's, dargestellt von Hrn. Buschmann. In Konigliche Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, Abhandlungen, aus dem Jahre 1857, pp. 209- 414, Berlin, 1858. 4°. Wortverzeichniss des Tlaoquatch,Kawitchen, Noosdalum, Squallyamish, undpseudo Chinook (Cathlascon?) pp. 375-378.—Comments on the Billechoola, p. 382.—Wortverzeichness der Hailtsa (from Tolmie and from Hale) und Billechoola, pp. 385-389.—Comments on the Hailtsa, Billechoola, and Kawitchen, with a few examples^. 390. Issued separately with title-page as follows: Die Volker und Sprachen | Neu- Mexico's | und | der Westseite J des | britischen Nordamerika's j dargestellt | von | Joh. Carl Ed. Buschmann. | Aus den Abhandlungen der konigl. Akade- mie der Wissenchaften (• zu Berlin 1857. | Berlin | gedruckt in der Buchdruck- erei der konigl. Akademie j derWissen- schaften | 1858. | In Commission bei F. DUmmler's Verlags-Buchhandlung. Cover title as above, title as above verso notice 1 1. text pp. 209-404, Inhalts-Ubersicht pp. 405-413, Verbesserungen p. 414, 4°. Linguistic contents as under title next above. Buschmann (J. C. E.) — Continued. Copies seen: Astor, Congress, Eames, Pilling, Trumbull. The copy at the Fischer sale, catalogue no. 270, brought 14s.; at the Field sale, catalogue no. 235,75 cents; priced by Leclerc, 1878, no. 3012, 12 fr. and by Triibner, 1882,15s. Die Spuren der aztekischen Sprache im nordlichen Mexico und hoheren amerikanischen Norden. Zugleich eine Musterung der Volker und Sprachen des nordlichen Mexico's und der Westseite Nordamerika's von Guadalaxara an bis zum Eismeer. Von Joh. Carl Ed. Buschmann. In Konigliche Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, Abhandlungen aus dem Jahre 1854, Zweiter Supp.-Band, pp. 1-819 (forms the whole volume), Berlin, 1859, 4°. A general discussion of the peoples of Oregon and Washington (pp. 658-662) includes the Tsihali-Selish, with its tribal and linguistic divisions, habitat, etc., pp. 658-660.—Speech of Puget Sound, Fuca Strait, etc., p. 70, includes the Salishan divisions. Issued separately with title-page as follows: Die | Spuren der aztekischen Sprache | im nordlichen Mexico | und hoheren amerikanischen Norden. j Zugleich | eine Musterung der Volker und Sprachen J des nordlichen Mexico's [ und der Westseite Nordamerika's | von Guadalaxara an bis zum Eismeer. | Von | Joh. Carl Ed. Buschmann. | Berlin. | Gedruckt m der Buchdruck- erei der konigl. Akademie | derWissen- schaften. | 1859. Half-title verso blank 11. general title of the series verso blank 11.title as above verso blank 1 1. abgekurtze Inhalts-Ubersicht pp. vii-xii, text pp.1-713, Einleitung in das geographische Register pp. 714-718, geographische Register pp. 718-815, vermischteNachweisungen pp. 816- 818, Verbesserungen, p. 819,4°. Linguistic contents as under title next above. Copies seen: Astor, Brinton, Eames, Maison- neuve, Pilling, Quaritch, Smithsonian, Trumbull. Published at 20 Marks. An uncut, half-morocco copy was sold at the Fischer sale, catalogue no. 269, to Quaritch, for 21. lis.; the latter prices two copies, catalogue no. 12552, one 21.2s. the other 21.10s.; the Pinart copy, catalogue no. 178, brought 9 fr.; Koehler, catalogue no. 440, prices it 13 M. 50 Pf.; priced again by Quaritch, no. 30037, 21. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE C. C. (J. F.) A Happy Indian Village. In the Ave Maria, vol. 26, pp. 444-445, Notre Dame, Indiana, May 12, 1888, sm. 4°. (Pilling.) The Ave Maria in the Kalispel language, p. 445. Reprinted in St. Joseph's Advocate, sixth year, pp. 394-395, Baltimore, July, 1888, sm. 4°. (Bureau of Ethnology.) Campbell (John). Origin of the aborigines of Canada. A paper read before the society, 17th December, 1880, by Prof. J. Campbell, M.A. In Quebec Lit. and Hist. Soc. Trans., session 1880-1881, pp. 61-93, and apjpendix pp. i-xxxiv, Quebec, 1882, 12°. (Pilling.) The first part of this paper is an endeavor to show a resemblance between various families of the New World, and between these and various peoples of the Old World. Comparative vocabulary (90 words) of the Niskwalli and the Malay-Polynesian languages, pp. xxxii-xxxiv. Issued separately with title-page as follows: Origin | of the | aborigines of Canada. | A paper read before the Literary and historical society, | Quebec, | by | prof. J. Campbell, M. A., | (of Montreal,) | Dele"gue" General de l'lnstitu- tion Ethnographique de Paris. | Quebec: J printed at the "Morning chronicle" office. | 1881. Cover title as above, title as above verso blank 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-33, and appendix pp. i-xxxiv, 8°. Twenty-five copies printed. Linguistic contents as under title next above. Copies seen: Wellesley. Canadian Indian. Vol.1. October, 1890. No. I [-Vol. I. September, 1891. No. 12]. The | Canadian | Indian | Editors | rev. E. F. Wilson | H. B. Small. | Published under the Auspices of | the Canadian Indian Researchal \_sic] | society Contents | [&c. double columns, each eight lines.] | Single Copies, 20 Cents. Annual Subscription, $2.00. | Printed and Published by Jno. Rutherford, Owen Sound, Ontario [Canada]. [1890-1891.] 12 numbers: cover title as above, text pp. 1- 356, 8°. A continuation of " Our Forest Children," described in the Bibliography of the Algonquian languages. .The publication was suspended with the twelfth number, with the intention of resuming it in January, 1892. It has been found impracticable to carry out the project. The word "Researchal" on the cover Canadian Indian — Continued. of the first number was changed to Research in the following numbers. Wilson (E. F.), A comparative vocabulary, vol. 1, pp. 104-107. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Wellesley. [Canestrelli {Rev. Philip).] Catechism [ of j Christian Doctrine | prepared and enjoined | by order of the | Third Plenary Council of Baltimore | Translated into Flat-head | by a father of the Society of Jesus | Woodstock college [Md.] | 1891 Title verso blank 1 1. text (entirely in the Kalispel language with the exception of a few headings in English) pp. 3-100, errata pp. 101- 102, sq.16°. Catechism, pp. 3-88.—Prayers, pp. 89-100. Copies seen: Eames, Piliing. [ ] Interrogationes J faciendse a sacer- dote | ad baptismum conferendum | procedente. Co'loplion: S. Ignatii, in Montanis. Typis missionis. [1891.] Frontispiece (vignette of the Virgin and child with the inscription N. S. del Carmen) recto 1. 1, text with heading above, and with other Latin headings scattered throughout, pp. [2-4], 24°. Printed by the school boys at St. Ignatius Mission. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling. [Litany and prayer in the Kalispel language. St. Ignatius Print, Montana, 1891.] Frontispiece (vignette of the Virgin and child with the inscription N. S. del Carmen) recto 1.1, text pp. [2-3], 12°. Printed by the school boys at St. Ignatius Mission. Lu Skuskuests lu t St. Marie, p. [2].—Oratio Leonis P. P. XIII ad S. Joseph, p. [3]. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling. [ ] Nchaumen j Lu kaeks-auaum 1-^gal | potu hoi la sainte messe | lu tel kae-pog6t | le pape. Colophon: St. Ignatius Print, Montana. [1891.] One leaf, printed on one side only, 8°. Printed by the school boys at St. Ignatius Mission. Three prayers in the Kalispel language. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling. [ ] Stabat mater [in the Kalispel lan guage.] [St. Ignatius Print, Montana, 1891.] 1 leaf, 8°, printed on one side only. Printed by the school boys at St. Ignatius Mission. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling. SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 13 : SI Carmany (J. H.) [The first three of the ten commandments, and the Lord's prayer in the Nanaimo language.] In Bancroft (H. H.), Native races of the Pacific states, vol. 3, pp. 611-612, New York, 1875, 8°. Reprinted in the various editions of the same work. [Caruana {Rev. J. M.)] Promissiones Domini Nostri Jesu Christi factae B. Marg. M. Alacoque. | Enpoteenet la Jesus Christ zogomshitem la | npiilg- hues Marguerite Marie Alacoque le | chesnkueitemistos la ghul potenzutis, ghul | sengastus la ezpoz. Colophon: P.A.Kemper, Dayton, O. (N.America.) [1890.] (Cceurd'Alene, Indian.) A small card, 3 by 5 inches in size, headed as above, and containing twelve '* Promises of Our Lord to Blessed Margaret Mary," in the Coeur d'Alene language. On the verso is a colored picture of the sacred heart, with four lines inscription beneath, in English. Mr. Kemper has issued a similar card in many languages. Copies seen : Eames, Pilling, Wellesley. Catalogue of the American library. Trumbull (J.H.) See Catechism: Kalispel Netlakapamuk Salish Snohomish See Griorda (J.) Le Jeune (J. M. R.) Canestrelli (P.) Boulet (J. B.) Catechism . . . translated into Flathead. See Canestrelli (P.) Catlin (George). North and South American Indians. | Catalogue | descriptive and instructive j of | Catlin's | Indian Cartoons. | Portraits, types, and customs. | 600 paintings in oil, | with | 20,000 full length figures | illustrating their various games, religious ceremonies, and | other customs, | and | 27 canvas paintings | of [ Lasalle's discoveries. | New York: | Baker & Godwin, Printers, | Printing-house square, | 1871. Abridged title on cover, title as above verso blank 1 1. remarks verso note 1 1. text pp. 5-92, certificates pp. 93-99, 8°. Proper names with English significations in a number of American languages, among them a few of the Spokan and Selish. Copies seen: Astor, Congress, Eames, Wellesley, Wisconsin Historical Society. George Catlin, painter, born in Wilkesbarre, Pa., in 1796, died iu Jersey City, N. J., Deqem- Catlin (G.) — Continued. ber23,1872. He studied law at Litchfield, Conn., but after a few years' practice went to Philadelphia and turned his attention to drawing and painting. As an artist he was entirety self- taught. In 1832 he went to the Far West and spent eight years among the Indians of Yellowstone River, Indian Territory, Arkansas, and Florida, painting a unique series of Indian portraits and pictures, which attracted much attention, on their exhibition, both in this country and in Europe. Among these were 470 full-length portraits and a large number of pictures illustrative of Indian life and customs, most of which are now preserved in the National Museum, Washington. In 1852-1857 Mr. Catlin traveled in South and Central America, after which he lived in Europe until 1871, when he returned to the United States. One hundred and twenty-six of his drawings illustrative of Indian life were at the Philadelphia exposition of 1876. He was the author of Notes of Eight Years in Europe (New York, 1848); Manners, Customs, and Condition of the North American Indians (London, 1857); The Breath of Life, or Mai-Respiration (New York, 1861); and O-kee-pa: A Religious Ceremony, and other Customs of the Mandans (London, 1867).—Appleton's Cyclop, of Am. Siog. Catloltq. See Komuk. Chamberlain (Alexander Francis). The Eskimo race and language. Their origin and relations. By A. F. Chamberlain, B. A. In Canadian Inst. Proc. third series, vol. 6, pp. 261-337, Toronto, 1889, 8°. Comparative Eskimo and Indian vocabularies (pp. 318-322) contains a number of words in Kawitchen, Selish, Niskwalli, Bilkula, Kow- elitsch, and Skwale (from Tolmie and Dawson and from Hale), pp. 318-320. [ ] Numerals, Vocabulary, and Sentences in the Language of the Colville Indians at Nelson, British Columbia. Manuscript, pp. 1-7 of a blank book, 8°; in possession of its author. Numerals 1-20, 30,40, 50, 60, 70, 80,90,100,200, 300, pp. 1-2.—Vocabulary (60 words), pp. 3-5.— Phrases and sentences, pp. 5-7.—Pronouns, p. 9. Alexander Francis Chamberlain was born at Kenninghall, Norfolk, England, January 12, 1865, and came to New York with his parents in 1870, removing with them to Canada in 1874. He matriculated from the Collegiate Institute, Peterboro, Ontario, into the University of Toronto in 1882, from which institution he graduated with honors in modern languages and ethnology in 1886. From 1887 to 1890 he was fellow in modern languages in University College, Toronto, and in 1889 received the degree of M. A. from his alma mater. In 1890 he was appointed fellow in anthropology in Clark University, Worcester, Mass., where he occupied % .J i jfl '" I 14 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 3u Chamberlain (A. F.) — Continued. himself with studies in the Algonquian languages and the physical anthropology of America. In June, 1890, he went to British Columbia, where, until the following October, he was engaged in studying the Kootenay Indians under the auspices of the British Association for the Advancement of Science. A summary of the results of these investigations appears in the proceedings of the association for 1892. A dictionary and grammar of the Kootenay language, together with a collection of texts of myths, are also being proceeded with. In 1892 Mr. Chamberlain received from Clark University the degree of Ph. D. in anthropology, his thesis being: * 'The Language of theMississaga% of Skugog: A contribution to the Linguistics or the Algonkian Tribes of Canada," embodying the results of his investigations of these Indians. Mr. Chamberlain, whose attention was, early in life, directed to philologic and ethnologic studies, has contributed to the scientific journals of America, from time to time, articles on subjects connected with linguistics and folklore, especially of the Algonquian tribes. He has also been engaged in the study of the Low- German and French Canadian dialects, the results of which will shortly appear. Mr. Chamberlain is a member of several of the learned societies of America and Canada and fellow of the American Association for the Advancement of Science. In 1892 he was appointed lecturer in anthropology at Clark University. Ohehalis: General discussion General discussion General discussion Geographic names Grammatic treatise Grammatic treatise Grammatic treatise Numerals Numerals Numerals Sentences Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Words Words Words See also Salish. Chihalis. See Chehalis. See Hale (H.) Swan (J. G.) Tolmie (W. F.) and Dawson (G.M.) Bulmer (T. S.) Eells (M.) Gallatin (A.) Hale (H.) Eells (M.) Montgomerie (J. E.) Swan (J. G.) Swan (J. G.) Eells (M.) Hale (H.) Latham (R. G.) Pinart (A. L.) Roehrig (F. L. 0.) Smet (P.J.de). Swan (J. G.) Tolmie (W. F ) and Dawson (G.M.) Bancroft (H. H.) Gibbs (G.) Nicoll(E.H) Chinook [Jargon] dictionary, See Poones (§, F.) Chirouze {Fr. —). Vocabulary of the Snohomish language. (*) Manuscript, oblong 12°; in possession of M. Alph. L. Pinart. Clallam. See Klalam. Classification: Salish See Bancroft (H.H.) Salish Bates (H. W.) Salish Beach (W. W.) Salish Berghaus (H.) Salish Boas (F.) Salish Brinton (D. G.) Salish Buschmann (J. C. E.) Salish Dawson (G. M.) Salish Drake (S. G.) Salish Eells (M.) Salish Gallatin (A.) Salish Gatschet (A. S.) Salish Gibbs (G.) Salish Haines (E. M.) Salish Keane (A. H.) Salish Latham (R. G.) Salish Powell (J. W.) Salish Prichard (J. C.) Salish Sayce (A. H.) Salish Schoolcraft (H. R.) Salish Trumbull (J. H.) Clip (John). See Eells (M.) Coeur dAlene. See Skitsuish. Colville. See Skoyelpi. Comparative vocabularies. See Gibbs (G.) H I Comux. See Komuk. Congress: This word following a title or within parentheses after a note indicates that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the Library of Congress, Washington, D.C. [Coones (S. F.)] Dictionary | of the | Chinook Jargon | as spoken on | Puget sound and the northwest, j with | original Indian names for prominent places | and localities with their meanings, | historical sketch, etc. | Published by | Lowman & Hanford stationery & printing co., | Seattle, Wash. [1891.] Cover title: Chinook Dictionary | and | original Indian names | of | western Washington. | [Picture.] | Lowman & Hanford | stationery & | printing company. Cover title, title verso blank 1 1. preface pp. [3-1], p. 5 blank, key to pronunciation p. [6], numerals p. [7], text pp. 9-38,18°. Eells (M.), Original Indian names of town- sites, etc., pp. 35-38. Copies sefn ,• Ernies, Pilling, IB - - —Tumi __a SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 15 Cooper (J. G.) Vocabulary of the Tsi- hdi-lish. Manuscript, 3 pages, 4°; in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Collected in 1854. Consists of 180 words. In the same library is a copy of this manuscript, 3 pages, 4°, made by its compiler, and a partial one, two leaves, folio,made by Dr. Geo. Gibbs. Cowitchen. See Kawichen* Cowlitz. See Kaulits. Craig {Dr. R. O.) Vocabulary of the Skagit. Manuscript, 2 pages, 4°; in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Collected at Ft. Bel- lingham, Washington Ty., Sept., 1858. Contains 72 words only. A copy of this vocabulary, made by Dr. Geo. Gibbs, is in the same library. Vocabulary of the Snohomish. Manuscript, 4 pages folio; in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Contains 45 words only. D. Daa (Ludwig Kristensen). On the affinities between the languages of the northern tribes of the old and new continents. By Lewis Kr. Daa, Esq., of Christiania, Norway. (Read December the 20th.) In Philological Soc. [of London] Trans. i850, pp. 251-294, London [1857], 8°. (Congress.) Comparative tables showing affinities between Asiatic and American languages, pp. 264- 285, contains words from many North American languages, the Salishan being represented by the Tsehaili, Selish, Okanagen, Atnah, Kawi- tchen, Noosdalum, Squalyamish, and Billechoola. Davis (Marion). See Eells (M.) Dawson {Dr. George Mercer). Notes on the Shuswap People of British Columbia. By George M. Dawson, LL. D., F. R. S., Assistant Director Geological Survey of Canada. (Read May 27,1891.) In Royal Soc. of Canada, Proc. and Trans, for 1891, vol. 9, section 2, pp. 3-44, Montreal, 1892, map, 4°. (Bureau of Ethnology.) General discussion of the people, references to published and unpublished linguistic material, etc., pp. 3-4.—Tribal subdivisions, with etymologies, names given other tribes, etc. (partly by Mackay), pp. 4-7. —Villages and houses, pp. 7-10, contain a number of native terms.—Measures of length employed by the Shuswap (6 terms), p. 19.—Plants used as food and for other purposes, pp. 19-23, includes a number of native terms passim.—Historical notes (pp. 23-26) includes a number of personal names, a vocabulary (13 words) and numerals 1-9, p. 25.—Vocabulary (11 words) obtained from Joyaska, a native, p. 26.—Account of the first knowledge of the whites (from Mackay), pp. 26-28, contains a number of personal and geographic names.—Mythology, pp. 28-35, contains a number of native words and phrases (partly from Mackay).—Stories attaching to particular localities, pp. 35-38, includes a number of bird and geographic names.—Names of the stars and months, pp. 39-40.—List of 220 place-names |n the Shuswap country, with Dawson (G. M.) — Continued. meanings: 1, Shuswap names (130) of places on the Kamloops sheet, pp. 40-42; 2, Shuswap names (64) of places beyond the limits of the Kamloops sheet, pp. 43-44; 3, Shuswap names (20) of inhabited villages, p. 44.—A few (7) of the principal villages beyond the limits of the Kamloops sheet, p. 44. "I am indebted to Mr. W. Mackay, Indian agent at Kamloops, for several interesting contributions, which will be found embodied in the following pages." Issued separately, with half-title as follows: Notes on the Shuswap people of British Columbia. | By George M. Dawson, LL.D., F. R. S. | Assistant Director, Geological Survey of Canada. [Montreal: Dawson brothers. 1892.] Half-title on cover, no inside title, text pp. 3- 44, map, 4°. Linguistic contents as under title next above. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling. See Tolmie (W.F.) and Dawson (G. George Mercer Dawson was born at Pictou, Nova Scotia, August 1,1849, and is the eldest son of Sir William Dawson, principal of McGill University, Montreal. He was educated at McGill College and the Royal School of Mines; held the Duke of Cornwall's scholarship, given by the Prince of Wales; and took the Edward Forbes medal in palaeontology and the Murch- ison medal in geology. He was appointed geologist and naturalist to Her Majesty's North American Boundary Commission in 1873, and at the close of the commission's work, in 1875, he published a report under the title of '' Geology and Resources of the Forty-ninth Parallel." In July, 1875, he received an appointment on the geological survey of Canada. From 1875 to 1879 he was occupied in the geological survey and exploration of British Columbia, and subsequently engaged in similar work, both in the Northwest Territory and British Columbia. Dr. Dawson is the author of numerous papers on geology, natural history, and ethnology, published in the Canadian Naturalist, Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society, Transactions, _^u_^____^ -._ 16 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Dawson (G. M.)—Continued. of the Royal Society of Canada, etc. He was in 1887 selected to take charge of the Yukon expedition. De Horsey {Lieut. Algernon F. R.) See Montgomerie (J. E.) and De Horsey (A.F.R.) De Smet {Rev. Peter John). See Smet P. J. de). Dictionary: Kalispel See Giorda (J.) Niskwali Gibbs (G.) Niskwali Powell (J. W.) Twana Eells (M.) *» Dictionary of the Chinook Jargon. See Coones (S. F.) Dictionary of the Kalispel. See Giorda (j.) | 1 f§. Drake (Samuel Gardiner). The | Aboriginal races | of | North America; | comprising | biographical sketches of eminent individuals, | and | an historical account of the different tribes, | from | the first discovery of the continent | to | the present period | with a dissertation on their | Origin, Antiquities, Manners and Customs, | illustrative narratives and anecdotes, | and a | copious analytical index j by Samuel G. Drake. | Fifteenth edition, | revised, with valuable additions, j by Prof. H. L. Williams. | [Quotation, six lines.] | New York. | Hurst & company, publishers. | 122 Nassau Street. [1882.] Title verso copyright notice 1 1. preface pp. 3-4, contents pp. 5-8, Indian tribes and nations pp. 9-16, half-title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 19- 767, index pp. 768-787,8°. G-atschet (A. S.), Indian languages of the Pacific states and territories, pp. 748-763. Copies seen: Astor, Congress, Wisconsin Historical Society. Clarke & co. 1886, no. 6377, price a copy $3. Dufosse(E.) Americana | Catalogue de livres | relatifs a PAnierique j Europe, Asie,Afrique | et Oce"anie | [&c. thirty- four lines] j Librairie ancienne et moderne de E. Dufosse" | 27, rue Gu6ne"gaud, 27 | pres le Pont-neuf | Paris [1887] Cover title as above, no inside title, tables des divisions 11. text pp. 175-422,8°. Contains, passim, titles of works relating to the Salishan languages. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling. This, series of catalogues was begun in 1876. Dunbar: This word following a title or within parentheses after a note indicates that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the library, now dispersed, of Mr. John B. Dunbar, Bloomfield, N. J. Durieu {Bishop Paul). By Rt. Rev. Bishop Durieu. O. M. I. | Skwamish. | Morning: Prayers. [Kamloops, B. C.: 1891.] No title-page, heading only; text pp. 1-32, 16°. See fac-simile of first page. Translated by Bishop Durieu into Skwamish and transcribed into shorthand by Father Le Jeune, editor of the Kamloops Wawa, who printed it on the mimeograph. Morning prayers, pp. 1-12.—Night prayers, pp. 12-16.—Preparation for confession, pp. 17- 32. Copies seen: Pilling. Prayers in Stalo by Rt. Rev. Bishop Durieu. | O. M. I. | Stalo. | Morning Prayers. [Kamloops, B. C.: 1891.] No title-page, heading only; textpp.1-16,16°. Translated into Stalo by Bishop Durieu, and transcribed into shorthand by Father Le Jeune, editor and publisher of the Kamloops Wawa, who reproduced it by aid of the mimeograph. Morning prayers, pp. 1-13.—The rosary, pp. 13-16. Copies seen: Pilling. The Rev. A. G. Morice, of Stuart's Lake Mis-, sion, British Columbia, a famous Athapascan scholar, has kindly furnished me the following" brief account of this writer: Bishop Paul Durieu was born at St. Pal-de- Mous, in the diocese of Puy, France, December 3,1830. After his course in classics he entered the novitiate of the Oblates at Notre Dame de l'Ozierinl847and made his religious profession in 1849. He was ordained priest at Marseilles March 11,1854, and was sent to the missions of Oregon, where he occupied, successively, several posts. At the breaking out of the rebellion among the Yakama Indians he had to leave for the Jesuit mission at Spokane. He was afterwards sent to Victoria and then to Okanagan by his superiors. Thence he was sent as superior of the Fort Rupert Mission, and when, on June 2, 1875, he was appointed coadjutor Bishop of British Columbia, he was superior of St. Charles House at New Westminster. On June 3,1890, he succeeded Bishop L. Y. D'Herbainez as vicar apostolic of British Columbia. Bishop Durieu understands, but does not speak, several Salishan dialects, and he is especially noted for his unqualified success among the Indians. D wamish: Geographic names Geographic names Geographic names Vocabulary See Bulmer (T. S.) Coones (S. F.) Eells (M.) Salish, s SALISHAN LANGUAGES. By* RKft*/. $($h.*\o D*ri^. OM*L S/{wami.sk. A ioniina D / /"ay?r$ , f>5 E w* ~ j>&# o-~o \*y\ —-r> J^1 p iiiii* -<*? Hi ^ ^ i^ste-? -*^e ^y^-i ^c FACSIMILE OF FIRST PAGE OF DURIEU'S SKWAMISH PRAYERS, SAL 2 17 - 18 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE E. a Eames: This word following a title or within parentheses after a note indicates that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the library of Mr. Wilberforce Eames, Brooklyn, N. Y. Eells {Rev. Cushing). See Walker (E.) and Eells (C.) At my request Rev. Myron Eells, a son of the above, has furnished me the following biographic notes: Rev. Cushing Eells was born at Blandford, Mass., February 16,1810; was the son of Joseph and Elizabeth Warner Eells; was brought up at Blandford; prepared for college at Monson Academy, Mass.; entered Williams College in 1830, from which he graduated four years later, and from East Windsor (Conn.) Theological Seminary in 1837, and was ordained at Blandford, Mass., as a Congregational minister, October 25,1837. He was married March 5,1838, to Miss Myra Fairbank, who was born at Holden, Mass., May 26,1805. Having offered themselves to the American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions, they were first appointed to the Zulu mission in Africa, but owing to a war there among the natives they were delayed, until the call from Oregon became so urgent that they were sent there, leaving home in March and arriving at Walla walla August 29,1838. They spent the next winter at Wallawalla, and the following spring with Rev. E. Walker opened a new station among the Spokan Indians at Tshimakain, Walkers Prairie, Washington. Here they remained until 1848. Mr. Eells taught a small school part of the time, besides preaching and doing general missionary work. The results as they appeared at that time were not satisfactory, but thirty-five years later it was plain that the seed then sowed had grown until two churches of one hundred and thirty- seven members were the result. During the Cayuse war of 1848 and the Yakama war of 1855-1856 the tribe remained friendly to the whites, although strongly urged by the hostiles to join them. As the Government could not assure them of protection from the hostile Cayuse, they found it necessary to move to the Willamette Valley in 1848, under an escort of Oregon volunteers. Mr. Eells did not immediately sever his connection with the missionary board, hoping that the way would open to return to the Spokan Indians, but it never did. For many years most of his time was spent in teaching school at Salem, Oregon, 1848-1849; at Forest Grove, Oregon, 1848-1851, and 1857-1860 • at Hilisboro, Oregon, 1851-1857; and at Wallawalla, Wash., 1867-1870. Here he founded Whitman College, •f whose board of trustees he has been presi- Eells (C.j — Continued. dent from the beginning (1859) to the time of his death. He has since 1872 preached at a large number of places in Washington as a general self-supporting missionary, but mainly at Skokomish, among the Indians, and among the whites at Colfax, Medical Lake, and Cheney, and the results of his labors have been the organization of Congregational churches at those places and at Sprague and Chawelah. Not till 1891, at the age of about 81, did he give up active preaching. He has given to Whitman College nearly $10,000, besides securing for it about $12,000 more by a canvass in the east in 1883-1884 (the only time he has visited the east since he first went west), to various churches in Oregon and Washington over $7,000, and to various missionary societies about $4,000. He received the degree of D.D. from Pacific University, on account of his work for Whitman College, and was assistant moderator of the National Congregational Council, at Concord, N. H., in 1883. He died at Tacoma February 16,1893, on his eighty-third birthday. Mrs. Eells died at Skokomish, Wash., August 9,1878, aged 73 years. He left two sons, both of whom have been at work among the Indians at Puget Sound, one as Indian agent since 1871, and the other as missionary since 1874. Eells {Rev. Myron). Art. IV. Twana Indians of the Skokomish reservation in Washington territory. By rev. M. Eells, Missionary among these Indians. In Hayden (F.V.); Bulletin of the H. S. Gool. and Geog. Survey of the Territories, vol. 3, pp. 57-114, Washington, 1877, 8°. (Pilling.) Section 8, Measuring and valuing (pp. 86- 88), contains the numerals 1-1000, pp. 86-87; names of days, months, and points of the compass, pp. 87-88.—Section 13, Language and literature (pp. 93-101), contains a Twana vocabulary of 211 words, pp. 93-98. Issued separately with cover title as follows: Author's edition. | Department of the interior. | United States geological and geographical survey, j F. V. Hayden, U. S. Geologist-in-Charge. | The J Twana Indians | of the | Skokomish reservation in Washington territory, j By j rev. M. Eells, J missionary among these Indians. | Extracted from the bulletin of the survey, Vol. Ill, No. 1. | Washington, April 9,1877. Cover title as above, no inside title, text pp. 57-114,8°. Linguistic contents as under title next above. Copies seen: Brinton, Eames, National Museum, Pilling. UPBBBS SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 19 Sells (M.)—Continued. Indian music. By rev. M. Eells. In American Antiquarian, vol. 1, pp. 249-253, Chicago, 1878-79,8°. (Bureauof Ethnology.) Short songs in Clallam and Chemakum,with music, p. 252. The Twana language of Washington territory. By rev. M. Eells. In American Antiquarian, vol. 3, pp. 296-303, Chicago, 1880-'81,8°. (Bureau of Ethnology.) Grammatic forms of the Twana or Skokomish, pp. 296-298; of the Skwaksin dialect of the Niskwally, pp. 298-299; of the Clallam, pp. 299-301; of the Spokane, pp. 302-303. History of | Indian missions | on the Pacific coast, j Oregon, Washington and Idaho. [ By J rev. Myron Eells, | Missionary of the American Missionary Association. | With | an introduction | by | rev. G. H. Atkinson, D.D. J Philadelphia: | the American Sunday- school union, | 1122 Chestnut Street, j 10 Bible house, New York. [1882.] Frontispiece 11. title verso copyright notice (1882) 11. dedication verso blank 1 1. contents pp.v-vi, introduction by G. H.Atkinson pp. vii-xi, preface (dated October, 1882) pp. xiii- xvi, text pp. 17-270,12°. Chapter v, Literature, science, education, morals, and religion (pp. 202-226) contains a short list of books, papers, and manuscripts relating to the Indians of the northwest coast, among them the Salishan, pp. 203-207, 209-211. Copies seen: Congress, Pilling. — The Indian languages of Puget Sound. In the Seattle Weekly Post-Intelligencer, vol. 5, no. 8, p. 4, Seattle, Washington Ty., November 26,1885. (Pilling, Wellesley.) Remarks on the peculiarities and grammatic forms of the Snohomish, Nisqually, Clallam, Chemakum, Upper Chehalis, and Lower Chehalis languages.—Partial conjugation of the verb to drink in Snohomish. — Ten years | of | missionary work j among the Indians | at | Skokomish, Washington territory. | 1874-1884. | By Rev. M. Eells, | Missionary of the American Missionary Association. [ Boston: [ Congregational Sunday- School Publishing Society, | Congregational house, | Corner Beacon and Somerset Streets. [1886. J Half-title (Ten years at Skokomish) verso blank 11. frontispiece 11. title verso copyright- notice (1886) and names of printers 11. preface 11. dedication verso note 11. contents pp. vii-x, introduction pp. 11-13, text pp. 15-271,12°. Indian hymns (pp. 244-255) contains a two- verse hymn in Twana witli English translation, pp. 250-251; one in Ulailam with English Eells (M.) —Continued. translation, pp. 251-252; and one in the Squaxon dialect of the Nisqually, p. 252; seven different ways of expressing I will go home in Clallam, pp. 253; a hymn in Twana and Clallam, pp. 253- 254. Copies seen: Congress, pilling. Indians of Puget Sound. (Sixth paper.) Measuring and valuing. In American Antiquarian, vol. 10, pp. 174-178, Chicago, 1888,8°. (Bureau of Ethnology.) Numerals, and remarks concerning the numeral system of quite a number of the languages of Washington Territory, among them the following divisions of the Salishan family: Twana, Nisqually, Skokomish, Kwinaielt, Skagit, Clallam, Lummi, Cowichen/Chehalis, Tait, Kuwalitsk, Snanaimo, Kwantlen, Songis, Shiwapmukh, Shooswap, Nikutemukh, Skoyelpi, Spokane, Pisquaus, Kalispelm, Coeur d'Alene, Flathead, Lilowat, and Komookh. The preceding articles of the series, all of which appeared in the American Antiquarian, contain no linguistic material. It was the inten- tion of the editor of the Antiquarian, when the series should be finished, to issue them in book form. So far as they were printed in the magazine they were repaged and perhaps a number of signatures struck off. The sixth paper, for instance, titled above, I have in my possession, paged 44-48. Hymns j in the j Chinook-f-Jargon-t- Language | compiled by | rev. M. Eells, J Missionary of the American Missionary Association. J Second edition. ( Revised and Enlarged. ] Portland, Oregon: | David Steel, successor to Himes the printer, J 169-171 Second Street, | 1889. Cover title as above verso note, title as above verso copyright notice (1878 and 1889) 11. nota p. 3, text pp. 4-40, sq. 16°. Hymn in the Twana or Skokomish language, p. 32; English translation, p.33.—Hymn in tha Clallam language, p. 34; English translation, p. 35.—Hymn in tiie Nisqually language, p. 36; English translation, p. 37.—Medley in four languages (Chinook Jargon, Skokomish, Clallam, and English), p. 36. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Wellesley. The first edition of this work, Portland, 1878, contains no Salishan material. (Eames, Pilling, Wellesley.) The Twana, Chemakum, and Klallam Indians of Washington Territory. By Rev. Myron Eells. In Smithsonian Institution Annual Rep. of the Board of Regents for 1887, part 1, pp. 605- 681, Washington, 1889, 8°. (Pilling.) Measures and values (pp. 643-686) contains) the numerals 1-10 of a number of Indian languages of Washington Ty., among them the Twana, Niskwalli, Snohomish, Chehalis, Kwi- I 20 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE SL Eells (M.) — Continued. naitjlt, Klallam, and Cowichan, p. 644; Lummi and Skagit, p. 645.—Remarks on the same, pp. 645-646.—The word for God in Twana, Nisk" walli, and Klallam, p. 679. This article was issued separately, without change, and again as follows: The Twana, Chemakum, and Klallam Indians of Washington territory. By Rev. Myron Eells. In Smithsonian Inst. Mis. Papers relating to anthropology, from the Smithsonian report for 1886-'87, pp. 605-681, Washington, 1889, 8°. (Eames, Pilling.) Linguistic contents as under title next above. ■ Original Indian names of town sites, rivers, mountains, etc., of western Washington. In Coones (S. F.), Dictionary of the Chinook Jargon, pp. 35-38. Seattle [1891], 18°. Names (13) in the Twana or Skokomish language, p. 35; Nisqually (25), including Squak- son, Puyallup, and Snohomish languages, p. 36; Clallam language (8), p. 37; Duwamish language (25), pp. 37-38. — Aboriginal geographic names in the state of Washington. By Myron Eells. In American Anthropologist, vol. 5, pp. 27-35, Washington, 1892,8°. (Pilling.) Arranged alphabetically and derivations given. The languagesrepresented are: Chinook, Chinook Jargon, Nez Perc6, Chehalis, Clallam, Twana, Calispel, Cayuse, Puyallup, aud Spokane. The Indians of Puget Sound. By *-© Rev. Myron Eells. Manuscript, pp. 1-705, sm. 4°; in possession of its author. Chapter xii, Measuring and valuing, pp. 249- 271, contains the numerals in Twana, Nisk- walli, Clallam, Upper and Lower Chehalis, Chemakum, Kwill-li-ut, Hoh, Cowichan, Chinook Jargon, and Lummi, with remarks on the same. Chapter xvi, Writing and language, pp. 306- 352, includes a grammatic treatise of the Twana, Niskwalli, Snohomish, Clallam, Chemakum, Upper and Lower Chehalis, and of the Chinook Jargon, with a comparison of these languages. — [Words, phrases, and sentences in the Klallam language; recorded by Rev. Myron Eells, Washington Territory, February-June, 1878.] Manuscript, pp. 8-102 and 3 unnumbered leaves, 4°; in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology, Washington, D. C. Recorded in a copy of Powell's Introduction to the study of Indian languages, first edition. Schedules 1,3,6-12,14-21, 23, and 24 are each nearly filled; schedules 4,5,13, and 22 partially so. The unnumbered leaves at the end treat of nouns, gender, possessive case, pronouns, adjectives, and verbs with conjugations. Eells (M.) — Continued. [Words, phrases, and sentences in the Niskwalli language, Skwaksin dialect; recorded by Rev. Myron Eells, Washington Territory, February-September, 1878.] Manuscript, pp. 8-102, and 4 unnumbered leaves at the end, 4°; in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology, Washington, D. C. Recorded in a copy of Powell's Introduction to the study of Indian languages, first edition. Most of the schedules given therein have been completely filled, the remainder partially so. The unnumbered leaves at the end treat of nouns, possessive case, gender, diminutives, adjectives, pronouns, and verbs with conjugations. [Words, phrases, sentences, and grammatic material relating to the Twana language. Recorded by Rev. Myron Eells, Washington Territory, 1878.] Manuscript, pp. 8-102 and 2 unnumbered leaves at the end, 4°; in possession of its author. Recorded in a copy of Powell's Introduction to the study of Indian languages, first edition, all the schedules of which are filled or nearly so. The unnumbered leaves at the end treat of nouns, their plural forms, possessive case, gender, comparison of adjectives, possessive case of pronouns, and partial conjugations of the Twana synonyms of the verbs to eat and to drink. [Words, phrases, and sentences iu the language of the lower Tsi-he'-lis (Chehalis) of the southwestern portion of Washington Territory. Recorded by Rev. Myron Eells, March, 1882. Manuscript, pp. 8-102, 4°; in possession of its author. Recorded in a copy of Powell's Introduction to the study of Indian languages, first edition. .'' Collected with the aid of John Clip, an Indian doctor who talks good English." [Words, phrases, sentences, and grammatic material of the language of the upper Chehalis Indians of the western portion of Washington Territory. Recorded by Rev. Myron Eells, January-March, 1885.] Manuscript, pp. 77-228 and 2 unnumbered leaves, 4°; in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology, Washington, D. C. Recorded in a copy of Powell's Introduction to the study of Indian languages, second edi- tion. Schedides 1-8,10,13, 16, 20-29 are each nearly filled; numbers 12,14,17,19, partially so, and the remaining schedules are blank. The unnumbered leaves at the end treat of adjectives and their comparison, pronouns, and conjugations of verbs. %? SALISHAN LANGUAGES. Eells (M.) — Continued. " This Chehalis tribe lies next south of the Twanas. I have not lived with them, but have obtained my information from Chehalis Indians who have at times lived among the Twanas, namely, from Marion Davis, assisted by. Big Sam, the former an educated young man, the latter an uneducated old one." The Twana language. By Rev. M. Eells. (*) Manuscript, pp. 1-232,8°, in possession of its author, who has kindly furnished me a description of it under date of August 12,1892, as follows: Volume I. Part 1, Grammar. Part 2, Twana- English Dictionary, 151 pages, 8°. Vol. II. Part 3, English-Twana Dictionary. Part 4, Hymns and prayers (not published anywhere), 84 pages, 8°. "Some years ago I thought of learning this language, and proceeded far enough to acquire one or two hundred words and a few sentences and obtain a little idea of the construction. The material lay in a box of old papers until lately, and I have thought it worth while to enlarge it and put it into good shape, not for publication, but for preservation in my library. The larger number of the nouns are the same as those I furnished Major Powell in a copy of his Introduction to the study of Indian languages some years ago." — An oration in the Twana language. In Bulmer (T.), Part II of Buhner's appendix to the Chee-Chinook Grammar and Dictionary, 11.20-22. (Manuscript.) Oration in English, 1.20.—The same in Twana with interlinear English translation, 11. 21-22. — A tradition in the Twana language. In Bulmer (T. S.), Part II of Bulmer's Appendix to the Chee-Chinook Grammar and Dictionary, 11.23-25. (Manuscript.) Tradition in Twana with interlinear English translation, 1. 23.—The same in English, 11. 24- 25. — Copy of a sermon preached to the Indians of Walla-Walla. In Bulmer (T. S.), Christian prayers in Chinook, IL'39-46. (Manuscript.) "Of the 97 words used 46 are of Chinook origin, 17 Nootka, 3 Salish, 23 English, 2 Jargon, and 6 in French." These three manuscripts are in possession of Dr. Bulmer, Salt Lake City, Utah. Rev. Myron Eells was born at Walker's Prairie, Washington Territory, October 7, 1843; he is the son of Rev. Cushing Eells, D.D., and Mrs. M. F. Eells, who went to Oregon in 1838 as missionaries to the Spokan Indians. He left Walker's Prairie in 1818 on account of the Whitman massacre at Wallawalla and Cayuse war, and went to Salem, Oregon, where he began to go to school. In 1849 he moved to Forest Grove, Eells (M.) — Continued. Oregon; in 1851 to Hillsboro, Oregon, and in 1857 again to Forest Grove, at which places he continued his school life. In 1862 he moved to Wallawalla, spending the time in farming and the wood business until 1868, except the falls, winters, and springs of 1863-64, 1864-'65, and 1865-'66, when he was at Forest Grove in college, graduating from Pacific University in 1866,. in the second class which ever graduated from that institution. In 1868 he went to Hartford, Conn., to study for the ministry, entering the Hartford Theological Seminary that year, graduating from it in 1871, and being ordained at Hartford, June 15, 1871, as a Congregational minister. He went to Boise City in October, 1871, under the American Home Missionary Society, organized the First Congregational church of that place in 1872, and was pastor of it until he left in 1874. Mr. Eells was also superintendent of its Sunday school from 1872 to 1874 and president of the Idaho Bible Society from 1872 to 1874. He went to Skokomish, Washington, in June, 1874, and has worked as missionary of the American Missionary Association ever since among the Skokomish or Twana and Klallam Indians, pastor of Congregational church at Skokomish Reservation since 1876, and superintendent of Sabbath school at Skokomish since 1882. He organized a Congregational church among the Klalams in 1882, of which he has since been pastor, and another among the whites at Seabeck in 1880, of which ■ he was pastor until 1886. In 1887 he was chosen trustee of the Pacific University, Oregon; in 1885 was elected assistant secretary and in 1889 secretary of its board of trustees. He delivered the address before the Gamma Sigma society of that institution in 1876, before the alumni in 1890, and preached the baccalaureate sermon in 1886. In 1888 he was chosen trustee of Whitman College, Washington, delivered the commencement address there in 1888 and received the degree of D.D. from that institution in 1890. In 1888 he was elected its financial secretary and in 1891 was asked to become president of the institution, but declined both. He was elected an associate member of the Victoria Institute of London in 1881, and a corresponding member of the Anthropological Society at Washington in 1885, to both of which societies he has furnished papers which have been published by them. He was also elected vice-president of the Whitman Historical Society at Wallawalla in 1889. From 1874 to 1886 he was clerk of the Congregational Association of Oregon and Washington. Mr. Eells at present (1893) holds the position of Superintendent of the Department of Ethnology for the State of Washington at the World's Columbian Exposition. Ellis {Dr. —). See Good (J. B.) Etshiit thlu sitskai [Spokan]. See Walker (E.) and Eells (C.) I n 22 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE F. Featherman (A.) Social history | of the J races of mankind. | First division: | Nigritians [-Third division: j Aoneo- Maranonians]. J By | A. Featherman. | [Two lines quotation.] | London: j Triibner & co., Ludgate Hill. | 1885[-1889J. | (All rights reserved.) 3 vols. 8°. A general discussion of a number of North American families occurs in vol. 3, among them the Nisquallis, p. 356; the Salish proper, pp. 360-369. Copies seen: Congress. Field (Thomas Warren). An essay | towards an J Indian bibliography. | Being a | catalogue of books, | relating to the | history, antiquities, languages, customs, religion, |wars, literature, and origin of the | American Indians, | in the library of | Thomas W. Field. | With bibliographical and historical notes, and j synopses of the contents of some of | the works least known. | New York: [ Scribner, Armstrong, and co. | 1873. Title verso names of printers 11. preface pp. iii-iv, text pp. 1-430, 8°. Titles and descriptions of works relating to the Salishan languages passim. Copies seen: Congress, Eames, Pilling. At the Field sale, no. 688, a copy brought $4.25; at the Menzies sale, no. 718, a "half- crushed, red levant morocco, gilt top, uncut copy," brought $5.50. Priced by Leclerc, 1878, Field (T. W.)--Continued. 18 fr.; by Quaritch, no. 11996,15s.; at the Pinart sale, no. 368, it brought 17 fr.; at the Murphy sale, no. 949, $4.50. Priced by Quaritch, no. 302 24, 11. Catalogue J of the j library j belonging to | Mr. Thomas W. Field. | To be sold at auction, j by | Bangs, Merwin & co., | May 24th, 1875, j and following days, j New York. | 1875. Cover title 22 lines, title as above verso blank 1 1. notice etc. pp. iii-viii, text'pp. 1-376, list of prices pp. 377-393, supplement pp. 1-59,8°. Compiled by Joseph Sabin, mainly from Mr. Field's Essay, title of which is given above. Contains titles of a number of works relating to the Salishan languages. Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, Congress, Eames. At the Squier sale, no. 1178, an uncut copy brought $1.25. First catechism in Thompson language. See Le Jeune (J. M. &.) Flathead. See Salish. Friendly Village: General discussion Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary See Gallatin (A.) Adelung (J. C) and Vater (J. S.) Gallatin (A.) Latham (R. G.) Mackenzie (A.) Frost (J. H.) See Lee (D.) and Frost (J.H.) Fuller (Louis). See Boas (F.) (jr. Gabelentz (HansGeorg Conor von der). Die Sprachwissenschaft, j ihre Auf- gaben, Methoden \ und j bisherigen Ergebnisse. |Von | Georg von der Gabelentz. j [Vignette.] | Leipzig, | T. O. Weigel nachfolger J (Chr.Herm.Tauclmitz). j 1891. Cover title as above, titleas above verso blank 1 1. Vorwort pp. iii-vii, Inhalts-Verzeichniss pp. viii-xx, text pp. 1-466, Register pp. 467-502, Berichtigungen p. 502, 8°. Brief discussion and a few examples of the Selish language, pp. 34, 368. Copies seen: Gatschet. Gallatin (Albert). A synopsis of the Indian tribes within the United States east of the Rocky Mountains and in the British and Russian possessions in North America. By the Hon. Albert Gallatin. In American Antiquarian Soc. Trans. (A.rcha3ologia Americana), vol. 2, pp. 1-422, Cambridge, 1836,8°. Brief reference to the language of the Indians of Friendly Village, p. 15; to the Salish or Flat Heads, p. 134.—Vocabulary of the Salish, lines 53, pp. 305-367.—Vocabulary (25 words) of the language of the Indians of Friendly Vil- r SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 23 Gallatin (A.) — Continued. lage of Salmon River, Pacific Ocean, and of the Atnah or Chin Indians (both from Mackenzie), p. 378. Hale's Indians of North-west Amer ica, and vocabularies of North America; with an introduction. By Albert Gallatin. In American Eth. Soc. Trans, vol. 2, pp. xxiii- clxxxviii, 1-130, New York, 1848, 8°. (Pilling.) The families of languages as far as ascertained (pp.xcix-c) includes the Tsihaili-Selish, p. c.—North Oregon division, p. 6, includes mention of the Selish.—The Tsihaili-Selish (pp. 10-13) includes a general discussion, pp. 10-13; names of the months in Pisquaus and Selish, p. 13.—Philology, the Tsihaili-Selish (pp. 26-34) includes pronominal suffixes in Shushwap and Selish, p. 27; affixes in Shushwap, Selish, Tsi- hailish, and Nsietshawus, p. 27; vocabulary (9 words) of the Tsihailish, Squale, etc., and the Nsietshawus, p. 28; the most important grammatical peculiarities of the Selish tongue, including prefixes, pluralization of adjectives, diminutives, personal pronouns, possessive affixes, tenses, modes, paradigms, transitions, derivatives, etc., pp. 28-34.—Vocabulary (179 words) of the Selish (Flathead) pp. 88-94.— Vocabulary of the Bilechoola (33 words and numerals 1-10), p. 103.—Comparative vocabulary of the Tsihaili-Selish tongues (50 words and numerals 1-10), including the Atnahs, Skitsuish, Piskwaus, Skwale, Tsihailish, Kowelitsk, and Nsietshawus, pp. 118-120. Table of generic Indian families of languages. In Schoolcraft (H.R.), Indian tribes, vol. 3, pp. 397-402, Philadelphia, 1853,4°. Includes the Jelish, p. 402. Albert Gallatin was born in Geneva, Switzerland, January 29,1761, and died in Astoria, L. I., August 12,1849. He was descended from an ancient patrician family of Geneva, whose name had long been honorably connected with the history of Switzerland. Young Albert had been baptized by the name of Abraham Alfonse Albert. In 1773 he was sent to a boarding school and a year later entered the University of Geneva, where he was graduated in 1779. He sailed from L'Orient late in May, 1780, and reached Boston on July 14. He entered Congress on December 7, 1795, and continued a member of that body until his appointment as Secretary of the Treasury in 1801, which office he held continuously until 1813. His services were rewarded with the appointment of minister to France in February, 1815; he entered on the duties of this office in January, 1816. In 1826, at the solicitation of President Adams, he accepted the appointment of envoy extraordinary to Great Britain. On his return to the United States he settled in New York City, where, from 1831 to 1839, he was president of the National Bank of New York. In 1842 he was Gallatin (A.) — Continued. associated in the establishment of the American Ethnological Society, becoming its first president, and in 1843 he was elected to hold a similar office in the New York Historical Society, an honor which was annuallyconferred on him until his death.—Appleton's Cyclop, of Am. Blog. fj G-atschet: This word following a title or within parentheses after a note indicates that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the com-' piler in the library of Mr. Albert S. Gatschet,1 Washington, D. C. *'"**^§j Gatschet (Albert Samuel). Indian languages of the Pacific states and terri- tories. | In Magazine of Am. History, vol. 1, pp. 145- 171, New York, 1877, sm. 4°. A general discussion of the peoples of the region with examples, passim. The Salishan family with its linguistic divisions is treated of on pp. 169-170. Issued separately with half-title as follows : Indian languages | of the j Pacific states and territories | by [ Albert S. Gatschet | Reprinted from March Number of The Magazine of American History [New York: 1877.] Half-title verso blank 11. text pp. 145-171,4°. Linguistic contents as under title next above. Copies seen: Astor, Congress, Eames,» Pilling, Wellesley. Reprinted in the following works: Beach (W. W.), Indian Miscellany, pp. 416- 447, Albany, 1877, 8°. Drake (S. G.), Aboriginal races of North America, pp. 748-763, New York, [1882], 8°. A later article with similar title as follows: > Indian languages of the Pacific states and territories and of the Pueblos of New Mexico. In Magazine of Am. History, vol. 8, pp. 254- 263, New York, 1882, 4°. (Pilling.) Brief reference to the Selish stock (Oregon- ian dialects), p. 256. Issued separately with title-page as follows: — Indian languages | of the | Pacific states and territories | and of j The Pueblos of New Mexico. | By Albert S. Gatschet. | Reprinted from the Magazine of American History, April, 1882. | New York: I A. S. Barnes &eo. I 1882. Cover title, no inside title, text 5 unnumbered leaves, 4°. Linguistic contents as under title next above. Copies seen: Astor, Brinton, Eames, National Museum, Wellesley. — Winke f iir das Studium der amerikanischen Sprachen. Von Albert S. Gatschet, in Washington, Dist. Col. msammmm 24 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Gatschet (A. S.) — Continued. Separat-Abdruck aus dem Correspondenz- Blatt der Deutschen anthropologischen Gesell- schaft, pp. 20-23, nos. 3-4,1892,4°. (Pilling.) A general discussion of the grammatic peculiarities of a number of American languages, among them the Salishan. [Vocabulary of the Nonstoki or Collected by A. S. Nestucca language. Gatschet in Tillamuk county, Oregon, November, 1877.] Manuscript, 10 11.4°. In"the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Recorded on a blank form (no. 170) issued by the Smithsonian Institution. It contains about 220 words. , In the same library is a copy of this vocabulary, made by its compiler, 7 11. folio, written on one side only. Albert Samuel Gatschet was born in St. Beat- enberg, in the Bernese Oberland, Switzerland, October 3,1832. His propaedeutic education was acquired in the lyceums of Neuchatel (1843- 1845) and of Berne (1846-1852), after which he followed courses in the universities of Berne and Berlin (1852-1858). His studies had for their object the ancient world in all its phases of religion, history, language, and art, and thereby his attention was at an early day directed to philologic researches. In 1865 he began the publication of a series of brief monographs on the local etymology of his country, entitled " Orts- etymologische Forschungen aus der Schweiz" (1865-1*867). In 1867 he spent several months in London pursuing antiquarian studies in the British Museum. In 1868 he settled in New York and became a contributor to various domestic and foreign periodicals, mainly on scientific subjects. Drifting into a more attentive study of the American Indians, he published several compositions upon their languages, the most important of which is " Zwolf Sprachen aus dem Siidwesten Nordamerikas," Weimar, 1876. This led to his appointment to the position of ethnologist in the United States Geological Survey, under Maj. John W. Powell, in March, 1877, when he removed to Washington, and first employed himself in arranging the linguistic manuscripts of the Smithsonian Institution, now the property of the Bureau of Ethnology, which forms a part of the Smithsonian Institution. Mr. Gatschet has ever since been actively connected with that bureau. To increase its linguistic collections and to extend his own studies of the Indian languages, he has made extensive trips of linguistic and ethnologic exploration among the Indians of North America. After returning from a six months' sojourn among the Klamaths and Kalapuyas of Oregon, settled on both sides of the Cascade Range, he visited the Kataba in South Carolina and the Cha'hta and Shetimasha of Louisiana in 1881-'82, the Kayowe,. Comanche, Apache, Yattassee, Caddo, Naktche, Modoc, and other tribes in the Indian Territory, the Tonka we and Lipans in Texas, and the Atakapa Indians Gatschet (A. S.) —Continued. of Louisiana in 1884-'85. In 1886 he saw the Tlaskaltecs at Saltillo, Mexico, a remnant of the Nahua race, brought there about 1575 from Anahuac, and was the first to discover the affinity of the Biloxi language with the Siouan family. He also committed to writing the Tuni^ka or Tonica language of Louisiana, never before investigated and forming a linguistic family of itself. Excursions to other parts of the country brought to his knowledge other Indian languages : the Tuskarora, Caughnawaga, Penobscot, and Karankawa. Mr. Gatschet has written an extensive report embodying his researches among the Klamath Lake and Modoclndians of Oregon, which forms Vol. II of "Contributions to North American Ethnology." It is in two parts, which aggregate 1,520 pages. Among the tribes and languages discussed by him in separate publications are the Timucua (Florida), Tonka we (Texas), Yuma (California, Arizona, Mexico), Chum8to (California), Beothuk (Newfoundland), Creek, and Hitchiti (Alabama). His numerous publications are scattered through magazines and government reports, some being contained in the Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia. Gendre {Pere—). Composed by | Father Gendre O. M. I. ] Prayers j in Shuswap. [Kamloops, B. C.: 1891.] No title-page; text, with heading as above, pp. 5-12, 32°. Written in Shuswap by Father Gendre and transliterated into shorthand by Father Le Jeune, editor and publisher of the Kamloops Wawa, who reproduced it by aid of the mimeograph. Copies seen: Pilling. General discussion: Atna See Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J. S.) Atna Hale (H.) Bilkula Boas (F.) Bilkula Buschmann (J. C. E.) Bilkula Tolmie (W. F.) Dawson (G. M.) and Chehalis Hale (H.) Chehalis Swan (J. G.) Chehalis Tolmie (W. F.) Dawson (G.M.) and Friendly Village Gallatin (A.) Kalispel Smalley (E.V.) Kaulits Hale (H.) Kawichen Bancroft (H. H.) Kawichen Buschmann (J. C. E.) Kawichen Tolmie (W. F.) Dawson (G.M.) and Klallam Bancroft (H. H.) Klallam Eells (M.) Netlakapumuk Bancroft (H.H.) Niskwalli Featherman (A.) IN isk walli Hale (H.) Niskwalli Tolmie (W. F.) Dawson (G. M.) and Piskwaus Hale (H.) w mwmmm SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 25 General discussion — Continued, Salish Salish Salish Salish Salish Salish Salish Salish Salish Salish Salish Salish Shuswap Shuswap Skitsuish "Tilamuk Gentes: Bilkula Nukwalmuk Snanaimuk Songish Tilamuk Geographic names: Chehalis Dwamish Dwamish Dwamish Kalispel Klallam ■ Klallam Klallam Lummi Niskwalli Niskwalli Niskwalli Puyallup Puyallup . Salish Shuswap Skokomish Skwaksin Skwaksin Snohomish Snohomish Spokan Twana . Twana See Anderson (A. C.) Bancroft (H.H.) Beach (W.W.) Berghaus (H.) Buschmann (J. C. E.) Drake (S. G.) Featherman (A.) Gabelentz (H. C. G.) Gallatin (A.) Gatschet (A. S.) Hale (H.) Miiller (F.) Dawson (G.M.) Hale (H.) Hale (H.) Hale (H.) See Boas (F.) Boas (F.) Boas (F.) Boas (F.) Boas (F.) See Bulmer (T. S.) Bulmer (T. S.) Coones (S. F.) Eells (M.) Eells (M.) Coones (S.F.) Eells (M.) Gibbs (G.) Gibbs (G.) Coones (S.F.) Eells (M.) Wickesham (j.) Coones (S. F.) Eells (M.) Bulmer (T. S.) Dawson (G. M.) Eells (M.) Coones (S.F.) Eells (M.) Coones (S. F.) Eells (M.) Eells (M.) Coones (S.F.) Eells (M.) Geological Survey: These words following a title or within parentheses after a note indicate that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the library of the United States Geological Survey, Washington, D. C. Georgetown: This word following a title or within parentheses after a note indicates that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the library of Georgetown University, Washington, D. C. Gibbs (George). Alphabetical vocabularies | of the | Clallam and Lummi. | By | George Gibbs. I [Vignette.] | New York: | Cramoisy press. | 1863. Half-title (Shea's library of American linguistics, XI), verso blank 11. title verso blank 11. preface pp. v-vii, text pp. 9-40, large 8°. Gibbs (G.) — Continued. Vocabulary of the Clallam, double columns, alphabetically arranged by English words, pp. 9-19.—Local nomenclature of the Clallam tribe, p. 20.—Vocabulary of the Lummi, double columns, alphabetically arranged by English words, pp. 21-36.—Local nomenclature of the Lummi tribe, pp. 37-39.—Names of Lummi chiefs, p. 40. Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenaeum, Congress, Dunbar, Eames, National Museum, Pilling, Trumbull,Wellesley. Another issue with title-page as follows: Alphabetical vocabularies | of the | Clallam and Lummi. | By | George Gibbs. | Published under the auspices of the Smithsonian institution. ] New York: | Cramoisy press. | 1863. Title verso blank 1 1. preface pp. v-vii, text pp. 9-40, octavo form on large quarto. Linguistic contents as under title next above. Copies seen: Georgetown, Lenox, Pilling, Smithsonian. Smithsonian miscellaneous collections. | 160 | Instructions | for research relative to the | ethnology and philology I °f I America. | Prepared for the Smithsonian institution. | By | George Gibbs. | [Seal of the institution.] | Washington: | Smithsonian institution : | March, 1863. Title verso blank 11. contents verso blank 11. introduction p. 1, text pp. 2-51,8°. Also forms part of vol. 7, Smithsonian Institution Miscel- laneous Collections. Prepared for.and distributed to collectors, resulting in the securing of many manuscripts, mostly philologic, which are now in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology- Numerals 1-10 of the Selish or Flathead, two sets, one "relating to things," the other " relating to persons " (both from Mengarini), p. 42.—Numerals 1-10 of the Nisqualli, two sets, one " applied to men," the other "applied to money," p. 42. Copies seen: Astor, Eames, National Museum, Pilling, Trumbull,Wellesley. At the Field sale, no. 810, a copy brought 30 cts.; at the Squier sale, no. 415, 45 cts.; at the Pinart sale, no. 406,1 fr. Priced by Koehler, catalogue 465, no. 233,1 M. 50 Pf. Reprinted, in part, as follows: Indian Systems of Numerals? ^ In Historical Magazine, first series, vol. 9, pp. 249-252, New York, 1865, sm. 4°. (Geological Survey.) Linguistic contents as under title next above, p.250. — Smithsonian tions. I 161 I A miscellaneous collec- dictionary | of the | Chinook Jargon, | or j trade language JS 26 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Gibbs (G.) of Oregon. Continued. j Prepared for the Smithsonian institution. I By I George Gibbs. | [Seal of.the institution.] | Washington: [ Smithsonian institution : | March, 1863. Title verso advertisement 1 1. contents p. iii, preface pp. v-xi, bibliography pp. xiii-xiv, half- title (Part I. Chinook-English) verso note 1 1. text pp. 1-29, half-title (Part II. English- Chinook) p. 31, text pp. 33-44, 8°. Analogies between the Chinook and other native languages includes words in the Cowlitz, Kwantlen, Selish, Chihalis, and Nisqually, p. x.—The Chinook-English and English- Chinook dictionary, pp. 1—43, contains 39 words of Salishan origin, and are so designated. Copies seen: Astor, Bancroft, Dunbar, Eames, Pilling, Trumbull, Wellesley. "Some years ago the Smithsonian Institution printed a small vocabulary of the Chinook Jargon, furnished by Dr. B. R. Mitchell, of the U. S. Navy, and prepared, as I afterwards learned, by Mr. Lionnet, a Catholic priest, for his own use while studying the language at Chinook Point. It was submitted by the Institution, for revision and preparation for the press, to the late Prof. W. W. Turner. Although it received the critical examination of that distinguished philologist and was of use in directing attention to the language, it was deficient in the number of words in use, contained many which did not properly belong to the Jargon, and did not give the sources from which the words were derived. '' Mr. Hale had previously given a vocabulary and account of this Jargon in his' Ethnography of the United States Exploring Expedition,' which was noticed by Mr. Gallatin in the Transactions of the American Ethnological Society, vol. ii. He however fell into some errors in his derivation of the words, chiefly from ignoring the Chehalis element of the Jargon, and the number of words given by him amounted only to about two hundred and fifty. "A copy of Mr. Lionnet's vocabulary having been sent to me with a request to make such corrections as it might require, I concluded not merely to collate the words contained in this and other printed and manuscript vocabularies, but to ascertain, so far as possible, the languages which had contributed to it, with the original Indian words. This had become the more important as its extended use by different tribes had led to ethnological errors in the classing together of essentially distinct families.' '—Preface. Issued also with title-page as follows: — A I dictionary ! of the j Chinook Jargon, } or, | trade language of Oregon. J By George Gibbs. J New York: | Cramoisy press. | 1863. Half-title (Shea's Library of American Linguistics. XII) verso blank 11. title verso blank Gibbs (G.) —Continued. 11. preface pp. v-xi, bibliography of the Chinook Jargon pp. xiii-xiv, half-title of part I verso note 1 1. Chinook-English dictionary pp. 1-29, half-title of part II verso blank 1 1. English- Chinook dictionary pp. 33-43, the Lord's prayer in Jargon p. [44], 8°. Salishan contents as under title next above. Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenseuni, Congress, Dunbar, Eames, Harvard, Lenox, Smithsonian, Trumbull, Wellesley. Some copies (twenty-five, I believe) were issued in large quarto ~form with no change of title-page. (Pilling, Smithsonian.) See Hale (H.) [Terms of relationship used by the Spokane (Sinhu'" people wearing red paint on their cheeks") collected at Steilacoom, Washington Ty., November, I860.] In Morgan (L. H.), Systems of consanguinity and affinity of the human family, lines 69, pp. 293-382, Washington, 1871, 4°. [ ] Comparative vocabularies. Family xxiii. Selish (Eastern Branches). [Washington, D. C.: Smithsonian Institution.] January, 1873. No title-page, headings only; text 11. 1-3, printed on one side only, 4°. Proof sheets of an unfinished and unpublished volume. In four columns, containing in the first column 180 numbered English words, with equivalents in the other columns of: 1. Shiwapmukh (by George Gibbs), 2. Shooswaap (by Dr. Wm. F. Tolmie), and 3. Nikutemukh (by George Gibbs). At the time of his death, April 9,1873, Mr. Gibbs "was engaged in superintending the printing for the Smithsonian Institution of a quarto volume of American Indian vocabularies, and had fortunately arranged and carefully criticised manj7 hundred series before his death. This publication will continue under the direction of Prof. W. D. Whitney, J. H. Trumbull, LL.D., and Prof. Roehrig.—Smithsonian Annual Report for 1873, p. 224. Copies seen: Pilling. These vocabularies, with others, appear in the following: Department of the interior. IT. S. geographical and geological survey of the Rocky mountain region. J. W. Powell, Geologist in Charge. Part II. Tribes of western Washington and northwestern ^Oregon. By George Gibbs, M.D. In Powell (J. W.), Contributions to North American Ethnology, vol. 1, pp. 157-241, Appendix, Linguistics, pp. 243-361, Washington, 1877, 4°. Geographical distribution (pp. 163-170) includes the habitat of the tribal divisions of wmmm SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 27 Gibbs (G.) — Continued. the Selish, pp. 166-170.—Notices of particular tribes, pp. 170-181, includes the Selish divisions. — Comparative vocabulary of the Shihwapmukh (from a woman of the tribe), Nikutemukh (from a man of the tiibe), Okinaken, Shwoyelpi, Spokan (from a chief of the tribe), and Piskwaus or Winatsha, pp. 252- 265.—Comparative vocabulary of the Kalispelm (from a man of the tribe), Belhoola (from a woman of the tribe), Lilowat (from a chief of the village), Tait (from a woman), Komookhs (from a man), and Kuwalitsk, pp. 270-283.— Dictionary of the Niskwalli, I. Niskwalli- English (double columns, alphabetically arranged), pp. 28|r-307; II. English-Niskwalli (alphabetically arranged, with many etymologies and derivatives), pp. 309-361. Account of Indian tribes upon the northwest coast of America. Manuscript, 10 leaves folio, in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Contains words in a number of Salishan languages, passim, Comparison of the languages of the Indians of the north-west. Manuscript, 23 leaves, 4°. and folio (odds and ends), in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology- Contains words and grammatic notes in a number of Salishan languages. Local Indian names, partly Selish. Manuscript, 4 unnumbered leaves folio; in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Contains the names of about 120 geographic points on the northwest coast. Nearly all are Salishan, and 30 of them are in the Lummi language. Miscellaneous notes on the Eskimo, Kinai and Atnah languages. Manuscript, 25 leaves, 4° and folio (odds and ends); in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology- Notes on the language of the Selish tribes. Manuscript, 10 leaves, folio; in the library of the Bureau of Ethhology. Fragmentary matter, evidently jotted down from time to time as memoranda. Vocabularies. Washington Terr'y. Manuscript, 141 unnumbered leaves, most of which are written on both sides, and some few of which are blank, 12°; in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Most of the vocabularies were copied on separate forms by Mr. Gibbs. Those belonging to the Salishan family are as follows: Lilowat, 8 pages; Saamena, 12 pages; Taieet, 8 pages; Chilohweck, 3 pages; Bilhoola. 9 pages; Okinaken, 6 pages; Simil- kameen, 13 pages; Piskwouse, 13 pages; Spokane, 22 pages; Kalispelm, 12 pages; Shooswap, 4pages; Nooksahk, 1 page; Niskwally, 4 pages. Gibbs (G.) — Continued. Vocabulary of the Clallam. Manuscript, 3 unnumbered leaves folio; in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Collected at Port Townsend, in 1858. Recorded on a blank form of 180 words, equivalents of all of which are given. [Vocabulary of the Kwantlen language; Fraser River, around Fort Langley.] Manuscript, 5 unnumbered leaves folio, written on one side only; in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Recorded July, 1858. Contains about 200 words. Vocabulary of the Kwillehyute, and of the Cowlitz. Manuscript, 10 unnumbered leaves, 4°; in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Recorded on a blank form prepared and issued by H. R. Schoolcraft. Each vocabulary contains about 200 words. — Vocabulary of the Lummi. Manuscript,3 unnumbered leaves, folio; in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Collected atBellingham Bay, Jan., 1854. Recorded on a blank form of 180 words, equivalents of all of which are given. — Vocabulary of the Nooksahk. Manuscript, 3 unnumbered leaves folio; in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology Recorded on a blank form of 180 words, equivalents of all of which are given. — Vocabulary of the Noosolup'h, and of the Kwinaiutl. Manuscript, pp. 1-25,4°; in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Recorded on a form containing 350 English words and the numerals 1-1,000,000,000, prepared and issued by H. R. Schoolcraft. About one-half the English words have their equivalents in the two languages above mentioned. — Vocabulary of the Toanhooch of Port Gamble. Manuscript, 3 unnumbered leaves folio, written on one side only; in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Recorded on a blank form of 180 words, equivalents of all of which are given. "This was obtained first, I think, at Port Gamble, in 1854, and afterwards corrected at Olympia, with the assistance of 'Jim,' a sub- chief." George Gibbs, the son of Col. George Gibbs, was born on the 17th of July, 1815, at Suns wick, Long Island, near the village of Halletts Cove, now known as Astoria. At seventeen he was taken to Europe, where he remained two years. On his return from Europe he commenced the reading of law, and in 1838 took his degree of bachelor of law at Harvard University. In 1848 Mr. Gibbs went overland from St. Louis to Oregon and established himself at Columbia. ft I I mmm 28 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE I -ir Gibbs (G.) — Continued. In 1854 he received the appointment of collector of the port of Astoria, which he held during Mr. Fillmore's administration. Later he removed from Oregon to Washington Territory, and settled upon a ranch a few miles from Fort Steilacoom. Here he had his headquarters for several years, devoting himself to the study of the Indian languages and to the collection of vocabularies and traditions of the northwestern tribes. During a great part of the time he was attached to the United States Government Commission to determine the boundary, as the geologist and botanist of the expedition. He was also attached as geologist to the survey of a railroad route to the Pacific, under Major Stevens. In .1857 he was appointed to the northwest boundary survey under Mr. Archibald Campbell, as commissioner. In 1860 Mr. Gibbs returned to New York, and in 1861 was on duty in Washington guarding the Capital. Later he resided in Washington, being mainly employed in the Hudson Bay Claims Commission, to which he was secretary. He was also engaged in the arrangement of a large mass of manuscript bearing upon the ethnology and . philology of the American Indians. His services were availed of by the Smithsonian Institution to superintend its labors in this field, and to his energy and complete knowledge of the subject it greatly owes its success in this branch of the service'. The valuable and laborious service which he rendered to the Institution was entirely gratuitous, and in his death that establishment as well as the cause of science lost an ardent friend'and an important contributor to its advancement.. In 1871 Mr. Gibbs married his cousin, Miss Mary K. Gibbs, of Newport, R. I., and removed -to New Haven, where he died on the 9th of April, 1873. [Giorda {Rev. Joseph).] A | dictionary | of the | Kalispel or Flat-head Indian Language, | compiled by the | missionaries of the Society of Jesus | Part I | Kalispel-English. | St.Ignatius Print,Montana.| 1877-8-9. Title verso copyright notice (by Rev. J. Giorda, 1879) 11. preface (unsigned) verso blank 11. text pp. 1-644,8°. The author owes much to the manuscript dictionary of Rev. G. Mengarini, who, first of all the Jesuit missionaries, possessed himself of the genius of this language, and, besides speaking it with the perfection of a native Indian, reduced it also to the rules of grammar.—Preface. Copies seen: Congress, Dunbar, Eames, Pilling, Trumbull, Wellesley. Appended is the following: [ ] Appendix j to the | Kalispel- English Dictionary. | Compiled by the | missionaries of the Society of Jesus | St. Ignatius Print, Montana, J 1879 Giorda (J.) — Continued. Title verso blank 1 1. preface (unsigned) 11. text pp. 1-36, 8°. The verb to be with substantives, pp. 1-2; with double possessive personal pronouns, p. 3; with an adjective, p. 5.—Verb transitive to be wad, pp. 6-9.—Verb transitive indefinite to work, pp. 10-14.—Verb transitive to work, p. 18.—Verb transitive to catch, p. 19.—Conjugation of the first verb relative to look, pp. 20-23j of the second verb relative to pray, pp. 23-25; of the third verb relative to bring, pp. 26,28; to guard, pp. 27, 29.—Verb impersonal, pp. 30-31,— Verb passive, pp. 32-34.— Reduplication of letters in the verb, pp. 34-35.—List of several terminations of verbs, p. 36. Copies seen: Congress, Dunbar, Eames, Pilling, Trumbull, Wellesley. [ ] A j dictionary | of the | Kalispel or Flat-head Indian Language, | compiled by the | missionaries of the Society of Jesus | Part II. | English- Kalispel. | St.Ignatius Print, Montana.] 1877-8-9. Title verso copyright notice (by Rev. J. Giorda. 1879) 11. preface (unsigned) verso blank 1 1. key to the pronounciation of the Indian alphabet used in this dictionary 1 page, ke3r to both parts of the dictionary 2 pages, verso of the last one blank, text pp. 1-456,8°. Copies seen.- Congress, Dunbar, Eames, Pilling, Trumbull,Wellesley. [ ] Lu | tel kaimintis kolinznten | kuitlt smiimii. | Some Narratives, Froih the Holy Bible, in Kalispel. | Compiled- by the | missionaries of the Society of Jesus.-1 St. Ignatius Print, Montana. | 1879. Cover title as above, title as above verso " Part I" 11. copyright notice (1879, by Rev. J. M. Cataldo) verso " preface of the publishers" 1 1. text pp. 1-36,.half-title "Part II" verso blank 11. text pp. 39-140, contents part first (in English) pp. 1-2, contents of part second (in English) pp. 3-7, index of the gospels of the Sundays pp. 8-9, errata pp. 10-14,8°. Copies seen: Congress, Dunbar, Eames, Pilling, Wellesley. [ ] Szrnime'ie-s Jesus Christ. | -j- j A catechism | of the | Christian doctrine | in the | Flat-Head or Kalispel Language | composed by the | missionaries of the Society of Jesus, j St. Ignatius print, Montana. | 1880 Cover title as above, title as above verso copyright notice (1880, by Rev. J. Bandini) 1 1. half-title " Part I "recto blank 1 1. text pp. 1- 17, half-title "Part II," p. 18, text pp. 19-45,8°. Catechism, pp. 1-33.—Hymns, pp. 35-45. Copies seen: Congress, Eames, Pilling, Trumbull, Wellesley. r"tf MM SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 29 Wi Giorda (J.) —Continued. These works were put in type aud printed by the Indian school boys at St. Ignatius. In reply to a communication asking the authorship of the works titled above, Father Leopold Van Gorp, one of the superintendents of the Roman Catholic missions in the northwest, wrote me under date of Jan. 4, 1887, as follows: ' | Father Giorda may very properly be considered the author of all the works which we have printed in the Kalispel or Flathead language. About 225 copies of each were printed." "The Saint Ignatius mission maintains two schools for Indian boys and girls, at the Flathead Agency, on the Jocko reservation in Montana. From a population of about 2,000 Indians are collected enough pupils to make an average attendance of 150, who are taught industrial pursuits as well as letters. The agent reports that the art of printing is also taught in a neat little printing office, where dictionaries of the Kalispel language, the gospels, and innumerable pamphlets and circulars have been neatly printed."—Bible Soc. Record, JSFov. 17, 1887. Rev. Father Joseph Giorda, S. J., who died of heart disease at Desmet Mission, among the Coeur d'Alene Indians, about the beginning of August, 1882, was a native of Piedmont; born March 19, 1823. He joined the Jesuit order when twenty-two years old, and for some time filled the chair of divinity and held other important offices in the colleges of the society in Europe. In 1858 Father Giorda arrived in St. Louis, and soon after started for the wilds of the northwest as superior general of the Rocky Mountain missions, which office he held until increasing infirmities, due to arduous labors and constant exposure, obliged those in authority to relieve him of it. While superior he established many new missions among the whites and Indians throughout Montana and the adjoining Territories. He had a wonderful aptitude for languages, and, besides speaking fluently the principal continental languages, mastered, during his manifold duties, the Blackfoot, Nez Perc6, Flathead, Yakama, Kootenay, and Gros Ventre dialects, and preached to the different tribes in all these languages. For several years he was pastor of the Church of the Sacred Heart at St. Ignatius, Montana.— Van Corp. God save the Queen [Netlakapamuk]. See Good (J.B.) [Good {Rev. John Booth).] The Morning and Evening Prayer, | And the Litany, j With Prayers and Thanksgivings, | translated into the | Neklakapamuk | Tongue, | for the use of the Indians of the | St. Paul's mission, | Lytton, British Columbia. | Victoria, B. C. | Printed by the St. Paul's mission press. I 1878. Good (J. B.) — Continued. Cover title: The Morning and Evening Prayer, | And the Litany, | Also Prayers and Thanksgivings, | with | Office for the Holy Communion, and | Select Hymns. | Translated into the | Neklakapamuk Tongue | for the use of the Indians of the | St. Paul's mission, | Lytton, British Columbia. | Victoria, B. C. | Printed by the St. Paul's mission press. | 1878. Cover title, title verso blank 11. text pp. 3-48, 12°. Morning and evening prayer, pp. 3-33.—Administration of the Lord's supper, pp. 34-48. Copies seen: Bancroft, Wellesley. The latter portion of this work was issued separately, with title-page as follows: [ ] The Office for the Holy Communion | translated into the | Neklakapamuk ] tongue, | for the use of the Indians of the | St. Paul's mission, | Lytton, British Columbia. | Victoria, B. C. | Printed by the St. Paul's mission press. | 1878. Cover title: The | Office for the Holy Communion, and j Select Hymns. | Translated into the Neklakapamuk Tongue, | for the use of the Indians of the | St. Paul's mission, | Lytton, British Columbia. | Victoria, B. C. | Printed by the St. Paul's mission press. | 1878. Cover title, title p. [33] verso beginning of text which occupies pp. 34-48,12°. Lord's prayer, Prayer for duty, p. 34.—Ten commandments, pp. 35-36. — Prayer for the Queen, pp. 36-37.— The creed, pp. 37-38.—The offertory sentences, p. 38.—Prayer for the church militant, pp. 38-40.—Exhortation, p. 41.—The confession, pp. 41-42.—The absolution, the invitation, pp. 42-43.—Sursum corda, p. 43.—Preface to the sanctus, p. 43.—Prayer of humble access, pp. 43-44. —Prayer for conservation, p. 44.—The communion, the Lord's prayer, p. 45.—The thanksgiving, pp. 46-47.—The blessing, p. 47.—Hymns and doxology, pp. 47-48.— Office for the reception of catechumens, p. 48. Copies seen: Wellesley. [ ] The | Office for Public Baptism | And the Order of Confirmation, | with | select hymns and prayers | translated into the | Neklakapamuk | or | Thompson tongue | for the use of the Indians of the | St. Paul's mission, | Lytton, British Columbia. | (By aid of the Venerable society for promoting christian | knowledge.) | Victoria, B. C, | printed by the S. Paul's mission press (S. P. C. K.) | Collegiate school. | 1879. Cover title as above, title as abo^e verso beginning of text, which occupies pp. 2-32, 8°. The ministration of public baptism of \m\ ss fWPP _^=_-,—_—SB-=^_=_ n 30 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE V Good (J. B.) — Continued. infants, pp. 2,4,6,10,12,14,16,18 (p. 8 blank).- The ministration of baptism to such as are of riper years and able to answer for themselves, pp. 3, 5,7, 9, 11, 17, 19 (pp. 13 and 15 blank).— Select hymns for the office, p. 20.—The order of confirmation, pp. 21-24.— Select hymns, psalms, and prayers, pp. 25-32. Copies seen: Dunbar, Eames, Pilling, Wellesley. Offices for the | solemoizat[i]on of matrimony | the visitation of the sick, | and | The Burial of the Dead. | Translated into the ] Nitlakapamuk | or | Thompson Indian Tongue. | By J. B. Good, S. P. G. missionary, Yale-Lyt- ton. | By aid of a Grant from the Ven. Society for Promoting j Christian Knowledge. | Victoria, B. C. | Printed by the St. Paul's Mission Press, (S. P. C. K.) | Collegiate School, 1880. Cover title as above, title as above verso blank 11. text with headings in English pp. 3- 15, 8°. The form of solemnization of matrimony, pp. 3-6.—Order for the visitation of the sick, pp. 7-9.—The order for the burial of the dead, pp. 10-14.—Collects, p. 15. Copies seen: Bancroft, Eames, Pilling, Wellesley. ■ A vocabulary j and | outlines of grammar | of the | Nitlakapamuk | or | Thompson tongue, | (The Indian language spoken between Yale, Lillooet, | Cache Creek and Nicola Lake.) | Together with a | Phonetic Chinook Dictionary, | Adapted for use in the Province of | British Columbia. | By J. B. Good, S. P. G. missionary, Yale- Lytton. | By aid of a Grant from the Right Hon. Superintendent of Indian | Affairs, Ottawa. | Victoria: | Printed by the St. Paul's Mission Press, (S.P.C.K.) | Collegiate School, 1880. Cover title as above, title as above verso blank 11. preface pp. 5-6, text pp. 8-46, 8°. Chinook Dictionary. English-Chinook, pp. 8-30 (even-numbered pages). — Thompson vocabulary, English-Nitlakapamuk, pp. 9-31 (odd numbered pages).—Chinook numerals, p. 30.—Nitlakapamuk numerals, etc., p. 31.—Conversations, English-Chinook, pp. 32,34; English-Nitlakapamuk, pp. 33, 35.—Lord'sprayer in Jargon, p. 34; in Thompson, p. 35.—Outlines of [the Nitlakapamuk] grammar, (pp. 37-46) Good (J. B.) —Continued. includes a story in five parts with interlinear English translation, furnished by Dr. Ellis, of Yale, pp. 38-40. Copies seen.- Bancroft, Dunbar, Eames, Mallet, Pilling, Wellesley. [ ] God save the Queen. A seven-line verse in the Netlakapamuk or Thompson Indian tongue, with heading in English as above, on one side of a small slip, which looks as though it were struck off as a proof-sheet. Copies seen: Wellesley. See Bancroft (H.H.) Grammar: See Mengarini (G.) Eells (M.) Salish Twana Grammatic treatise Bilkula Chehalis Chehalis Chehalis Kalispel Klallam Klallam Komuk Netlakapamuk Netlakapamuk Niskwalli Niskwalli Okinagan Puyallup Salish Salish Salish Salish Salish Shuswap Shuswap Shuswap Skwaksin Snanaimuk Snohomish Spokan Stailakum Tilamuk Tilamuk Twana Twana See Boas (F.) EeUs (M.) Gallatin (A.) Hale(H.) Giorda (J.) Bulmer (T. S.) Eells (M.) Boas (F.) Bancroft (H. H.) Good (J. B.) Bulmer (T. S.) Eells (M.) Boas (F.) McCaw (S.R.) Bancroft (H.H.) Gallatin (A.) Hale (H.) Petitot (E. F. S. J.) Shea (J. G.) Boas (F.) Gallatin (A.) Hale(H.) Eells (M.) Boas (F.) Eells (M.) Eells (M.) Boas(F.) Gallatin (A.) Hale (H.) Bulmer (T. S.). Eells (M.) Grant (Walter Colquhoun). Description of Vancouver Island. By its first Colonist, W. Colquhoun Grant, Esq., F. R. G. S., of the 2nd Dragoon Guards, and late Lieut.-Col. of the Cavalry of the Turkish Contingent. In Royal Geog. Soc. Jour. vol. 27, pp. 268-320,'j London [1858], 8°. (Geological Survey.) Brief discussion of the language of Van-v couver Island, and numerals 1-10,100, of the Tsclallums, p. 295. i SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 31 H »s vi Haines (Elijah Middlebrook). The | American Indian | (Uh-nish4n-na-ba). The Whole Subject Complete in One Volume Illustrated with Numerous Appropriate Engravings. | By Elijah M. Haines. | [Design.] | Chicago: j the Mas-sin-na-gan company, | 1888. Title verso copyright notice (1888) etc. 1 1. preface pp. vii-viii, contents and list of illus- trations'pp. 9-22, text pp. 23-821, large 8°. Chapter vi, Indian tribes ](pp. 121-171), gives special lists and a general alphabetic list of the tribes of North America, which includes the tribes of the Pacific coast, pp. 129-131; Washington territory west of the Cascade Mountains, pp. 132-133; Washington territory around Puget Sound, p. 133. Copies seen: Congress, Eames, Pilling. Hale (Horatio). United States | explor- I ing expedition. | During the years | 1838, 1839, 1840, 1841,1842. | Under the command of | Charles Wilkes, U. S. N. j Vol. VI. | Ethnography and philology. | By | Horatio Hale, | philologist of the expedition. [ Philadelphia: | printed by C. Sherman. | 1846. Half-title (United States exploring expedition, by authority of Congress) verso blank 11. title verso blank 11. contents pp. v-vii, alphabet pp. ix-xii, half-title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3- 666, map, 4°. General remarks on the Tsihaili-Selish family (E. Shushwapumsh, or Shushwaps, or Atnahs; F. Selish, Salish, or Flatheads; G. Skitsuish,or Coeur d'Alene Indians; H.Pisk- waus or Piscous; I. Skwale or Nisqually; J. Tsihailish or Chikailish; K. Kawelitsk or Co well ts; L. Nsietshawus or Killamuks, pp. 205-212, containing some scattered words in the several dialects, and on p. 211 the names of the twelve months in Piskwaus and in Selish. Tsihaili-Selish family (E. Cu9waPUTn9* P- Selic, [c. Kulespelni; d. Tsukaetsitlin; e. S^o- aiatxlpi]; G. Skitsuic; H. Piskwaus j1. Skwale; J. Tsxailic. If. Tsxailig; g. Kwaiant^l; h. Kwe- naiwitxl]; K. Kawelitsk; L.Nsietgawus), pp. 535-542, comprising a comparative grammar of the Shushwap, Selish, Tsihailish, and Nsietshawus, with especial reference to the Selish. Vocabularies of Tsihaili-Selish; northern branch: E. Shushwapumsh (Shushwaps, Atnahs), F. Selish (Flatheads) [c. Kullespelm (Ponderays), d. Tsakaitsitlin (Spokan Inds.), e. Soaiatlpi (Kettle-falls, &c.)], G. Skitsuish (Coeur d'Anene), H.Piskwaus (Piscous); middle branch: I. Skwale (Nasqually); western branch: J. Tsihailish (Chickailis, Chilts) [/. Tsihailish, g. Kwaiantl, h. Kwenaiwitl, k. Hale (H.) — Continued. Kawelitsk (Cowelits)]; southern branch: L. Nsietshawus (Killamuks), pp. 569-629, containing on an average about three words of each dialect on a page, in the lines designated by the above-named letters. "All these vocabularies (with the exception of the Skwale, which was received from an interpreter) were obtained from natives of the respective tribes, generally under favourable circumstances. For the Selish, Skitsuish, and Piskwaus, we are indebted to the kindness of Messrs. Walker and Eels, missionaries of the American Board at Tshamakain, near the Spokan River. It was through the interpretation of these gentlemen, and the explanations which their knowledge of the Selish enabled them to give, that the words of all three languages, and the numerous sentences in the Selish, illustrative of the grammatical peculiarities of that tongue, were correctly written. I The languages of this family are all harsh, guttural, and indistinct. It is to the latter quality thatmany of the variations in the vocabularies are owing. In other cases, these proceed from dialectical differences, almost every clan or sept in a tribe having some peculiarity of pronunciation. In the Selish, three dialects have been noted, and more might have been given, had it not been considered superfluous. These three are first, the Kullespelm, spoken by a tribe who live upon a river and about a lake known by that name. They are called by the Canadians Pend-Or exiles, which has been corrupted to Ponderays; secondly, that of the proper Selish, or Flatheads, as they are called, and of the Spokan Indians; and that of the Soaiatlpi, Okinakain, and other tribes upon the Columbia. "Of the Tsihailish, also, three dialects are given, which differ considerably from one another. The Quaiautl reside upon a river of the same name, north of the Tsihailish (or Chikailish) proper, and the Kwenaiwitl, in like manner, are north of the Kwaiantl, not far from the entrance to the Straits of Fuca." Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Congress, Lenox, Trumbull. At the Squier sale, no. 446, a copy brought $13; at the Murphy sale, no. 1123, half maroon morocco, top edge gilt, $13. Issued also with the following title-page: — United States | exploring expedition. | During the years | 1838, 1839, 1840,1841, 1842. | Under the command of Charles Wilkes, U. S. N. | Ethnography and philology. | By | Horatio Hale, | philologist of the expedition. ( Philadelphia: j Lea and Blanchard. I 1846. i i 32 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Hale (H.) — Continued. Half-title (United States exploring expedition) verso blank 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. contents pp. v-vii, alphabet pp. ix-xii, half-title verso blank 11. text pp. 3-666, map, 4°. Linguistic contents as under title next above. Copies seen: Eames, Lenox. Was America peopled from Polynesia ? In ®ongres Int. des Am6ricanistes, Compte- rendu, 7th session, pp. 375-387, Berlin, 1890,8°. (Eames, Pilling.) Table of the pronouns J, thou, we (m.c,),we (exc), ye, and they in the languages of Polynesia and of western America, pp. 386-387, includes the Selish. Issued separately with title-page as follows: Was America peopled from Polynesia? | A study in comparative Philology. | By | Horatio Hale. | From the Proceedings of the International Congress of Americanists | at Berlin, in October 1888. | Berlin 1890. | Printed by H. S. Hermann. Title verso blank 11. text pp. 3-15,8°. Pronouns in the languages of Polynesia and of western America, including the Selish, p. 14. Copies seen: Pilling, Wellesley. An international idiom. I A manual of the | Oregon trade language, | or | "Chinook Jargon." | By Horatio Hale, M. A., F. R. S. C, | member [&c. six lines.] | London: | Whittaker &, co., White Hart Street, | Paternoster square. 1890. Half-title verso blank 1 1. title verso names of printers 1 1. prefatory note verso extract from a work by Quatrefages 11. contents verso blank 11. text pp. 1-63,16°. Trade language and English dictionary, pp. 39-52; and the English and trade language, pp. 53-63, each contain a number of words of Salishan origin; in the first portion these words are marked with the letter S. "This dictionary, it should be stated, is,in the main, a copy (with some additions and corrections) of that of George Gibbs [q.v.], published by the Smithsonian Institution in 1863, and now regarded as the standard authority, so far as any can be said to exist; but it may be added that the principal part of that collection was avowedly derived by the estimable compiler from my own vocabulary, published seventeen years before."— Note, p. 39. Copies seen.- Eames, Pilling. For critical reviews of this work, see Cha- rencey (H. de), Crane (A.), Lekjnd (C. G.), Reade (J.), and Western. — See Gallatin (A.) Horatio Hale, ethnologist, bom in Newport, N. H., May 3,1817, was graduated at Harvard in Hale (H.) — Continued. 1837 and was appointed in the same year philologist to the United States exploring expedition under Capt. Charles Wilkes. In this capacity he studied a large number of the languages of the Pacific islands, as well as of North and South America, Australia, and Africa, and also investigated the history, traditions, and customs of the tribes speaking those languages. The results of his inquiries are given in his Ethnography and Philology (Philadelphia, 1846), which forms the seventh volume of the expedition reports. He has published numerous memoirs on anthropology and ethnology, is a member of many learned societies, both in Europe and in America, and in 1886 was vice- president of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, presiding over the section of anthropology.—Appleton's Cyclop, of Am. JBiog. Harvard: This word following a title or within parentheses after a note indicates that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the library of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. [Hayden (Ferdinand Vandever)], in charge. Department of the interior, j Bulletin j of | the United States | Geological and geographical survey | of j the territories. | No. l[-Vol. VI]. | Washington: | Government printing office. | 1874[-1881]. 5 vols, and two numbers of vol. 6, 8°. It was not the intention, when these bulletins were started, to collect them into volumes; consequently the first volume is irregularly paged and titled. Eells (M.), The Twana Indians, vol. 3, pp. 57- 114. Copies seen: Geological Survey. Henry (Alexander). Journal | of | Alexander Henry | to | Lake Superior, Red River, | Assiniboine, Rocky Mountains, | Columbia, and the Pacific,! 1799 to 1811, | to establish the fur trade. (*) Manuscript, about 1,700 pp. foolscap, preserved in the library of Parliament, Ottawa, Canada. For its description I am indebted to the kindness of Mr. Chai*les N. Bell, of Winnipeg, who writes: " The sheets are evidently not the original ones used by Alexander Henry, but are rewritten from his journals by one George Coventry, who seems to have been a family friend. No date is given to the copying, nor is there any intimation where the original documents are to be found." The journal extends from 1799 to 1812, and between the dates 1808 and 1809 are vocabularies of the Oj eebois, Knistineaux, Assiniboine, Slave, and Flat Head, about 300 words each of the first three and a somewhat larger number of the last two. Copies of these have been furnished the Bureau of Ethnology by Mr. Bell, the Flathead occupying 8 pages, folio. SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 33 Hoffman {Dr. Walter James). Selish myths. By W. J. Hoffman, M. D. In Essex Inst. Bull., vol. 15, pp. 23-40, Salem, 1884,8°. (Geological Survey.) A myth in the Selish language, with interlinear English translation, pp. 24-25.—Notes on some of the Selish words, p. 40. Bird names of the Selish, Pah Uta, and Shoshoni Indians. By W. J. Hoffman, M.D. In the Auk, a quarterly journal of ornithology, vol. 2, pp. 7-10, Boston, 1885,8°. (Geological Survey.) A list of 49 bird names; Selish equivalents of 34 are given. Issued separately, with half-title as follows: (From the Auk, vol. II, No. 1, January, 1885). | Bird names of the Selish, Pah Uta and | Shoshoni Indians. | By W. J. Hoffman, M. D. [Boston: 1885.] Half-title on cover, no inside title; text pp. 7-10,8°. Linguistic contents as under title next above. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling. Vocabulary of the Selish Language. By W. J. Hoffman, M.D., Washington, D. C. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, March 19, 1886.) In American Philosoph. Soc. Proc. vol. 23, pp. 361-371, Philadelphia, 1886,8°. (Geological Survey.) Vocabulary (300 words), pp. 361-369.—Phrases (22), p. 369.—Numerals 1-1000, pp. 369-370— Myth with interlinear English translation, p. 370—List of tribes known to be Selish, p. 371. Walter J. Hoffman was born in Weidas- ille, Pa., May 30,1846; studied medicine with his father (the late Dr.Wm. F. Hoffman, of Reading, Pa.), and graduated from Jefferson Medical College, Philadelphia, Pa., March 10, 1866. Practiced his profession in Reading, Pa., until the summer of 1870, when, at the outbreak of the Franco-Prussian war, he received a commission of surgeon in the, Prussian army and was assigned to the Seventh Army Corps, located near Metz. For "distinguished services rendered" he was decorated by the Emperor William I, and after his return to America he was appointed, in 1871, acting assistant surgeon, U. S. A., and naturalist to the expedition for the exploration of Nevada and Arizona, Lieutenant (nowMajor) Wheeler,U. S. Engineer Corps, commanding. Dr. Hoffman was ordered, in August, 1872, to the military post at Grand River Agency (now North) Dakota, where he served as post surgeon and prosecuted researches in the language and mythology of the Dakota Indians. In the spring of 1873, Dr. Hoffman was detailed to accompany the Seventh U. S. Cavalry. General Custer commanding, and was later transferred to the Twenty-second Infantry, the regiment of which General Stan- SAL 3 Hoffman (W. J.) — Continued. ley was then colonel. Returning to Reading, Pa., Dr. Hoffman resumed the practice of medicine in November, 1873, and continued until the autumn of 1877, when he was placed by Professor Hayden, then director of the U. S. Geological Survey, in charge of the ethnological and mineralogical material. In this capacity he continued nntil the organization of the Bureau of Ethnology in 1879, when he was appointed assistant ethnologist, which office he fills at this date. Dr. Hoffman has made special investigation with the organization (existing among all tribes of Indians, in some form or other) usually denominated the Grand Medicine Society, and for this purpose, as well as for the collection of anthropomorphic and other ethnologic data, has visited most of the aboriginal tribes of the United States and the northwest coast of America. In 1881 he visited the Mandans, Hidatsa, and Arikara, to study the sign language, pictographs, and secret society of the Arikara. In 1882 he made a trip to the California and Nevada tribes and all known localities abounding in pictographs, gathered vocabularies of Smuwitsh (Santa Barbara), Kawi'ah (at Tulle River), etc. In 1883 he visited Ottawa, near Mackinaw, Micb., and Mdewakantawan, at Mendota, Minn., studying pictographs and linguistics, etc. In 1884 he studied the tribes of Vancouver's Island, B. C, Washington, Oregon, California, and Nevada, especially their pictography, sign language, and tattooing. In 1886 he visited petroglyphs in West Virginia, Virginia, North Carolina, Ohio, Tennessee, and Pennsylvania. In 1887-1890 he made visits to the Ojibwa of Minnesota, to study their Grand Medicine ritual and initiation. In 1890-'91 he visited the Menomini of Wisconsin and Ojibwa of Minnesota, to study their ritual and medicine society. Howse (Joseph). Vocabularies of certain North American languages. By T. (J.?) Howse, Esq. In Philological Soc. [of London] Proc. vol. 4, pp. 191-206, London, 1850, 8°. (Congress.) Vocabulary of the Flathead, Okanagen, and Atna or Shoushwhap, pp. 199-206. Hymn-book: Netlakapamuk Hymns: Kalispel Klallam Netlakapamuk Netlakapamuk Niskwalli Niskwalli Okinagan Skwaksin Snohomish Twana See Le Jeune (J. M. R.) See Giorda (J. B.) Eells (M.) Good (J.B.) Le Jeune (J. M. R.) Bulmer (T. S.) Eells (M.) Tate (CM.) Eells (M.) Boulet (J.'B.) I Eells (M.) Hymns in the Thompson tongue. he Jeune (J. M, R.) See I 34 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE U.K. Interrogationes facienda} [Kalispel]. J See Canistrelli(P.) Jiilg (B.) See Vater (J. S.) Kalispel .- Bible stories Catechism Dictionary General discussion Geographic names Hymns Litany Lord's prayer Lord's prayer Lord's prayer Lord's prayer Numerals Prayers Prayers Prayers Text Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary See Giorda (J.) Giorda (J.) Giorda (J.) Smalley (E.V.) Eells (M.) Giorda (J.) Canestrelli (P.) Shea (J. G.) Smalley (E. V.) Smet (P.J.de). Van Gorp (L.) Eells (M.) C (J. F.) Canestrelli (P.) Smet (P.J.de). Lettre. Gibbs (G.) Hale (H.) Pinart (A.L.) Powell (J. W.) Roehrig (F. L. O.) Tolmie (W.F.) Tolmie (W. F.) and Dawson (G. M.) Words Youth's. Kamloops Wawa. See Le Jeune (J.-M. R.) Kane (Paul). Wanderings of an artist | among the | Indians of North America | from Canada | to Vancouver's island and Oregon | through the Hudson's bay company's territory | and | back again. | By Paul Kane. | London | Longman, Brown, Green, Longmans, and Roberts. | 1859. Half-title verso name of printer 1 1. frontispiece 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. preface pp. v-x, contents pp. xi-xvii, list of illustrations p. [xviii], text pp. 1-455, appendix 411.8°. List of peoples in the northwest, including the Salishan tribes, 4 unnumbered leaves at end. Copies seen: Bancroft, Boston Athenaeum, British Museum, Congress, Harvard. The edition: Les Indiens de la Baie Hudson, Paris, 1861, contains no linguistic material. (British Museum.) Paul Kane, Canadian artist, born in Toronto in 1810, died there in 1871. He early evinced a love of art, and after studying in Upper Canada college he visited the United States in 1836 and followed his profession there till 1810, when he went to Europe. There he studied in Rome, Genoa, Naples, Florence, Venice, and Bologna. He finally returned to Toronto in the spring of 1845, and after a short rest went Kane (P.) — Continued. on a tour of art exploration through the unsettled regions of the northwest. He traveled many thousands of miles in this country, from the confines of old Canada to the Pacific Ocean, and was eminently successful in delineating the physical peculiarities and appearance of the aborigines, as well as the wild scenery of the far north. He returned to Toronto in December, 1848, having in his possession one of the largest collections of Indian curiosities that was ever made on the continent, together with nearly four hundred sketches. From these he painted a series of oil pictures, which are now in the possession of George W.Allen, of Toronto, and embrace views of the country from Lake Superior to Vancouver's Island.—Appleton't Cyclop, of Am. JBiog. Kaulits: General discussion Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vooabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Words See Hale (H.) Gallatin (A.) Gibbs (G.) -Hale (H.) Latham (R. G.) Powell (J.W.) Roehrig (F. L. O.) Wabass (W. G.) Gibbs (G.) Kawichen: General discussion See Bancroft (H. H.) General discussion General discussion Lord's prayer Numerals Numerals Numerals Sentences Sentences Songs Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Words Words Words Words Words Buschmann (J. C. E.) Tolmie (W. F.) and Dawson (G. M.) Youth's. Eells (M.) Scouler (J.) Tolmie (W.F.) Scouler (J.) Tolmie (W.F.) Boas (F.) Pinart (A. L.) Scouler (J.) Tolmie (W.F.) Tolmie (W. F.) and Dawson (G. M.) Brinton (D. G.) Buschmann (J. C. E.) Chamberlain (A F.) Daa(L.K.) Latham (R. G.) Keane (Augustus H.) Ethnography and philology of America. By A. H. Keane. In Bates (H. W.), Central America, the West Indies, etc., pp. 443-571, London, 1878,8°. General scheme of American races and languages (pp. 460-497) includes a list of the Columbian races, embracing the Salish or Flathead, p. 474. -Alphabetical list of all known American tribes and languages, pp. 498-545. Reprinted in the 1882 and 1885 editions of the same work and on the same pages. SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 35 Keane (A. H) — Continued. American Indians. In Encyclopaedia Britannica, ninth edition, pp. 822-830, New York, 1881, royal 8°. (Bureau of Ethnology,Pilling.) Columbian races, p. 826, includes the divisions of the Salishan. Kilamook. See Tilamuk. Klallam: General discussion See Bancroft (H. H.) General discussion Eells (M.) Geographic names Coones (S. F.) Geographic names EeUs (M.) Geographic names Gibbs (G.) Grammatic treatise Bulmer (T. S.) Grammatic treatise Eells (M.) Hymns Eells (M.) Lord's prayer Bulmer (T. S.) Lord's prayer Youth's. Numerals Eells (M.) Numerals Grant (W.C.) Numerals Scouler (J.) Numerals Tolmie (W. F.) Sentences Scouler (J.) Songs Baker (T.) Songs Eells (M.) Vocabulary Eells (M.) Vocabulary Gibbs (G.) Vocabulary Latham (R. G.) Vocabulary Pinart (A. L.) Vocabulary Roehrig (F. L. 0.) Vocabulary Scouler (J.) Vocabulary Tolmie (W.F.) Words Bancroft (H. H.) Klallam — Continued. Words Words Words Words Buschmann (J. C. E.) Daa(L.K) Latham (R. G.) Youth's. Komuk: Grammatic treatise Legends Numerals Numerals Texts Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Words Kowelits. See Kaulits. Kuwalitsk. See Kaulits. See Boas (F.) Boas (F.) Brinton (D. G.) Eells (M.) Boas (F.) Boas (F.) Brinton (D. G.) Gibbs (G.) Pinart (A. L.) Powell (J. W.) Roehrig (F.L.O.) Boas (F.) Kwantlen: Numerals Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Words Kwinaiutl: Numerals • Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Words See Eells (M., Gibbs (G.) Roehrig (F. L. O.) Tolmie (W. F.) and Dawson (G. M.) Gibbs (G.) See Eells (M.) Gibbs (G.) Hale (H.) Roehrig (F.L.O.) Willoughby (C.) L. Latham (Robert Gordon). Miscellaneous contributions to the ethnography of North America. By R. G. Latham, M.D. In Philological Soc. [of London] Proc. vol. 2, pp. 31-50, [London], 1846,8°. Contains a number of Kawitchen, Noosda mm, and Salish words in the comparative lists. This article reprinted in the same author's Opuscula, for title of which see below. — On the languages of the Oregon territory. By R. G. Latham, M. D. In Ethnological Soc. of London, Jour. vol. 1, pp. 154-166, Edinburgh [1848], 8°. (Congress.) Comparative vocabulary (11 words) of friendly Village (from McKenzie) and the jBhlechoola (from Tolmie), p. 155.—Numerals 2-7,10 of the Billechoola compared with those of Fitzhugh Sound, and Haeltzuk, p. 155.— Comparative vocabulary (10 words) of the Atna (from McKenzie) and Noosdalum, p. 157.— Comparative vocabulary (12 words and numerals 1-10) of the Salish (from Gallatin), and Okinagen (from Tolmie), p. 158—Vocabulary of the Shoshoni (24 words) showing affinities With a number of other languages, among them Latham (R. G.) —Continued. the Kawitchen, pp. 159-160.—Table of words showing affinities between the Eskimo and other languages, among them the Billechoola, Kawitchen, and Squallyamish, pp. 164-165. This article reprinted in the same author's Opuscula, with added notes; for title see below. The | natural history | of | the varieties of man. j By | Robert Gordon Latham, M. D., F. R. S., | late fellow of King's college, Cambridge; | one of the vice-presidents of the Ethnological society, London; | corresponding member to the Ethnological society, | New York, etc. | [Monogram in shield.] | London: | John Van Voorst, Paternoster row. 1 M. D. CCCL [1850]. Half-title verso blank 1 1. title verso names of printers 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. preface pp. vii-xi, bibliography pp. xiii-xv, explanation of plates verso blank 1 1. contents pp. xix-xxviii, text pp. 1-566, index pp. 567-574, list of works by Dr. Latham verso blank 11.8°. A comparative vocabulary (10 words) of the "Usasss 36 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Latham (R. G.) — Continued. Friendly Village (from McKenzie) and Billechoola (from Tolmie), p. 300.—Comparative vocabulary (12 words) of the Piskwaus (from Gallatin) and Salish, p. 314.— Comparative vocabulary (19 words) of the Chekeeli and Wakash (from Scouler), p. 315. Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, Congress, Eames. The | ethnology | of | the British colonies | and | dependencies. | By | R. Q. Latham, M. D., F. R. S., | corresponding member to the Ethnological society, New York, | etc. etc. | [Monogram in shield.] | Londou: | John Van Voorst, Paternoster row. | M. DCCC. LI [1851]. Title verso names of printers 1 1. contents pp. v-vi, preface verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-264, list of works by Dr. Latham, etc, 11.16°. Chapter vi. Dependencies in Am erica, pp, 224-264, contains a list of the divisions and subdivisions of the Billechula. Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Bureau of Ethnology, Congress, Eames. On the languages of northern, west ern, and central America. By R. G. Latham, M. D. In Philological Soc. [of London] Trans. 1856, pp. 57-115, London [1857], 8°. (Congress.) A general discussion of the Atna group (including the Tsihali-Selish),with a list of its linguistic divisions, pp. 71-72; of the Billechula, p. 72. This article reprinted in the same author's Opuscula, for title of which see below. — Opuscula. | Essays | chiefly | philological and ethnographical | by | Robert Gordon Latham, | M. A., M. D., F. R. S., etc. | late fellow of Kings college, Cambridge, late professor of English | in University college, London, late assistant physician | at the Middlesex hospital. | Williams & Norgate, | 14 Henrietta street, Covent garden, London | and | 20 South Frederick street, Edinburgh. | Leipzig, R. Hartmann. | 1860. Title verso name of printer 11. preface pp. iii-iv, contents pp. v-vi, text pp. 1-377, addenda and corrigenda pp. 378-418,8°. A reprint of a number of papers read before the ethnological and philological societies of London, among them the following: On the languages of the Oregon territory (pp. 249-265) contains: Comparative vocabulary (10 words) of the language of Friendly Village (from McKenzie) and Billechula (from Tolmie), p. 250.—Vocabulary (10 words) of the Atnah (from McKenzie) and of the Noosda- lum, compared, p. 252.—Vocabulary (12 words and numerals 1-10) of the Salish (from Galla- L at ham (R. G.) —Continued. tin) andOkinagen (from Tolmie), pp. 253-254.— List of words showing affinities between the languages of Oregon territory and the Eskimo includes words of the Billechoola and Okinagen, pp.260-263. Miscellaneous contributions to the ethnography of North America, pp. 275-297, contains a number of Salishan words in the comparative lists. Addenda and corrigenda, 1£59 (pp. 378-418) contains a few additional remarks upon the Atna group and the Billechula, p. 388.—Short Selish vocabulary (12 words), pp. 415-416. Copies seen: Astor, Boston Public, Brinton, Bureau of Ethnology, Congress, Eames, Pilling. Watkinson. At the Squier sale a presentation copy, no. 639, brought $2.37. The Murphy copy, no. 1438, sold for $1. Elements | of | comparative philol ogy. | By | R. G. Latham, M. A., M. D., F. R. S., &c, | late fellow of King's college, Cambridge; and late professor of English | in University college, London. | London: |Walton and Maberly,j Upper Gower street, and Ivy lane, Paternoster row; | Longman, Green, Longman, Roberts, and Green, | Paternoster row. | 1862. | The Right of Translation is Reserved. Half-title verso name of printer 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. preface pp. vii-xi, contents pp. xiii-xx, tabular •view of languages and dialects pp. xxi-xxviii, chief authorities pp. xxix-xxxii, errata verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-752, addenda and corrigenda pp. 753-757, index pp. 758-774, list of works by Dr. Latham verso blank 11.8°. General account of the Tsihali-Selish, with a list of linguistic divisions, p. 399.—Comparative vocabulary (50 words and. numerals 1-10) of the Atna (from Hale), Piskwaus, Skwali, and Kowelitsk, pp. 399-400.—Vocabulary (50 words and numerals 1-10) of the Nsietshawus or Kilamuk, a language of the Selish or Atna group, compared with the Watlala and Nutka, pp. 402-403. — Vocabulary (12 words) of the Selish commpared with the Tshintik and Shoshoni, p. 404. Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Bureau of Ethnology, Congress, Eames, Watkinson. Robert Gordon Latham, the eldest son of the Rev. Thomas Latham, was born in the vicarage of Billingsborough, Lincolnshire, March 24, 1812. In 1819 he was entered at Eton. Two years afterwards he was admitted on the foundation, and in 1829 went to Kings, where he took hia fellowship and degrees. Ethnology was his first passion and his last, though for botany he had a very strong taste. He died March 9, 1888.—Theodore Watts in The Athenaeum, March 17, 1888. SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 37 Leclerc (Charles). Bibliotheca | ameri- cana | Catalogue raisonne | d'une tres- pre"cieuse | collection de livres anciens | et modernes | sur PAmerique et les Philippines | Classes par ordre alpha- be"tique de noms d'Auteurs. | R^dige" par Ch. Leclerc. | [Design.] | Paris | Maisonneuve & Cie | 15, quai Voltaire | M. D. CCC. LXVII [1867] Cover title as above, half-title verso details of sale 1 1. title as above verso blank 1 1. preface pp. v-vii, catalogue pp. 1-407,8°. Includes titles of a number of works containing material relating to the Salishan languages. Copies seen: Congress, Eames, Pilling. At the Fischer sale, a copy, no. 919, brought 10s.; at the Squier sale, no. 651, $1.50. Leclerc, 1878, no. 345, prices it 4 fr. and Maisonneuve, in 1889,4 fr. The Murphy copy, no. 1452, brought $2.75. Bibliotheca j americana | Histoire, geographic, | voyages, archeulogie et linguistique | des | deux Ame'riques | et | des iles Philippines | re"dige"e | Par Ch. Leclerc | [Design] | Paris | Maisonneuve et Cie, libraires- e"diteurs | 25, quai Voltaire, 25. | 1878 Cover title as above, half-title verso blank 1 1. title as above verso blank 1 1. avant-propos pp. i-xvii, table des divisions pp. xviii-xx, catalogue pp. 1-643, suppl6ment pp. 645-694, index pp. 695-737, colophon verso blank 11. 8°. The linguistic part of this volume occupies pp. 537-643; it is arranged under names of languages and contains titles of books relating to the following: Langues americaines en g6n6ral, pp. 537-550; Clallam et Lummi, p. 568. Copies seen: Boston Athenaeum, Congress, Eames, Harvard, Pilling. Priced by Quaritch, no. 12172, 12s. • another copy, no. 12173, large paper, 11. Is. Leclerc's Supplement, 1881, no. 2831, prices it 15 fr., and no. 2832, a copy on Holland paper, 30 fr. A large paper copy is priced by Quaritch, no. 30230,12s. Maisonneuve in 1889 prices it 15 fr. Lee (Daniel) and Frost (J. H.) Ten years in Oregon. | By D. Lee and J. H. Frost, | late of the Oregon mission of the Methodist episcopal church. | [Picture.] J New-York: | published for the authors: 200 Mulberry-street. | J. Collord, Printer. | 1844. Title verso copyright notice (1844) 11. preface pp. 3-6, contents pp. 7-11. text pp. 13-337, appendix pp. 339-344, map, 12°. Vocabulary of the Killemook (80 words and phrases), pp. 339-341.—Vocabulary of the Che- calish (65words), pp. 341-343. Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenaeum, British Museum, Congress, Pilling, Trumbull. Legends: Komuk Pentlash Salish Silets Snanaimuk Twana Twana See Boas (F.) Boas (F.) Hoffman (W. J.) Boas (F.) Boas (F.) Bulmer (T. S.) Eells (M.) [Le Jeune {Pere Jean-Marie Raphael).] A ha a skoainjwts a Jesu-Kri oa Ste. Marguerite-Marie | Alacoque. A joat k'oe iamit oa N'jhoakwk: Colophon : P. A. Kemper, Dayton, O. (N.America.) [1890.] (Ntlakapamoh, Br. Columbia.) A small card, 3 by 5 inches in size, headed as above and containing twelve "Promises of Our Lord to Blessed Margaret Mary," in the Ntlakapamoh language. On the verso is a colored picture of the sacred heart, beneath which is a five-line verse in English. Copies seen: Pilling, Wellesley. Some issues are printed on cards which have the verse beneath the picture in French. (Eames.) Nelh te skoalwtz Jesu-Kri j n Ste. Marguerite Mali Alacok. Shoat koe lamhal a tn sptenosem. Colophon: P.A.Kemper, Dayton, O. (N. America.) [1890.] Lillooet, Br. Columbia. A small card, 3 by 5 inches in size, headed as above and containing twelve "Promises of Our Lord to Blessed Margaret Mary "in the Lillooet language. On the verso is a colored picture of the sacred heart, beneath which is a five-line verse in English. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Wellesley. Mr. Kemper has issued similar cards in many languages. [ ] [Two lines stenographic characters.] | No. 1. Kamloops Wawa May 2. ;91[-No.76 30, Apr. 1893]. A periodical in tho Chinook Jargon, stenographic characters, intended as a weekly, but issued in its early stages at irregular intervals,- at Kamloops, British Columbia, under the editorship of Father Le Jeune, and reproduced by him with the aid of the mimeograph. See facsimile of the first page of the initial issue, p. 38. A detailed description of the issues and their contents to no. 67, inclusive, is given in the Bibliography of the Chinookan languages. Night prayers in Shushwap, no. 9, pp. 1-4 (pp. 51-54 of the series). [ ] Prayers in | Shushwap. | I. Night Prayers. [Kamloops, B. C.: 1892.] No title-page, heading as above ,• text (in the Shushwap language, stenographic characters, III* ••*— i-^.-—^L^, C/olAo^/\ BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE < n^ 0 M. i Kamloops WdiA/a. M*/2$ erf i i f$ /JaJ,i<yi '/> iccAdL ChaA ta.<pc£ s CcAg-c/mlAo. A&/n£~0LJL- na l cot sA, b& v to Tiatfa^ £ m j*--* s ML o& < SP wants A m ■hi ■ •w 0 v>^ yp ^® Wa \t<ftcL ope &y/ y /j a<n4~ to •tc&Ptf to 7y 1 Ct^faJi ) / m i "I JL ' IBi I 5S* * faAty \&U 1 q71 b'AttZ me ft. 0 mm if tAa/ Se FACSIMILE OF THE FIRST PAGE OF THE KAMLOOPS WAWA. ■C—13.11 — i^al ^ ^k SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 39 Le Jeune (J. M. R.) — Continued. with English and Latin headings in italics, reproduced by the mimeograph), pp.1-16,16°. Veni Sancti, p. 1.—Act of faith, p. 1; of hope, p.2; of love, pp. 2-3; of contrition, p. 3; of adoration, pp. 3-4; of thanksgiving, pp. 4-5.— Prayer for light, pp. 5-6; examen, pp. 6-7: firm purpose, pp. 7-8; confietor, p. 9.—Misereatur and Indulgentiam, p. 10.—The ten commandments, pp. 10-11.—Precepts of the church, pp. 11-12.—Seven capital sins, p. 12.—Mght offering, p. 13.—Prayer for the living and the dead, pp. 14-15.—Sub tuum, pp. 15-16. Copies seen: Pilling. Subsequently incorporated in the following: [ ] Prayers in Shushwap. | Morning Prayers. [Kamloops, B. C: 1892.] No title-page, heading as above; text (in the Shushwap language, stenographic characters, with English and Latin headings in italics, reproduced by the mimeograph), pp. 1-48,16°. Morning Prayers: Veni Sancte, p. 1.—Adoration, p. 1.—Thanksgiving, p. 2.—Resolution, pp. 2-3.—Petition, p. 3.—Pater, pp. 3-4.—Ave Maria, p, 4.—Credo, pp. 4-5.—Seven sacraments, p. 6.—Act of faith, p. 6; of hope, pp. 6-7, of love, p. 7; of contrition, pp. 7-8.—To the blessed Virgin, etc., pp. 8-9.—Angelus, pp. 9- 10.—Gloria patri, p. 11.—Sub tuum, p. 11.—The rosary, pp. 12-16. Night prayers: Detailed contents as under title next above, pp. 17-32. Prayers before communion: Hymn, pp. 33- 34.—Act of faith, pp. 34-35; of humility, pp. 35-36; of contrition, pp. 36-37; of love, p. 37; of desire, pp. 38-39. After communion: Prayer, p. 40.—Thanksgiving, p. 41.—Petition, p. 42.—Resolution, pp. 43-44.—Offering, pp. 44-45.—Intercession, p. 45.—Hymns, pp. 46-48. Copies seen: Pilling. Prayers in Thompson. | by J. M. R. Le Jeune O. M. I. [Kamloops, B. C.: 1891.] No title-page, heading only; text (entirely in the language of the Indians of Thompson river, stenographic characters, reproduced by the mimeograph), pp. 1-32,16°. See facsimile of the first page, p. 40. Copies seen: Pilling. [—111 Prayers. | in Thompson. | or Mtla- kapmah. | Morning Prayers. [Kamloops, B. C.: 1892.] No title-page, heading only; text (in the Mtlakapmah, stenographic characters, with English headings in italics; reproduced by the mimeograph), pp. 1-16,16°. Veni Sancte, p. 1.—Adoration, p. 2 Thanksgiving, pp. 2-3.—Resolution, pp. 3-4.—Petition, pp. 4-5.—Pater, pp. 5-6.—Ave, p. 6.—Credo, pp. 7-8.—Septem sacramenta, p. 8.—Act of faith, pp. 8-9.—Act of hope, p. 9.—Act of love and of Le Jeune (J. M. R.) — Continued. contrition, p. 10.—Invocation, p. 11.—To the B. Virgin, p. 11.—To the guardian angel, pp. 11- 12.—To the saints, p. 12.—Angelus, p. 13.— Oremus, ad Gloria Patri, p. 14.—Sub tuum, p. 15.—Offering of the mass, pp. 15-16. Copies seen: Pilling. [ ] Primer and 1st Lessons in Thompson. | by. J. M. R. Le Jeune O. M. I. [Kamloops, B. C.: 1891.] No title-page, headings only; text (in stenographic characters, with headings in English and Latin in italics, reproduced on the mimeograph) 4 unnumbered pages, 16°. Passion hymn, p. 1.—Primer lesson, pp. 2-3.— O ia S4 Joseph, p. 4. Copies seen: Pilling. [Hymns in the Thompson tongue. By Rev. J. M. R. Le Jeune, O. M. I. Kamloops, B. C.: 1891.] No title-page, text (in stenographic characters, reproduced by the aid of the mimeograph), 4 unnumbered pages, 16°. Passion hymn, pp. 1-2.—Hoe kanmentam, p. 3.—O ia St. Joseph, p. 4. Copies seen: Pilling. — Shorthand primer 'for the Thompson Language [ by J. M. - R. Le Jeune O. M. I. [Kamloops, B. C: 1891.] No title-page, heading only; text (in stenographic characters and italics, reproduced by the mimeograph) 4 unnumbered pages, 16°. Copies seen: Pilling. [ ] First Catechism, j in | Thompson Language. [Kamloops, B. C.: 1892.] No title-page, heading only; text (in the language of the Indians of Thompson River, stenographic characters, reproduced by the mimeograph), pp. 1-32,16°. Eight chapters, referring respectively to: God, Trinity, pp 1-2; Creation, pp. 2-4; Jesus Christ, pp. 4-8; Sin, pp. 8-10; Baptism, pp. 11- 12; Confirmation, pp. 12-14; Penance, pp. 14-28; Holy Eucharist, pp. 28-32. Copies seen.- Pilling. [ ] First Catechism | in Shushwap. [Kamloops, B. C.: 1893^] No title-page,heading only; text (in the Shushwap language, stenographic characters, with headings in English in italics, reproduced by the mimeograph), pp. 1-32,16°. Nine chapters, headed respectively: God, Trinity, creation, etc., pp. 1-2.—Creation, pp. 2-3.—Jesus Christ, pp.'3-6.—On sin, pp. 6-7.— Death, pp. 7-9.—Penance, pp. 9-16.—Eucharist, pp. 17-18.—Confirmation, pp. 18-19.—Questions from another catechism, not included in the above, pp. 19-32. Copies seen: Pilling. 1 © L BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Prayers iW TUo-wifsonn, g§— ~-^ j:1^—I ^: ^ o- ^E /~x~ I X" >».— /"o i fm L-^ 1/ »^ ^X J 8i»g§ """vyA s$$i l ME m *\ - ""*> <_y <? d~~S <0 */»'** (~£}'<"^ "^ J ^x. \ « -b -^ ^a ®rs&& l^'Sf H§ fife ' "^ I <7 Hi -*«- Z"*^ » '4* ~y ^j^ ' «?>• ^ 4«pS' K O ^y.^^» ^ ^A^-Xh/*""^-^ 5£ / t -mJ>\ C-3 P^P • O ». /"w^^^v-^v. "<*» •». »^-*- 'V"»'"*y i FACSIMILE OF THE FIRST PAGE OF LE JEUNE'S THOMPSON PRAYERS. SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 41 Le Jeune (J. M. R.) — Continued. Prayers. | in Okonagon Language. [Kamloops, B. C.: 1893.] No title-page, heading only; text (in the Okonagon language, stenographic characters, with Latin and English headings in italics, reproduced by the mimeograph), pp. 1-48,16°. Morning prayers, pp. 1-16.—Night prayers, pp. 17-32.—Prayers for communion, pp. 33-48. Copies seen: Pilling. A somewhat lengthy statement of Father Le Jeune's methods and purposes is given in the Bibliography of the Chinookan Languages, pp. 45-51. Pere Jean-Marie Raphael Le Jeune was born at Pleybert Christ, Finistere, France, April 12, 1855, and came to British Columbia as a missionary priest in October, 1879. He made his first acquaintance with the Thompson Indians in June, 1880, and has been among them ever since. He began at once to study their language and was able to express himself easily in that language after a few months. When he first came he found about a dozen Indians who knew a few prayers and a little of a catechism in the Thompson language, composed mostly by Right Rev. Bishop Durieu, O. M. I., the present bishop of New "Westminster. From 1880 to 1882 he traveled only between Tale and Lytton, 57 miles, trying to make acquaintance with as many natives as he could in that district. Since 1882 he has had to visit also the Nicola Indians, who speak the Thompson language, and the Douglas Lake Indians, who are a branch of the Okanagan family, and had occasion to become acquainted with the Okanagan language, in which he composed and revised most of the prayers they have in use up to the present. Since June 1,1891, he has also had to deal with the Shushwap Indians, and, as the language is similar to that in use by the Indians of Thompson River, he very soon became familiar with it. He tried several years ago to teach the Indians to read in the English characters, but without avail, and two years ago he undertook to teach them in shorthand, experimenting first upon a young Indian boy who learned the shorthand after a single lesson and began to help him teach the others. The work went on slowly until last winter, when they began to be interested in it all over the country, and since then they have been learning it with eagerness • and teaching it to one another. Lenox: This word following a title or within parentheses after a note indicates that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the Lenox Library, New York City. Lettre au Saint-Pere en Langue Kalispel, (Anglice Flathead.) In Societe Philologique, Actes, vol. 15, pp. 110-112, Alencon, 1877,8°. (Bureau of Ethnology, Pilling.) Three versions, Latin, English, and Kalispel, of a letter to the Pone. Liloeet. See Lilowat Lilowat: Numerals Prayers Text Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary See Eells (M.) Le Jeune (J. M. R.) Le Jeune (J.M.R.) Boas (F.) Gibbs (G.) Powell (J. W.) Roehrig (F.L.O.) Tolmie (W. F.) Dawson (G.M.) and Litany: Kalispel See Canestrelli (P.) Netlakapamuk Good (J. B.) L'kungen. See Songish. Lord's prayer: Kalispel Kalispel Kalispel Kalispel Kawich en Klallam Klallam Lilowat Lummi Netl apakamuk N etlapakamuk .Netlapakamuk Niskwalli Niskwalli Salish Salish Salish Salish Salish Salish Samish Snanaimuk Snanaimuk Snohomish Snohomish Twana See Shea (J. G.) Smalley (E. V.) Smet (P.J.de). Van Gorp (L.) Youth's. Bulmer (T. S.) Youth's. Le Jeune (J. M. R.) Youth's. Bancroft (H. H.) Good (J. B.) Youth's. Bulmer (T.S.) Youth's. Bancroft (H.H.) - Bulmer (T.S.) Marietti (P.) Shea (J.G.) Smet (P.J.de). Youth's. Smet (P.J.de). Bancroft (H. H.) Carmany (J. H.) Bulmer (T. S.) Youth's. Bulmer (T.S.) Lu Skusskuests [Kalispel]. See Canestrelli (P.) Lu tel kaimintis [Kalispel]. See Giorda (J.) Lubbock {Sir John). The | origin of civilisation | and the | primitive condition of man. | Mental and social condition of savages. | By | sir John Lubbock, Bart., M. P., F. R. S. | author [&c; two lines.] | London: | Longmans, Green, and co. I 1870. j Half-title verso names of printers 1 1. frontispiece 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. preface pp. v- viii, contents p. ix, list of illustrations pp. xi- xii, list of principal works quoted pp. xiii-xvi, text pp. 1-323, appendix pp. 325-362. notes pp. 363-365, index pp. 367-380, four other plates, 8°. A few words in the Niskwalli language, p. 288. Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Congress, Eames. Harvard. 42 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Lubbock (J.) — Continued. The | origin of civilisation | and the | primitive condition of man. J Mental and social condition of savages. J By | sir John Lubbock,Bart., M. P., F. R. S. | author[&c. two lines.] | New York: | D. Applet on and company, 190, 92 & 94 Grand street. 11870. Half-title verso blank 11. frontispiece 11. title verso blank 11. preface to the American edition pp. iii-iv, preface pp. v-viii, contents p. ix, illustrations pp. xi-xii, list of principal works quoted pp. xiii-xvi, text pp. 1-323, appendix pp. 325-362, notes pp. 363-365, index pp. 367-380, four other plates, 12°. Linguisticcontents as under title next above. Copies seen: Harvard, Pilling. The | origin of civilisation | and the | primitive condition of man. | Mental and social condition of savages. | By | Sir John Lubbock, Bart., M. P., F. R. S. | author [&c. two lines.] | Second edition, with additions. \ London: | Longmans, Green, and co. | 1870. Half-title verso names of printers 11. frontispiece 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. preface pp. v- viii, contents pp. ix-xiii, illustrations pp. xv- xvi, list of principal works quoted pp. xvii-xx, text pp. 1-367, appendix 369-409, notes pp. 411- 413, index pp. 415-426, list of books 11. five other plates, 8°. Linguistic contents as under titles above, p. 327. Copies seen: British Museum, Eames, Harvard. The | origin of-civilisation | and the | primitive condition of man. | Mental and social condition of savages. | By | sir John Lubbock, Bart., M. P., F. R. S. f vice-chancellor [&c. three lines.] | Third edition, with numerous additions. | London: | Longmans, Green, and co. | 1875. Half-title verso names of printer 11. frontispiece 11. title verso blank 11. preface pp. v-viii, contents pp. ix-xiii, illustrations pp. xv-xvi, list of the principal works quoted pp. xvii-xx, text pp. 1-463, appendix pp. 465-507, notes pp. 509-514, index pp. 515 -528, five other plates, 8°. Linguistic contents as under titles above, p. 416. Copies seen: British Museum, Eames. — The | origin of civilisation | and the Lubbock (J.) —Continued. | D. C. L. LL. D. | President [&e. five lines.] | Fourth edition, with numerous additions. J London: | Longmans, Green, and co. ( 1882. Half-title verso list of works | by the same author" 1 1. frontispiece 1 1. title verso names of printers 1 1. preface pp. v-viii, contents pp. ix-xiii, illustrations pp. xv-xvi, list of the principal works quoted pp. xvii-xx, text pp. 1-480, appendix pp. 481-524, notes pp. 525-533, index pp. 535-548, five other plates, 8°. Linguistic contents as under titles above, p. 427. Copies seen: Boston Athenaeum, Eames, Harvard. The | origin of civilisation | and the | primitive condition of man J Mental and social condition of savages | By | Sir John Lubbock, bart. | M. P., F. R. S., D. C. L., LL. D. | author [&c. four lines] Additions i Fifth Edition, with numerous | primitive condition of man. | Mental and social condition of savages. | By | Sir John Lubbock, Bart. M. P. F. R. S. London | Longmans, Green, and co | 1889 J All rights reserved ■ Half-title verso names of printers 11. frontispiece 11. title verso blank 11. preface (February, 1870) pp. vii-x, contents pp. xi-xvi,illustrations pp. xvii-xviii, list of principal works quoted pp. xix-xxiii, text pp. 1-486, appendix pp. 487- 529, notes pp. 531-539, index pp. 541-554, list of works by the same author verso blank 1 1. five other plates, 8°. Linguistic contents as under titles above, p. 432. Copies seen: Eames. Ludewig (Hermann Ernst). The | literature | of | American aboriginal languages. | By | Hermann E. Ludewig. [ With additions and corrections | by professor Wm. W. Turner. | Edited by Nicolas Triibner. | London: | Triibner and co., 60, Paternoster row. | MDCCCLVIII [1858]. Half-title "Triibner's bibliotheca glottica I" verso blank 11. title as above verso name of printer 1 1. preface pp. v-viii, contents verso blank 11. editor's advertisement pp. ix-xii, biographical memoir pp. xiii-xiv, introductory bibliographical notices pp. xv-xxiv, text pp. 1- 209, addenda pp. 210-246, index pp. 247-256, errata pp. 257-258,8°. Arranged alphabetically by languages. Addenda by Wm. W. Turner and Mcolas Triibner, pp. 210-246. Contains a list of grammars and vocabularies and among others of the following peoples: American languages generally, pp. xv-xxiv; Atnah or Kinn, pp. 15,212; Flathead, Selish (Atnah, Schouschusp), pp. 72-74, 216, 221; Kawitschen", p. 91; Squallaymish, p. 239. J SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 43 Ludewig (II. E.) — Continued. Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, Congress, Eames, Georgetown, Pilling. At the Fischer sale, no. 990, a copy brought 5s. 6d.-, at the Field sale, no. 1403, $2.63; at the Squiersale, no. 699, $2.62; another copy, no. 1906, $2.38. Priced by Leclerc, 1878, no. 2075, 15 fr. The Pinart copy, no. 565, sold for 25 fr., and the Murphy copy, no. 1540, for $2.50. "Dr. Ludewig has himself so fully detailed the plan and purport of this work that little more remains for me to add beyond the mere statement of the origin of my connection with the publication and the mention of such additions for which I am alone responsible, and which, during its progress through the press, have gradually accumulated to about one-sixth of the whole. This is but an act of j ustice to the memory of Dr. Ludewig. because at the time ot his death, in December, 1856, no more than 172 pages were printed off, and these constitute the only portion of the work which had the benefit of his valuable personal and final revision. " Similarity of pursuits led, during my stay in New York in 1855. to an intimacy with Dr. Ludewig, during which he mentioned that he, like myself, had been making bibliographical memoranda for years of all books which serve to illustrate the history of spoken language. As a first section of a more extended work on the literary history of language generally, he had prepared a bibliographical memoir of the remains of aboriginal languages of America. The manuscript had been deposited by him in the library of the Ethnological Society at New York, but at my request he at once most kindly placed it at my disposal, stipulating only that it should be printed in Europe, under my personal superintendence. " Upon my return to England, I lost no time in carrying out the trust thus confided to me, intending then to confine myself simply to producing acorrectcopy of my friend's manuscript. But it soon became obvious that the transcript had been hastily made, and but for the valuable assistance of literary friends, both in this country and in America, the work would probably have been abandoned. My thanks are more particularly due to Mr. E. G. Squier, and to Prof. William W. Turner, of Washington, by whose considerate and valuable cooperation many difficulties were cleared away and my editorial labors greatly lighteu ed. This encouraged me to spare neither personal labor nor expense in the attempt to render the work as perfect as possible, with what success must be left to the judgmentof those who can fairly appreciate the labors of a pioneer in any new field of literary research."—Editor's advertisement. "Dr. Ludewig,though but little known in this country [England], was held in consider- ableesteem as a jurist, both in Germany and the United States of America. Born at Dresden in 1809, with but little exception he continued to reside in his native city until 1844, when he emi- ■ grated to America; but, though in both coun- Ludewig (H. E.) — Continued. tries he practiced law as a profession, his bent was the study of literary history, which was evidenced by his Livre des Ana, Essai de Catalogue Manuel, published at his own cost in 1837, and by his Bibliothekonomie, which appeared a few years later. "But even while thus engaged he delighted in investigating the rise and progress of the land of his subsequent adoption, and his researches into the vexed question of the origin of the peopling of America gained him the highest consideration, on both sides of the Atlantic, as a man of original and inquiring mind. He was a contributor to Naumann's Serapseum; and amongst the chief of his contributions to that journal may be mentioned those on 'American libraries,' on the 'Aids to American bibliography,' and on the 'Book trade of the United States of America.' In 1846 appeared his Literature of American Local History, a work of much importance and which required no small amount of labor and perseverance, owing to the necessity of consulting the many and widely scattered materials, which had to be sought out from apparently the most unlikely channels. "These studies formed a natural introduction to the present work on The Literature of American Aboriginal Languages, which occupied his leisure concurrently with the others, and the printing of which was commenced in August, 1856, but which he did not live to see launched upon the world; for at the date of his death, on the 12th of December following, only 172 pages were in type. It had been a labor of love with him for years; and, if ever author were mindful of the nonum prematurin annum, he was when he deposited his manuscript in the library of the American Ethnological Society, diffident himself as to its merits and value on a subject of such paramount interest. He had satisfied himself that in due time the reward of his patient industry might be the production of some more extended national work on the subject, and with this he was contented; for it was a distinguishing feature in his character, notwithstanding his great and varied knowledge and brilliant acquirements, to disregard his own toil, even amounting to drudgery if needful, if he could in any way assist the promulgation of literature and science. " Dr. Ludewig was a corresponding member of many of the most distinguished European and American literary societies, and few men were held in greater consideration by scholars both in America and Germany, as will readily be acknowledged should his voluminous correspondence ever see the light. In private life he was distinguished by the best qualities which endear a man's memory to those who survive him; he was a kind and affectionate husband and a sincere friend. Always accessible and ever ready to aid and counsel those who applied to him for advice upon matters pertaining to literature, his loss will long be felt by a most extended circle of friends, and in him Germany 44 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Ludewig (H. E.) — Continued. mourns one of the best representatives of her learned men in America, a genuine type of a class in which, with singular felicity, with genius of the highest order is combined a painstaking and plodding perseverance but seldom met with beyond the confines of the Fatherland."—Biographic memoir. Lummi: Geographic names Lord's prayer Numerals Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Words Words See Gibbs (G.) Youth's. Eells (M.) Gibbs (G.) Pinart (A. L.) Roehrig (F. L. 0.) Bancroft (H. H.) Youth's. M. McCaw (Samuel R.) [Words, phrases, sentences, and grammatic material relating to the Puyallup language.] Manuscript, pp. 77-228, and 4 unnumbered leaves, 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Recorded in a copy of Powell's Introduction to the study of Indian languages, second edition. Collected in Pierce county, Washington, during 1886. While but few of the schedules given in the work are completely filled, nearly all of them are partly so. The four leaves at the end contain verbal conjugations. Macdonald (Duncan George Forbes). British Columbia | and | Vancouver's island | comprising | a description of these dependencies: their physical | character, climate, capabilities, population, trade, natural history, | geology, ethnology, gold fields, and future prospects | also | An Account of the Manners and Customs of the Native Indians | by | Duncan George Forbes Macdonald, C. E. | (Late of the Government Survey Staff of British Columbia, and the International Boundary | Line of North America) Author of 'What the Farmers may do with the | Land' 'The Paris Exhibition' 'Decimal Coinage' &c. | With a comprehensive map. | London | Longman,Green, Longman, Roberts, & Green j 1862. Half-title verso name of printer 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. preface pp. v-vii, contents pp. ix-xiii, text pp. 1-442, appendices pp. 445-524, map, 8°. Proper names of thirteen members of the Songish tribe, pp. 164-165. Copies seen: British Museum, Congress. Sabin's Dictionary, no. 43149, mentions: Second edition, London, Longmans, 1863,8°. McEvoy (J.) See Dawson (G. M.) Mackay (J. W.) See Dawson (G. M.) Mackenzie {Sir Alexander). Voyages | from | Montreal, | on the river St. Laurence, | through the | continent of North America, | to the | Frozen and Pacific oceans; | In the Years 1789 and 1793. | With a preliminary account | of the rise, progress, and present state of | the fur trade | of that country. J Illustrated with maps. | By Alexander Mackenzie, esq. | London: | printed for T. Cadell, jun. and W. Davies, Strand; Cobbett and Morgan, | Pall-mall; andW.Creech,ara Edinburgh. J By R. Noble, Old-Bailey. | M.DCCC.I [1801]. Half-title verso blank 1 1. portrait 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. preface pp. iii-viii, general history of the fur trade etc. pp. i-cxxxii, text pp. 1-412, errata 11. 3 maps, 4°. Vocabulary of the Atnah or Carrier Indians (25 words), pp. 257-258.—Vocabulary of the Indians of Friendly Village (25 words), p. 376. Copies seen: Astor, Bancroft, Boston Athenaeum, British Museum, Congress, Dunbar, Eames, Geological Survey, Harvard, Trumbull, Watkinson. Stevens's Nuggets, no. 1775, priced a copy 10*. 6d. At the Fischer sale, no. 1006, it brought 5s.; another copy, no. 2532, 2s. 6d.; at the Field sale, no. 1447, $2.38; at the Squier sale, no. 709, $1.62; at the Murphy sale, no. 1548, $2.25. Priced by Quaritch, no. 12206, 7*. 6d.-, no. 28953, a half- russia copy, 11.; Clarke & co. 1886, no. 4049. $5.50; Stevens, 1887, priced a copy 1Z. 7*. Qd. Voyages j from J Montreal, | on the river St. Laurence, | through the| continent of North America, | to the j Frozen and Pacific oceans: | in the years 1789 and 1793. | With a preliminary account of | the rise, progress, and present state of | the fur trade | of | that country. | Hlnstrated with a map. | By Alexander Mackenzie, esq, | First American edition, j • mure** I""- SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 45 Mackenzie (A.) — Continued. New-York: | Printed and Sold by G. F. Hopkins, at Washington's Head, No. 118, Pearl-street. | 1802. Title verso blank 11. dedication verso blank 11. preface to the London edition pp. v-viii, text (General history of the fur trade) pp. 1-94, (Journal of a voyage) pp. 1-296, map, 8°. Linguistic contents as under title next above, pp. 186,271 (second pagination). Copies seen.- Astor, Boston Athenaeum. Voyages | from | Montreal, | on the river St. Laurence, | through the | continent of North America, | to the | Frozen and Pacific oceans; | in the years 1789 and 1793. | With a preliminary account j of the rise, progress, and present state | of | the fur trade | of that country. | Illustrated with | a general map of the country. | By sir Alexander Mackenzie. | Philadelphia: | published by John Morgan. J R. Carr, printer. | 1802. 2 vols, in one: half-title verso blank 11. title verso blank 11. dedication verso blank 11. preface pp. i-viii, text pp. i-cxxvi, 1-113; 115-392, map, 8°. Linguistic contents as in the London edition of 1801 titled above, pp. cxiii-cxxvi, 246. Copies seen.- Geological Survey, Harvard. Some copies have on the title-page the words: "Illustrated with a general map of the country and a portrait of the author." (*) At the Field sale, a copy, no. 1448, brought $2.62. Voyages | D'Alex.dro Mackenzie; | dans l'int6rieur | de | l'Arne'rique Sep- tentrionale, | Faits en 1789, 1792 et 1793; | Le l.er, de Montreal au fort Chi- piouyanet a la mer Glaciale; | Le2.me, du fort Chipiouyan jusqu'aux bords de l'Ocean | pacifique. | Prece'de's d'un Tableau historique et politique sur | le commerce des pelleteries, dans le Canada. | Traduits de 1'Anglais, | Par J. Cast6ra, | Avec des Notes et un Itine'- raire, tire's en partie des | papiers du vice-amiral Bougainville. | Tome Premier [-III]. | Paris, | Dentu, Imprimeur-Libraire, Palais du Tribunal, | galeries de bois, n o « 240. I An X.—1802. 3 vols, maps, 8°. Linguistic contents as in the first edition titled above, vol. 3, p. 20,277. Copies seen: Astor, Congress. At the Fischer sale, no. 2533, a copy brought 1*. Priced by Gagnon, Quebec, 1888, $3. For title of an extract from this edition see under date of 1807 below. Mackenzie (A.) — Continued. Alexander Mackenzie's Esq. P Xeisen | von | Montreal durch Nordwestame- rika | nach dem | Eismeer und der Siid- See | in den Jahren 1789 und 1793. | Nebst | einer Geschichte des Pelzhan- dels in Canada. | Aus dem Englischen. [ Mit einer allgemeinen Karte und dem Bild- | nisse des Verfassers. | Berlin und Hamburg. | 1802. Pp. i-x, 11-408, map, 8°. Linguistic contents as under titles above, pp. 365,480. Copies seen: British Museum. — Voyages | from | Montreal, | on the river St. Laurence, | through the | continent of North America, | to the | Frozen and Pacific oceans; | In the Years 1789 and 1793. | With a preliminary account | of the rise, progress, and present state of | the fur trade | of that country. | With original notes by Bougainville, and Volney, | Members of the French senate. | Illustrated with maps. | By Alexander Mackenzie, esq. I VoJ. I[-II]. | London: | printed for T. Cadell, jun. and W. Davies, Strand; | Cobbett and Morgan, Pall-mall; and W. Creech, | at Edinburgh. | By R. Noble, Old-bailey. | M. DCCC. II [1802]. 2 vols, in one; half-title verso blank 11. title verso blank 11. dedication verso blank 11. preface pp. vii-xiy, text pp. 1-284, contents pp. 285- 290; half-title verso blank 1 1. title (varying somewhat in punctuation from that of vol. 1) verso blank 1 1. text pp. 5-310 (wrongly numbered 210), notes pp. 311-312, appendix pp. 313- 325, contents pp. 326-332, maps, 8°. Linguistic contents as in the first edition, titled above, vol. 2, pp. 148-149, 273. Copies seen: Congress, Geological Survey, Harvard. Clarke & co., 1886, priced a copy, no. 4050, at $3.50. -— Voyages | from | Montreal, | on the river St. Laurence, |through the}continent of North-America, J to the | Frozen and Pacific oceans: | in the years 1789 and 1793. | With a Preliminary Account of | the rise, progress, and present state of the | fur trade | of that country. | Illustrated with a map. | By Alexander Mackenzie, esq. | Third American edition. | New-York: published by Evert Duyckinck, bookseller. | Lewis Nichols, printer. | 1803. <£E« 46 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE R* Mackenzie (A.) —Continued. Title verso blank 1 1. dedication verso blank 11. preface pp. v-viii, text pp. 9-437,16°. Linguistic contents as in previous editions titled above, pp. 314,409. Copies seen: Congress. Tableau | historique et politique | du commerce des pelleteries j dans le Canada, 1 depuis 1608 jusqu'a nos jours. | Contenant beaucoup de details sur les nations sau- J vages qui l'habitent, et sur les vastes contre"es qui y | sont contigues; | Avec un Vocabulaire de la langue de plusieiirs peuples de ces | vastes controls. J Par Alexandre Mackenzie. | Traduit de 1'Anglais, | par J. Cast6ra.| Orne" du portrait de l'auteur. | Paris, | Dentu, Imprim.-Lib.r6,rue du Pont-de-Lody, n.° 3. | M. D. CCC. VII [1807]. Half-title 1 1. title verso blank 11. text pp. 1- 310, table des matieres 1 unnumbered page, 8°. An extract from vol. 1 of the Paris edition of 1802, titled above. Linguistic contents as in previous editions, | titled above, pp. 304-310. Copies seen: Congress. Leclerc, 1867, sold a copy, no. 920, for 4 fr.; priced by him, 1878, no. 756,20 fr. Voyages | from | Montreal, | on the river St. Laurence, ] through the | continent of North America, j to the | Frozen and Pacific oceans; | in the years 1789 and 1793. j With a preliminary account L>*** | of the rise, progress, and present state | of | the fur trade | of that country. | Illustrated with maps and a portrait of the author. J By sir Alexander Mackenzie. | Vol.I[-II]. | New-York: | published by W. B. Gil- ley. | 1814. 2 vols.: 3 p. 11.pp.i-viii, i-cxxvi, 1-113; 11. pp. 115-392, 8°. Linguistic contents as under previous titles, vol. 1, pp. 247,358-359. Copies seen: Congress. Sir Alexander Mackenzie, explorer, born in Inverness, Scotland, about 1755, died in Dal- housie, Scotland, March 12,1820. In his youth he emigrated to Canada. In June, 1789, he set out on his expedition. At the western end of Great Slave Lake he entered a river, to which he gave his name, and explored it until July 12, when he reached the Arctic Ocean. He then returned to Fort Chippewyan, where he arrived on September 27. In October, 1792, he undertook a more hazardous expedition to the western coast of North America and succeeded in reaching CapeMenzies, on the Pacific Ocean. He returned to England in 1801 and was knighted the following yv&r.—Apphton's Cyclop, of Am. Biog. Mallet : This word following a title or within parentheses after a note indicates that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the library of Major Edmond Mallet, Washington, D. C Marletti (Pietro), editor. Oratio Dominica | in ccl. lingvas versa | et j clxxx. charactervm formis | vel nostratibvs vel peregrinis expressa J cvrante Petro Marietti j Eqvite Typographo Pontificio | Socio Administro | Typographei | S. Consilii de Propaganda Fide | [Printer's device] | Romae | AnnoM. DCCC. LXX [1870]. Half-title 1 1. title 1 1. dedication 3 11. pp. xi- xxvii, 1-319, indexes 411.4°. Includes 59 versions of the Lord's prayer in - various American dialects, among them the Oregonice, which may or may not be Salishaui p. 303. I have had no recent opportunity to investigate the matter. Copies seen: Trumbull. Massachusetts Historical Society: These words following a title or within parentheses after a note indicate that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the library of that society, Boston, Mass. Maximilian (Alexander Philipp) Prim von Wied-Neuwied. Reise | in | das in- nere Nord-America | in den Jahren 1832 bis 1834 | von | Maximilian Prinz zu Wied. | Mit 48 Kupfern, 33 Vignetten, vielen Holzschnitten und einer Charte. | Erster[-Zweiter] Band, j Coblenz, 1839 [-1841]. | Bei J. Hcel- scher. 2 vols.: title verso blank 1 1. dedication 1 1. half-title verso blank 11. Vorwort pp. vii-xiv, I Inhaltpp. xv-xvi, half-title verso blank 11. text pp. 3-630, Anhangpp. 631-653, errata p. 654, colophon verso blank 11.; title verso blank 11. half- title verso blank 11. list of subscribers pp. v-xvi, Inhalt pp. xvii-xix, list of plates pp. xx-xxii, errata 1 1. text pp. 1-425, Anhang pp. 427-687, colophon p. [688], 4°. Atlas in folio. Einige Worts (25) der Flatheads in den Pocky Mountains, vol. 2, pp. 501-502. Copies seen: Astor, Congress, Eames. At the Field sale, no. 1512, a copy of this edition, together with one of the London, 1843 edition, brought $40.50. Voyage dans l'interieur de l'Arne'rique du Nord, | exe"cut6 pendant les amines 1832, 1833 et 1834, | par | le prince Maximilien de Wied-Neuwied. | Ouvrage | accompagne" d'un Atlas de 80 planches environ, J format demi-colom- bier, | dessinees sur les lieux | Par M. Charles Bodmer; | et j gravies par les —- SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 47 Maximilian (A. P.) — Continued, plus habiles artistes de Paris et de Londres. | Tome premier [-troisieme]. | Paris, | chez Arthus Bertrand, 6di- teur, libraire de la Socie'te' de geographic de Paris | etdelaSoci6t6royale des antiquaires du nord, | rue Haute- feuille, 25. | 1840[-1843]. 3 vols. 8°. Notice sur les langues de differentes nations au nord-ouest de ! Amerique, vol. 3, pp. 373-398, contains a vocabulary of 19 words of the 23 different languages treated in the German edition, pp. 379-382. The Flathead occupies lines no. 8.—De la langue des signes en usage chez les Indiens, pp. 389-398. Copies seen: Congress. The English edition, London, 1843, 4°, contains no Salishan linguistics. (Astor, Boston Athenaeum, Congress, Lenox, Watkinson.) Alexander Philipp Maximilian, Prince of Neuwied, German naturalist, born in Neuwied Sept. 23,1782, died there, Feb. 3,1867. In 1815, after attaining the rank of major-general in the Prussian army, he devoted nearly three years to explorations in Brazil. In 1833 he traveled through the United States, giving especial attention to ethnological investigations con cerning the Indian tribes.—Appleton's Cyclop, of Am. Biog. Mengarini {Rev. Gregory). A | Selish or Flat-head j grammar. | By the | rev. Gregory Mengarini, | of the Society of Jesus. | [Design.] | New York: | Cramoisy press. | 1861. Second title: Grammatica | linguae Selicae. | Auctore | P. Gregorio Mengarini, | Soc. Jesu. | Neo-Eboraci. 11861. Half-title (Library of American linguistics, II) verso blank 1 1. English title verso blank 1 ? 1. Latin title verso blank 11. procemium pp.vii- viii, text in Selish and Latin pp. 1-122,8°. Pars prima Grammatica linguae Selicae, pp. 1-62.—Pars secunde, Dilucidationes in rudi- menta, pp. 62-78.—Pars tertia. Introductio ad syntaxin, pp. 79-116.—Appendix, pp. 117-121.— Oratio dominicales, with interlinear Latin translation, pp. 122. Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenaeum, British Museum, Congress, Dunbar, Eames, Lenox, Wellesley. Indians of Oregon, etc. (Note from Rev. Gregory Mengarini, S. J., Vice- President of the College of Santa Clara, California. Communicated by Geo. Gibbs, esq.) In Anthropological Inst, of New York Jour, vol. 1, pp. 81-88, New York, 1871-1872, 8°. (Congress.) Numerals 1-10 of the Flathead and of the " South Indians," p. 83.—A number of Salishan terms passim* Mengarini (G.)—Continued. Vocabulary of the Skoylpeli. In Powell (J. W.), Contributions to N. A. Ethnology, vol. 1, pp. 253-265, Washington, 1877, 4°. Contains 180 words, those called for on one of the Smithsonian blank forms. Vocabulary of the S'chitzui or Cceur d'Alene, and of the Selish proper or Flathead. In Powell (J.W), Contributions to N.A. Ethnology, vol. 1, pp. 270-282, Washington, 1877, 4°. Contain 180 words each, those called for on one of the Smithsonian blank forms. See Gibbs (G.) See Giorda (J.) Montgomerie {Lieut. John Eglinton) and De Horsey (A. F. R.) A | few words | collected from the | languages | spoken by the Indians | in the neighbourhood of the | Columbia River & Puget's Sound. [ By John E. Montgomerie, Lieutenant R. N. | and Algernon F. R. De Horsey, Lieutenant R. R. | London: | printed by George R. Odell, 18 Princess-street,Cavendish-square, j 1848. Title verso blank 1 1. introduction pp. iii-iv, text pp. 5-30,12°. Vocabulary of the Chinook, Clikitat, Cascade and Squally languages, pp. 1-23. —Numerals in Squally, p. 24.—Chinook proper and Chehalis numbers, p. 24.—Names of places, pp. 25-28. Copies seen: British Museum, Sir Thomas Phillips, Cheltenham, England. Morgan (Lewis Henry). Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge. | 218 | Systems | of | consanguinity and affinity j of the | human family. | By | Lewis H. Morgan. | Washington city: | published by the Smithsonian institution. | 1871. Colophon: Published by the Smithsonian institution, | Washington city, | June, 1870. Title on cover as above, inside title differing from above in imprint Arerso blank 1 1. advertisement p. iii, preface pp. y-ix verso blank, contents pp. xi-xii, text pp. 1-583, index pp. 585-590,14 plates, 4°. Also forms vol. 17 of Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge. Such issues have no cover title, but the general title of the series and 6 other prel. 11. preceding the inside title. The Salish Nations (pp. 244-249) is a general discussion of "the Salish stock language, spoken in the seventeen dialects above enumerated" and contains many examples from Gibbs' manuscripts, pp. 245-246, and Mengaxini's Selish Grammar, pp. 246-249. v 48 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Morgan (L. H.) — Continued. Terms of relationship used by the Okinaken, collected by Mr. Morgan at Eed River Settlement, from an Okinaken woman, lines 70, pp. 293-382. Gibbs (G.), Terms of relationship used by the Spokane, lines 69, pp. 293-382. Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Bureau of Ethnology, Congress, Eames, Pilling, Trumbull. At the Squier sale,no.889, a copy soldfor $5.50. Quaritch, no. 12425,* priced a copy 4J,. Lewis H. Morgan was born in Aurora, Cayuga County, 1ST.Y., November 21,1818. He was graduated by Union College, Schenectady, in the class of 1840. Returning from college to Aurora, Mr. Morgan joined a secret society composed of the young men of the village and known as the Grand Order of the Iroquois. This had a great influence upon his future career and studies. The order was instituted for sport and amusement, but its organization was modeled on the governmental system of the Six Nations; and, chiefly under Mr. Morgan's direction and leadership, the objects of the order were extended, if not entirely changed, and its purposes improved. To become better acquainted with the social polity of the Indians, young Morgan visited the aborigines remaining in New York, a mere remnant, but yet retaining to a great extent their ancient laws and customs; and he went so far as to be adopted as a member by the Senecas. Before the council of the order, in the years 1844,1845, and 1846, he read a series of papers on the Iroquois, which were published under the nom de plume of '' Skenandoah." Mr. Morgan died in Rochester, N. Y., December 17, 1881. Morning and evening prayer .... Neklakapamuk. See Good (J. B.) Miiller (Friedrich). Grundriss j der | Sprachwissenschaft | von | Dr. Fried- rich Miiller | Professor[&c. three lines.] | I. Band | I. Abtheilung. | Einleitung in die Sprachwissenschaft[-IV. Band. | I. Abtheilung. | Nachtrage zum Grund- ' riss aus den Jahren | 1877-1887]. | Wien 1876 [-1888]. | Alfred Holder | K. K. Universitats-Buchhandler. | Rot^i- enthurmstrasse 15. 4 vols. (vol. 1 in 2 parts, vol. 2 originally in 4 divisions, vol. 3 originally in 4 divisions, vol. 4 part 1 all published), each part and division with an outside title and two inside titles, 8°. Vol. 2, part 1, which includes the American languages, was originally issued in two divisions, each with the following special title: Die Sprachen | der | schlichthaarigenRassen | von | Dr. Friedrich Miiller | Professor [&c. eight lines.] | I. Abtheilung. | Die Sprachen der australischen, der hyperboreischen ( und der amerikanischen Rasse[stc]. | Wien 1879 [-1882]. | Alfred Holder j X. K. Hof- und Universitats-Buchhandler | Rothen- thurmstrasse 15. Title verso **alle Rechte vorbehalten" 1 1. dedication verso blank 11. Vorrede pp. vii-viii, Inhalt pp. ix-x, text pp. 1-440, 8°. Die Sprache der Tsihaili-Selisch, vol. 2, part 1, division 2, p. 243* Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Bureau of Ethnology, Eames, Watkinson. N. Nanaimoo, See Snanaimuk. National Museum: These words following a title or within parentheses after a note indicate that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the library of that institution, Washington, D. C. Nchaumen lu kaeks-auaum [Kalispel]. See Canestrelli (P.) Nehelim: Texts See Boas (F.) Vocabulary Boas (F.) Neklakapamuk. See Netlakapamuk. Nelh te skoalwtz Jesu-kri [Lilowat], See Le Jeune (J.M. R.) Netlakapamuk: Catechism See Le Jeune (J. M. R.) General discussion Bancroft (H. H.) Grammatic treatise Bancroft (H. H.) Netlakapamuk —Continued. Grammatic treatise Good (J. B.) Hymn-book Hymns Hymns Litany Lord's prayer Lord's prayer Lord's prayer Numerals Prayer book Prayer book Prayers Prayers Primer Ten commandments Text Text Vocabulary Words Le Jeune (J. M. R.) Good (J. B.) Le Jeune (J. M. R.) Good (J.B.) Bancroft (H. H.) Good (J. B.) Youth's. Good (J.B.) Good (J. B.) Le Jeune (J. M. R.) Good (J. B.) Le Jeune (J.M. R.) Le Jeune (J. M. R.) Good (J.B.) Good (J. B.) Le Jeune (J. M. R.) Boas (F.) Bulmer (T. S.) '-*Tg»*«i».«gp Ipr SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 49 Nicoll (Edward Holland). The Chinook language or Jargon. In Popular Science Monthly, vol. 35, pp. 257- 261, New York, 1889,8°. (Bureau of Ethnology, Pilling.) Origin of the Chinook Jargon, including words from a number of sources, among them the Chehalis, pp. 257-259. Nicoutemuch. See Nikutamuk. Nikutamuk: jhNumerals Vocabulary Vocabulary Niskwalli: liDictionary Dictionary General discussion General discussion f* General discussion See Eells (M.) Gibbs (G.) Powell (J. W.) Geographic names Geographic names Geographic names Grammatic treatise Bulmer (T. S.) Grammatic treatise Eells (M.) See Gibbs (G.) Powell (J. W.) Featherman (A.) Halo(H.) Tolmie (W. F.) Dawson (G. M.) Coones (S. F.) Eells (M.) Wickersham (J.) and Hymns Hymns Lord's prayer Lord's prayer [Numerals Numerals Numerals Numerals Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Words Words Words Words Words Words Words Words Words Words Bulmer (T.S.) Eells (M.) Bulmer (T.S.) Youth's. Eells (M.) Gibbs (G.) Montgomerie (J. E.) Scouler (J.) Campbell (J.) Canadian. Eells (M.) Gallatin (A.) Hale (H.) Latham (R. G.) Montgomerie (J. E.) Pinart (A. L.) Salish. Scouler (J.) Tolmie (W. F.) Tolmie (W. F.) and Dawson (G.M.) Wickersham (J.) Wilson (E. F.) Bancroft (H. H.) Bulmer (T. S.) Buschmann (J. C. E.) Chamberlain (A. F.) Daa (L. K.) Gibbs (G.) Latham (R. G.) Lubbock (J.) Pott (A. F.) Youth's. Nisqualli. See Niskwalli. Nooksahk. See. Nuksahk. Noosdalum. See Klallam. Nsietshawus. See Tilamuk. SAL i Nuksahk: Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Nukwalimuk: Gentes Numerals: Bilkula See Bilkula Bilkula Bilkula Chehalis Chehalis "Chehalis Kalispel Kawichen Kawichen Kawichen Klallam Klallam Klallam Klallam Komuk Komuk Kwantlen Kwinaiutl Lilowat Lummi Netlakapamuk Nikutamuk Niskwalli Niskwalli Niskwalli Niskwalli Niskwalli Okinagan Okinagan Okinagan Piskwau Salish Salish Salish Salish Salish Salish Shiwapmuk Shuswap Shuswap Skagit Skitsuish Skokomish Skoyelpi Skoyelpi Snanaimuk Songish Spokan Tait Twana Nusdalum. See Klallam See Gatschet (A. S.) Gibbs (G.) Roehrig (F. L. 0. See Boas (F.) i Boas (F.) Latham (R. G.) Scouler (J ) Tolmie (W.F.) Eells (M.) Montgomerie (J. E.) Swan (J. G.) Eells (M.) Eells (M.) Scouler (J.) Tolmie (W. F.) Eells (M.) Grant (W. C.) Scouler (J.) Tolmie (W.F.) Brinton (D. G.) Eells (M.) Eells (M.) Eells (M.) Eells (M.) Eells (M.) Good (J. B.) Eells (M.) Eells (M.) Gibbs (G.) Montgomerie (J. E.) Scouler (J.) Tolmie (W. F.) Boas (F.) Scouler (J.) Tolmie (J.) Eells (M.) Bulmer (T. S.) Eells (M.) Gibbs (G.) Hoffman (W. J.) Mengarini (G.) Salish. Eells (M.) Dawson (G. M.) Eells (M.) Eells (M.) EeUs (M.) Eells (M.) Chamberlain (A. F.) Eells (M.) Eells (M.) Eells (M.) Eells (M.) Eells (M.) Eells (M.) Nuskiletemh. See Nukwalimuk. Nusulph: Vocabulary Vocabulary See Gibbs (G.) Roehrig (F. L. O.) 50 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE o. Office for public baptism . . kapamuk. See Good (J. B.) Nekla- I Okinagan — Continued. Office for the holy communion . Neklakapamuk. See Good (J. B.) Okinagan: Grammatic treatise Hymns Numerals Numerals Numerals Prayers Proper names Proper names Relationships Relationships Relationships Sentences Sentences See Boas (F.) Tate (C. M.) Boas (F.) Scouler (J.) Tolmie (W.F.) Le Jeune (J. M. R.) Ross (A.) Stanley (J. M.) Boas (F.) Morgan (L. H.) Ross (A.) Scouler (J.) Tolmie (W. F.) Texts Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary' Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Words Boas (F.) Boas (F.) Gibbs (G.) Howse (J.) Latham (R. G.) Powell (J. W.) Roehrig (F. L. 0.) Scouler (J.) Tolmie (W.F.) Daa (L. K.) Oppert (Gustav). On the classification of languages. A contribution to comparative philology. In Madras Journal of Literature and Science for 1879. pp. 1-137, London, 1879, 8°. Relationships of the Selish family (from Morgan), pp. 110-112. P. [Palladine {Rev. L.)] Promissiones Domini Nostri Jesu Christi factae B. Marg. M. Alacoque. | T kaekolinzuten Jesus Christ zogshits lu pagpagt Margarite Marie Alacoque | neu l'shei m'ageists lu potenzutis j lu spoosz Jesus Christ. Colophon: P. A. Kemper, Dayton, O. (N.America.) [1890. J Selish, Indian. A small card, 3 by 5 inches in size, headed as above and containing twelve "Promises of Our Lord to Blessed Margaret Mary" in the Selish language. On the verso is a colored picture of the sacred heart, with five-line inscription below in English. Mr. Kemper has issued a similar card in many languages. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Wellesley. Pend d'Oreille. See Kalispel. Pentlash: Legends See Boas (F.) Text Boas (F.) Vocabulary Boas (F.) Words Boas (F.) Petitot {Phre fimile Fortune" Stanislas Joseph). Monographic | des | Dene- Dindjie' | par | le r. p. E. Petitot | Mis- sionnaire-Oblat de Marie-Inimacule'e, Ofncier d'Acad^mie, j Membre corre- spondant de PAcade'mie de Nancy, | de la Soci&te* d'Anthropologie | et Membre honoraire de la Socie"t6 de Philologie et d'Ethnographie de Paris. | Paris | Ernest Leroux, £diteur | li- braire de la Soci6t6 asiatique de Paris, j Petitot (E.F. S.J.) —Continued. de l'6cole des langues orientales vi- vantes etdes Soci6te"s asiatiques de Calcutta, | de New-Haven (Ultats-Unis), de Shanghai (Chine) | 28, rue Bonaparte, 28 | 1876 Cover title as above, half-title verso name of printer 1 1. title as above verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-109, list of publications 11.8°. Verbal conjugations in Wakish (Tetes Plates), p. 104.—Vocabulary (8 words) of the same, p. 105. Copies seen: Astor, Brinton, Eames, Pilling. De la formation du langage; mots formes par le redoublement de racines h^te'rogenes, quoique de significati<B synonynie, c'est-a-dire par reiteration copulative. In Association francaise pour l'avancement des sciences, compte-rendu, 12th session (Rouen, 1883), pp. 697-701, Paris, 1884,8°. (Geological Survey, Pilling.) Contains examples in a number of North American languages, among them the St a likin. iSmils Fortunas Stanislas Joseph Petitot was born December 3,1838, at Grancey-le-Chateau, department of C6te-d'Or, Burgundy, France. His studies were pursued at Marseilles, first at the Institution St. Louis and later at the higher seminary of Marseilles, which he entered in 1857. He was made deacon at Grenoble, and priest at Marseilles March 15,1862. A few days thereafter he went to England and sailed for America. At Montreal he found Monseignenr Tache, bishop of St. Boniface,with whom he set out for the SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 51 Petitot (15. F. S. J.) — Continued. Northwest, where he was continuously engaged in missionary work among the Indians and Eskimos until 1874, when he returned to France to supervise the publication of some of his works on linguistics and geography. In 1876 he returned to the missions and spent another period of nearly six years in the Northwest. In 1882 he once more returned to his native country, where he has since remained. In 1886 he was appointed to the curacy of Mareuil, near Meaux, whioh he still retains. The many years he spent in the inhospitable Northwest were busy and eventful ones and afforded an opportunity for geographic, linguistic, and ethnologic observations and studies such as few have enjoyed. He was the first missionary to visit Great Bear Lake, which he did for the first time in 1866. He went on foot from Good Hope to Providence twice and made many tours in winter of forty or fifty days' length on snow- shoes. He was the first missionary to the Eskimos of the Northwest, having visited them in 1865, at the mouth of the Anderson, likewise in 1868 at the mouth of the Mackenzie, and in 1870 and again in 1877 at Fort McPherson on Peel River. In 1870 his travels extended into Alaska. In 1878 an attack of blood-spitting caused him to return south. He went on foot to Athabaska, whence he passed to the Saskatchewan in a bark. La 1879 he established the mission of St. Raphael, at Angling Lake, for the Chippewayans of that region, where he remained until his final departure for France in January, 1882. For an account of his linguistic work among the Eskimauan, Algonquian, and Athapascan see the bibliographies of these families. Pilling: This word following a title or within parentheses after a note indicates that a copy of the work referred to is in the possession of the compiler of this bibliography. Pilling (James Constantine). Smithsonian institution—Bureau of ethnology | J. W. Powell director [ Proof-sheets | of a | bibliography | of | the languages | of the | North American Indians | by | James Constantine Pilling | (Distributed only to collaborators) J Washington | Government printing office | 1885 Title verso blank 1 1. notice signed J. W. Powell p. iii, preface pp.v-viii, introduction pp. ix-x, list of authorities pp. xi-xxxvi, list of libraries referred to by initials pp. xxxvii- xxxviii, list of fac-similes pp. xxxix-xl, text pp. 1-839, additions and corrections pp. 841-1090, index of languages and dialects pp. 1091-1135, plates, 4°. Arranged alphabetically by name of author, translator, or first word of title. One hundred and ten copies printed, ten of them on one side of the sheet only. Pinart (Alphonse L.) Vocabulary of the Atnah language. (*) Manuscript, 90 pages folio; in possession of its author. Russian and Atnah; collected at Eladiak in 1872. Whether it is Athapascan or Salishan I do not know; probably the latter. Some years ago, in response to my request, Mr. Pinart furnished me with a rough listof the linguistic manuscripts in his possession, collected by himself, embracing vocabularies, texts and songs. Circumstancesprevented him from giving me detailed descriptions of this material, which embraced the following Salishan languages: Comux, Nanaimo, Belahoola, Co wit- chin, Shushwap (several dialects), Clallam, Lummi, Kwinault (two dialects), Chehalis, IsTiskwali, Spokan, Coeur d'Alene, Pend d'Oreille, and Kalispel. Piskwau: General discussion Numerals Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Words Words Words See Hale (H.) Eells (M.) Gallatin (A.) Gibbs (G.) Hale (H.) Latham (R. G.) Powell (J. W.) Roehrig (F. L. O.) Bancroft (H. H.) Gallatin (A.) Hale (H.) Pisquous. See Piskwau. Platzmann (Julius). Verzeichniss | einer Auswahl | amerikanischer [ Gramma- tiken, | Worterbucher, Katechismen | u. s. w. | Gesammelt [ von j Julius Platzmann. | Leipzig, 1876. | K. F. Kohler's Anti- quarium, | Poststrasse 17. Cover title as above, title as above verso blank 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. quotation from Rouquette verso blank 11. text (alphabetically arranged by family names) pp. 1-38,8°. List of works in Clallam, p. 12; in Selish, pp. 36-37. Copies seen: Congress, Eames, Pilling, Trumbull, Wellesley. Ponderay. See Kalispel. Pott (August Friedrich). Doppelung | (Reduplikation, Gemination) | als | eines der wichtigsten Bildungsmittel der Sprache, | beleuchtet j aus Sprachen aller Welttheile | durch | Aug. Friedr. Pott, Dr. | Prof, der Allgemeinen Sprachwiss. an der Univ. zu Halle [&c. two lines.] | Lemgo & Detmold, | im Verlage der Meyer'schen Hof buchhandlung 1862. Cover title as above, title as above verso quotation 1 1. preface pp.iii-iv, contents pp. v-vi, text pp. 1-304, list of books on verso of back cover, 8°. 1 52 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Pott (A. F.) H Continued. Contains examples of reduplication in many North American languages, among them the Flathead, pp. 42,60,62,90; Nsietschaw, pp. 54, 62; Selish, pp. 183,184; Skitsuish, p. 42; Skwale, p. 42. Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Eames. ■ Einleitung in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft. In Internationale Zeitschrift fur allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft, vol. 1, pp. 1-68,329-354, vol. 2, pp. 54-115, 209-251, vol. 3, pp. 110-126, 249-275, Supp. pp. 1-193, vol. 4, pp. 67-96, vol. 5, pp. 3-18, Leipzig, 1884-1887, and Heilbronn, 1889, large 8°. The literature of American linguistics, vol. 4, pp. 67-96. This portion was published after Mr. Pott's death, which occurred July 5,1887. The general editor of the Zeitschrift, Mr. Techmer, states in a note that Pott's paper is continued from the manuscripts which he left and that it is to close with the languages of Australia. In the section of American linguistics publications in all the more important stocks of North America are mentioned, with brief characterization. Powell: This word following a tiitle or within parentheses after a note indicates that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the library of Major J. W. Powell, Washington, D. C. Powell {Maj. John Wesley). Indian linguistic families of America north of Mexico. By J. W. Powell. In Bureau of Ethnology, seventh annual report, pp. 1-142, Washington, 1891, royal 8°. Salishan family, with a list, of synonyms and principal tribes, derivation of the name, habitat, etc., pp. 102-105. Issued separately with cover title as follows: — Indian linguistic families of America | north of Mexico | by | J. W. Powell | Extract from the seventh annual report of the Bureau of ethnology j [Vignette] | Washington j Government printing office | 1891 Cover title as above, no inside title, half-title p. 1, contents pp. 3-6, text pp. 7-142, map, royal 8°. Linguistic contents as under title next above. Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, Eames, PIHing, Powell. — in charge. Department of the inte rior. | U. S. geographical and geological survey of the Rocky mountain region, j J.. W. Powell, Geologist in Charge. | Contributions | to j North American ethnology. | Volume I [-VII]. | [Seal of the department.] | Washington: | Government printing office. | 1877[-1890]. Powell (J. W.) —Continued. 7 vols. 4°. Vol. 1,1877; vol. IT (parts 1 and 2), 1890; vol. Ill, 1877; vol. IV, 1881; vol. V, 1882; vol. VI, 1890; vol. VII, 1890. G-ibbs (G.), Vocabulary of the Shihwapmukh, vol. 1, pp. 252-265. Vocabulary of the Nikutemukh, vol. 1, pp. 252-265. Vocabulary of the Okinaken, vol. 1, pp. 252-265. — Vocabulary of the Shwoyelpi, vol. 1, pp. 252-265. — Vocabulary of the Spokan, vol. 1, pp. 252- 265. — Vocabulary of the Piskwaus, vol. 1, pp. 252-265. Vocabulary of the Kalispelm, vol. 1, pp. 270-283. — Vocabulary of the Bilhoola, vol. 1, pp. 270- 283. — Vocabulary of the Lilowat, vol. 1, pp. 270- 233. — Vocabulary of the Tait, pp. 270-283- — Vocabulary of the Komookhs, vol. 1, pp. 270-283. — Vocabulary of the KuwaMtsk, vol. 1, pp. 270-283. — Dictionary of the MskwMli-Niskwallri English, vol. 1,285-307. Dictionary of the Niskwalli: English-; Mskwalli, vol. 1, pp. 309-361. Mengarini (G.), Vocabulary of the Skoyelpeli, I vol. 1, pp. 252-265. Vocabulary of the Schitzui, vol. 1, pp. 270- 283. Vocabulary of the Selish proper, vol. 1, pp. 270-283. Tolmie (W. F.), Vocabulary of the Shoos- waap, vol. 1, pp. 252-265. Vocabulary of the Wakynakaine, vol. 1, pp. 252-265. Vocabulary of the Kullespelm, vol. 1, pp. 270-283. Prayer book: Netlakapamuk See Good (J. B.) Netlakapamuk Le Jeune (J. M. R.) Shuswap Le Jeune (J. M. R.) Snohomish Boulet (J.B.) Prayer book and catechism . . * Snohomish. See Boulet (J. B.) Prayers: Kalispel See Canestrelli (P.) Kalispel Smet (P. J. de). Netlakapamuk Good (J.B.) Netlakapamuk Okinagan Salish Salish Samish Shuswap Shuswap Skitsuish Skwamish Snanaimuk Stalo Twana Le Jeune (J. M. R.) Le Jeune (J. M. R.) Canestrelli (P.) Palladine (L.) Smet (P.J.de). Gendre (—) Le Jeune (J. M. R.) Caruana (J. M.) Durieu (P.) Boas (F.) Durieu (P.) Eells (M.) SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 53 Prayers in Shushwap. See Le Jeune (J. M.R.) Prayers in Shuswap. See Gendre (—). Prayers in Thompson. See Le Jeune (J. M.R.) Prichard (James Cowles). Researches | into the j physical history | of | mankind. | By | James Cowles Prichard, M. D. F. R. S. M. R. I. A. | corresponding member [&c. three lines.] | Third edition. | Vol.I[-V]. | London: J Sherwood, Gilbert, and Piper, | Paternoster row; | and J. and A. Arch, | Comhill. | 1836[-1847]. 5 vols. 8°. The words'' Third edition,'' which are contained on the titles of vols. 1-4 (dated respectively 1836,1837,1841,1844), are not on the title of vol. 5. Vol. 3 was originally issued with a title numbered "Vol. III.—Part I." This title was afterward canceled and a new one (numbered "Vol. III.") substituted in its place. Vol. 1 was reissued with a new title containing the words "Fourth edition" and bearing the imprint "London: | Sherwood, Gilbert, and Piper, | Paternoster row. 11841." (Astor); and again "Fourthedition. | Vol.I. | London: | Houlston and Stoneman, | 65, Paternoster row. 11851." (Congress, Harvard.) According to Sabin's Dictionary (no. 65477, note),vol. 2 also appeared in a "Fourth edition," with the latter imprint. These several issues differ only in the insertion of new titles in the places of the original titles. Brief reference to the Salishan family, its divisions and affinities, vol. 5, pp. 437-438. Copies seen: Bancroft, Boston Athenaeum, Congress, Eames. The earlier editions, London, 1813, 8°, and London, 1826, 2 vols.. 8°, contain no Salishan material. Naturgeschichte des | Menschen- geschlechts | von | James Cowles Prichard, | Med. D. [&c. three lines.] | Nach Prichard (J. C.) —Continued, der [&c. three lines] | von | Dr. Rudolph Wagner, | [&c. one line.] |Erster [-Vierter] Band. | Leipzig, | verlag von Leopold Bosk. | 1840[-1848]. | 4 vols.; vol. 4 in two parts, 12°. A translation of the 5 vol. edition of the Physical History. Discussion of American languages,vol. 4, pp. 311-341,357-363,458. Copies seen: British Museum. Primer: Netlakapamuk See Le Jeune (J. M. R.) Spokan Walker (E.) and Eells(C) Primer . . .in Thompson. See Le Jeune (J. M. R.) Promissiones Domini Christi [Coeur d'Alene] (J.M.) Promissiones Domini Christi [Lilowat and Netlapamuk]. See Le Jeune (J. M. R.) Promissiones Domini Nostri Jesu Christi [Salish]. SeePalladine (L.) Proper names: Okinagan See Ross (A.) Okinagan Stanley (J.M.) Salish Catlin (G.) Shuswap Dawson (G. M.) Songish Macdonald (D. G. F.) Spokan Catlin (G.) Spokan Stanley (J. M.) Puyallup: Geographic names See Coones (S. F.) Geographic names Eells (M.) Grammatic treatise McCaw (S. R.) Sentences McCaw (S. R.) Vocabulary McCaw (S. R.) Vocabulary Salish. Nostri Jesu See Caruana Nostri Jesu Q.R. Queniult. See Kwinaiutl. Relationships: Bilkula Okinagan Okinagan Okinagan Salish Shuswap Skokomish Spokan Spokan See Boas (F.) Boas (F.) Morgan (L. H.) Ross (A.) Oppert (G.{ Boas (F.) Boas (F.) Gibbs (G.) Morgan (L. H.) Report of the governor of Washington territory. See Squire (W.C.) Roehrig (F. L. O.) Comparative vocabulary of the Selish languages. Manuscript, 47 leaves folio, written on one side only. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. The vocabulary, consisting of 180 words, is arranged by English words as headings, equivalents in the following languages being given under each: Selish proper or Flathead, Kalispelm, Spokan, Skoyelpi, Okinaken, Schitsui, Schwapmuth, and Piskwaus. Comparative Vocabulary of the Selish languages. Und series. Ithaca, N. Y. November 15th, 1870. 54 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE •i t Roehrig (F. L. O.) — Continued. Manuscript, 86 leaves, 4°, written on one side only. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. The vocabulary, consisting of 180 words, is arranged by English words as headings, equivalents in the following languages being given under each: Clallam. Lummi, Nooksahk, Nanaimook, Kwantlen, and Tait. Synoptical vocabulary of the Selish languages. Manuscript, 8 unnumbered leaves folio, written on both sides. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. The vocabulary, consisting of 180 words, is arranged in 15 columns as follows: English, Clallam, Lummi, Nooksahk, Nanaimook, Kwantlen, Tait, Toanhooch, Noosolupsh, Skagit, Komookh, Kwinaiutl, Cowlitz, Lilowat, and Belhoola. Ross (Alexander). Adventures | of the first settlers on the | Oregon or Columbia river: | being | a narrative of the expedition fitted out by | John Jacob Astor, | to establish the | " Pacific fur company fJ | with an account of some | Indian tribes on the coast of the Pacific. | By Alexander Ross, | one of the adventurers. | London: | Smith, Elder and co., 65, Cornhill. | 1849. Ross (A.) — Continued. Title verso names of printers 11. preface pp. iii-v, contents pp. vii-xv, errata p. [xvi], text pp. 1-352, map, 12°. Relationships of the Okinackens and personal names, p. 326. Copies seen: Astor, Bancroft, Boston Athenaeum, British Museum, Bureau of Ethnology, Congress, Trumbull. Alexander Ross, author, born in Nairnshire, Scotland, May 9,1783, died in Colony Gardens (now in Winnipeg, Manitoba),Red River Settlement, British North America, October 23,1856. He came to Canada in 1805, taught in Glengarry, TJ. C, and in 1810 joined John Jacob Astor's expendition to Oregon. Until 1824 he was a fur- trader and in the service of the Hudson Bay Company. About 1825 he removed to the Red River settlement and was a member of the council of Assineboia, and was sheriff of the Red River settlement for several years. He was for fifteen years a resident in the territories of the Hudson Bay Company, and has given the result of his observations in the works: Adventures of the First Settlers on the Oregon or Columbia River; being a Narrative of the Expedition fitting out by John Jacob Astor to establish the Pacific Fur Company, with an Account of some Indian Tribes on the Coast of the Pacific (London, 1849); The Fur-Hunters of the Far West, a Narrative of Adventures in the Oregon and Rocky Mountains (2vols. 1855), and The Red River Settlement (1856).—Appleton's Cyclop, of Am. Biog. S. Sabin (Joseph). A j dictionary | of Books relating to America, | from its discovery to the present time. | By Joseph Sabin. | Volume I[-XX]. | [Three lines quotation.] | New-York: | Joseph Sabin, 84 Nassau street. | 1868[-1892]. 20 vols. 8°. Still in course of publication. Parts cxv-cxvi, which begin vol. xx, reach the article "Smith." Now edited by Mr. Wilber- force Eames. Contains titles of a number of books in and relating to the Sali&han languages. Copies seen: Congress, Eames, Geological Survey, Lenox. See Field (T. W.) St. Onge (Rev. Louis Napoleon). See Bulmer (T. S.) "The subject of this sketch, the Rev. Louis N. St. Onge, of St. Alphonse de Liguori parish, was born [in the village of St. Cesaire] a few miles south of Montreal, Canada, April 14,1842. He finished his classical course when yet very young, alter "nli icli lie studied law for two years. St. Onge (L. N.) — Continued. Feeling called to another field, he gave up this career in order to prepare himself to work for God's glory as an Indian missionary in the diocese of Nesqually, Washing ton Territory. "A year and a half before his ordination, Right Rev. A. M. Blanchet, his bishop, ordered him to Vancouver, W. T., where he was occupied as a professor of natural philosophy, astronomy, and other branches in the Holy Angel's College. All his spare time was consecrated to the study of the Indian languages, in which he is to-day one of the most expert, so that he was ready to go on active missionary work as soon as ordained. " The first years of his missionary life were occupied in visiting different tribes of Indians and doing other missionary work in the Territories < • f \V; i s 11 i 11 g t (ii i . 111; 111 o. M < ii i i; 111; i. and other Rocky Mountain districts, among Indians and miners. After suchlabors he was then appointed to take charge of the Yakamas, Klikitats, Win at ch as, Wishrams, Pshwanwapams, Nar- chez, and other Indian tribes inhabiting the central part of Washington Territory. Having no means of support in his new mission, Bishop SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 55 St. Onge (L.N.) — Continued. Blanch et, in his self-sacrificing charity for the Indians of his extensive diocese, furnished him with the necessary outfit; and with a number of willing though unskilled Indians as apprentice carpenters, the young missionary set to work to rebuild the St. Joseph's mission, destroyed in 1856 by a party of vandals called the Oregon Volunteers, who had been sent to fight the Vakamas. "After four years of labor, he and his devoted companion, Mr. J. B. Boulet (now ordained and stationed among the Tulalip Indians) had the satisfaction to see not only a comfortable residence, but also a neat church, erected, and a fine tract of land planted with fruit trees, and in a profitable state of cultivation, where formerly only ruin and desolation reigned. '' His health breaking down entirely, he was forced to leave his present and daily increasing congregation of neophites. Wishing to give him the best medical treatment, Bishop Blanchet sent Father St. Onge to his native land with a leave of absence until his health would be restored. During his-eighteen month s' stay in a hospital he, however, utilized his time by composing and printing two small Indian books, containing rules of grammar, catechism, hymns, and Christian prayers in Yakama and Chinook languages, the former for children, the latter for the use of missionaries on the Pacific coast. 1' By the advice of his physician he then undertook a voyage to Europe, where he spent nearly a year in search of health. Back again to this country, he had charge of a congregation for a couple of years in Vermont; and now he is the pastor of the two French churches of Glens Falls and Sandy Hills, in the diocese of Albany, New York. "Father St. Onge,though a man of uncommon physical appearance, stoutly built and six feet and four inches in height, has not yet entirely recovered his health and strength. The French population of Glens Falls have good cause for feeling very much gratified with the present condition of the affairs of the parish of St. Alphonse de Liguori, and should receive the hearty congratulations of the entire community. Father St. Onge, a man of great erudition, a devoted servant to the church, and possessing a personality whose geniality and courtesy have won him a place in the hearts of his people, has by his faithful application to his parish developed it and brought out all that was to inure to its benefit and further advance its interests."—Glens Falls (N. T.) Republican, March 28, 1889. Father St. Onge remained at Glens Falls until October, 1891, when increasing infirmities compelled him to retire permanently from the min istry. He is now living with his brother, the rector of St. Jean Baptiste church, in Troy, N. Y. Since his retirement he has compiled an EiJglish-Chinook Jargon dictionary of about six thousand words, and this he intends to supple st. Onge (L. N.) — Continued. ment with a corresponding Jargon-English part. He has also begun the preparation of a Yakama dictionary, which he hopes to make much more complete than that of Father Pan- dosy, published in Dr. Shea's Library of American linguistics. I have adopted the spelling of his name as it appears on the title-page of his work "Yakama Alphabet," etc., though the true spelling, and the one he uses now, is Saintonge—that of a French province in which his ancestors lived and from which four or five families came in 1696, all adopting the name. His family name is Payant. Salish. [Vocabularies of some of the Indian tribes of Northwest America.] Manuscript, 2 vols., 82 pages folio. Bought by the Library of Congress at Washington, at the sale of the library of the late Mr. Geo. Brin- ley, the sale catalogue of which says they came from the library of Dr. John Pickering, to whom, probably, they were presented by Mr. Duponceau. They were presented "to Peter S. Duponceau, Esq., with J. K. Townshend's respects. Fort Vancouver, Columbia River, September, 1835." " Specimens [72 words] of a language spoken by the following tribes in Puget Sound, viz: the ISTisqually, Poo-yal-aw-poo, Tough-no- waw-mish, Lo-qua-mish, Skay-wa-mish, and Too-wanne-noo." Salish. Vocabulary of the language of the Salish or the Flathead nation occupying* the sources of the Columbia. Manuscript, in the library of the American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia, Pa. It is a copy made by Mr. Duponceau, and forms no. lxiii of a collection recorded by him in a folio account book, of which it occupies pp. 219-220. It is written four columns to the page, two in English, two in Salishan, and contains about 120 words and the numerals 1-10. Salish: See Canestrelli (P.) Bancroft (H. H.) Bates (H. W.) Beach (W. W.) Berghaus (H.) Boas (F.) Brinton (D. G.) Buschmann (J. C. E.) Dawson (G. M.) Catechism Classification Classification Classification Classification Classification Classification Classification Classification Classification Classification Classification Classification Classification Classification Classification Classification Classification Classification Classification Classification Drake (S.G.) Eells (M.) Gallatin (A.) Gatschet (AS.) Gibbs (G.) Haines (E. M.) Keane (AH.) Latham (R. G.) Platzmann (J.) Powell (J. W.) Prichard (J. C.) Sayce (AH.) 56 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Salish — Continued Classification Classification General discussion General discussion General discussion General discussion General discussion General discussion General discussion General discussion General discussion General discussion General discussion General discussion Geographic names Grammar Grammatic treatise Grammatic treatise Grammatic treatise Grammatic treatise Grammatic treatise Legends Lord's prayer Lord's prayer Lord's prayer Lord's prayer Lord's prayer Lord's prayer Numerals Numerals Numerals Numerals Numerals Numerals Prayers Prayers Proper names Relationships Relationships Sentences Sentences Sentences Text Text Tribal names Tribal names Tribal names Tribal names Tribal names Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Words Schoolcraft (H. R.) Trumbull (J.H.) Anderson (A. C.) Bancroft (H. H.) Beach (W.W.) Berghaus (H.) Buschmann (J. C. E.) Drake (S. G.) Featherman (A.) Gabelentz (H. G. C.) Gallatin (A.) Gatschet (A. S.) Hale (H.) Miiller (F.) Bulmer (T. S.) Mengarini (G.) Bancroft (H. H.) Gallatin (A.) Hale (H.) Petitot (E. F.S.J.) Shea (J. G.) Hoffman (W.J.) Bancroft (H. H.) Bulmer (T. S.) Marietti (P.) Shea (J. G.) Smet (P. J. de). Youth's. Bulmer (T. S.) Eells (M.) Gibbs (G.) Hoffman (W. J.) Mengarini (G.) Salish. Canestrelli (P.) Palladine (L.) Catlin (G.) Morgan (L. H.) Oppert (G.) Hoffman (W.J.) Smet (P.J.de). Whymper (F.) Canestrelli (P.) Palladine (L.) Hoffman (W. J.) Kane (P.) Keane (A.H.) Sullivan (R. G.) Powell (J. W.) Canadian. Cooper (J. G.) Gallatin (A.) Gibbs (G). Henry (A.) Hoffman (W. J.) Howse (J.) Latham (R. G.) Maximilian (A. P.) Powell (J. W.) Roehrig (F. L. 0.) Salish. Smet (P.J.de). Wilkes (C.) Wilson (E. F.) Boas (F.) Salish — Continued Words Words Words Words Words Words Words Words Words Words Words Words Words Words See also Chehalis. Samish: Lord's prayer Prayers Bulmer (T. S.) Daa (L. K.) Gallatin (A.) Gibbs (G.) Hale (H.) Hoffman (W.J.) Latham (R G.) Mengarini (G.) Pott (A. F.) Smet (P.J.de). Squire (W. G.) Swan (J. G.) Treasury. Tylor (E. B.) See Smet (P.J.de). Smet (P. J. de). Sayce (Archibald Henry). Introduction to the | science of language. | By | A. H. Sayce, | deputy professor of comparative philology in the university of Oxford. | In two volumes, j Vol.I[-II]. [ [Design.] | London: | C. Kegan Paul &. co., 1, Paternoster square. | 1880. 2 vols.: half-title verso blank 1 1. title verso quotation and notice 11. preface pp.v-viii, table of contents verso blank 11. text pp. 1-441, colophon verso blank 11.; half-title verso blank 11. title verso quotation and notice 11. table of contents verso blank 11. text pp. 1-852, selected list of works pp. 353-363, index pp. 365-421,12°. A classification of American languages (vol. 2, pp. 57-64) includes the Selish, pp. 57-60. Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, Eames. Introduction to the | science of language. | By | A. H. Sayce, | deputy- professor of comparative philology, Oxford, | Hon. LL. D. Dublin. | In two volumes. | Vol. I[-II]. | [Design.] j Second edition. | London: | Kegan Paul, Trench, & co., 1, Paternoster square. | 1883. 2 vols.: half-title verso blank 1 L title verso quotation and notice 11. table of contents verso blank 11. preface to the second edition pp. v-xv verso blank, preface pp. xvii-xx, text pp. 1-441, colophon verso blank 11.; half-1 i tie verso blank 1 1. title verso quotation and notice 1 1. table of contents verso blank 11. text pp. 1-352, selected list of works pp. 353-363 verso blank, index pp. 365-421,12°. Linguistics as in the first edition, vol. 2, pp. 57-60. Copies seen: Eames. Schomburgk {Sir Robert Herman). Contributions to the Philological Ethnography of South America. By Sir R. H. Schomburgk. k SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 57 Schomburgk (R. H.) — Continued. In Philological Soc. [of London] Proc. vol. 3, pp. 228-237, London, 1848, 8°. Affinity of words in the Guinau with other languages and dialects in America, pp . 236-237, contains, among others, examples in Atnah. These examples may be of the Athapascan stock or of the Salishan. I have had no opportunity recently to examine into the matter. Schoolcraft (Henry Rowe). Historical | and | statistical information, | respecting the | history, condition and prospects | of the | Indian tribes of the United States: | collected and prepared under the direction j of the | bureau of Indian affairs, [ per act of Congress of March 3d, 1847, | by Henry R. Schoolcraft, LL.D. (Illustrated by S. Eastman, capt. U. S. A. | Published by Authority of Congress. | Part I[-VI]. | Philadelphia: | Lippincott, Crambo & company, | (successors to Grigg, Elliot &co.) I 1851 [-1857]. • Engraved title: [Engraving.] | Historical | and | statistical information | respecting the | history, condition and prospects | of the | Indian tribes of the United States: | Collected and prepared under the | direction of the bureau of Indian affairs, per act of Congress | of March 3*' 1847,} by Henry R. Schoolcraft L.L.D. | Illustrated by | S. Eastman, capt. TJ. S. army. | [Coat of arms.] | Published by authority of Congress. | PartI[-VI]. I Philadelphia: | Lippincott, Grambo & co. 6 vols. 4°. Beginning with vol. 2 the words "Historical and statistical" are left off the title-pages, both engraved and printed. Subsequently (1853) vol. 1 was also issued with the abridged title beginning "Information respecting the history, condition, and prospects of the Indian tribes," making it uniform with the other parts. Two editions with these title-pages were published by the same house, one on thinner and somewhat smaller paper, of which but vols. 1-5 were issued. Part I, 1851. Half-title (Ethnological researches, | respecting | the red man of America) verso blank 1 1. engraved title as above verso blank 11. printed title as above verso blank 11. introductory documents pp. iii-vi, preface pp. vii-x, list of plates pp. xi-xii, contents pp. xiii- xviii, text pp. 13-524, appendix pp. 525-568, plates, colored lithographs and maps numbered 1-76. Part ii, 1852. Half-title (as in part I) verso blank 11. engraved title (Information respecting the history, condition and prospects, etc.) verso blank 11. printed title (Information respecting the history, condition and prospects, etc.) verso printers 11. dedication verso blankl 1. introductory document pp.vii-xiv, contents pp. xv-xxii, list of plates pp. xxiii-xxiv, text pp. 17-608, Schoolcraft (H. R.) — Continued. plates and maps numbered 1-29, 31-78, and 2 plates exhibiting the Cherokee alphabet and its application. Part in, 1853. Half-title (as in part I) verso blank 11. engraved title (as in part u) ver s o blank 11. printed title (as in part n) verso printer 11. third report pp. v-viii, list of divisions p. ix, contents pp. xi-xv, list of plates pp. xvii-xviii, text pp. 19-635, plates and maps numbered 1-21,25-45. Part IV, 1854. Half-title (as in part I) verso blank 11. engraved title (as in partn) verso blank 1 1. printed title (as in part n) verso blank 1 1. dedication pp. v-vi, fourth report pp. vii-x, list of divisions p. xi, contents pp. xiii-xxiii, list of plates pp. xxv-xxvi, text pp. 19-668, plates and maps numbered 1-42. Part v, 1855. Half-title (as in part I) verso blank 11. engraved title (as in part II) verso blank 1 1. printed title (as in part n) verso blank 11. dedication pp. vii-viii, fifth reportpp. ix-xii, list of divisions p, xiii, synopsis of general contents of vols, i-v pp. xv-xvi, contents pp. xvii-xxii, list of plates pp. xxiii-xxiv, text pp. 25-625, appendix pp. 627-712, plates and maps numbered 1-8,10-36. Part vi, 1857. Half-title (General history | of the | North American Indians) verso blank 11. portrait 11. printed title (History [ of the | Indian tribes of the United States: | their | present condition and prospects, | and a sketch of their | ancient status. | Published by order of Congress, | under the direction of the department of the interior—Indian bureau. |By | Henry Rowe Schoolcraft, LL. D. | Member [&c. six lines.] | With Illustrations by Eminent Artists, j In one volume. | Part VI. of the series. | Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott & co. | 1857.) verso blank 11. inscription verso blank 11. letter to the Presi- den t pp. vii-viii, report pp. ix-x, preface pp. xi- xvi, contents pp. xvii-xxvi, list of plates, pp. xxvii-xxviii, text pp. 25-744, index pp. 745-756, fifty-seven plates, partly selected from the other volumes, and three tables. Gallatin (A.), Table of generic Indian families of languages, vol. 3, pp. 397-402. Copies seen: Astor, Bancroft, Boston Athenaeum, British Museum, Congress, Eames, National Museum, Powell, Shea, Trumbull. At the Fischer sale, no. 1581, Quaritch bought a copy for U. 10s. The Field copy, no. 2075, sold for $72; the Menzies copy, no. 1765, for$132; the Squier copies, no. 1214, $120; no. 2032, $60; the Ramirez copy, no. 773 (5 vols.), 51.5s.; the Pinart copy, no. 828 (5 vols, in 4), 208 fr.; the Murphy copy, no. 2228, $69. Priced by Quaritch, no. 30017, 10Z. 10s.; by Clarke & co. 1886, $65 j by Quaritch, in 1888,15Z. Reissued with title-pages as follows: — Archives j of {Aboriginal Knowledge. | Containing all the | Original Papers laid before Congress | respecting the J History, Antiquities, Language, Ethnology, Pictography, | Rites, Supersti- 58 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THEIs Schoolcraft (H. R.) —Continued, tions, and Mythology, | of the | Indian Tribes of the United States | by | Henry R. Schoolcraft, LL. D. | With Illustrations. | Onaendun ih ieu muzzinyegun un.—Algonquin. | In six volumes. | Volume I [-VI]. | Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott & Co. | 1860. Engraved title: Information | respecting the | History, Condition and Prospects | of the | Indian Tribes of the United States: | Collected and prepared under the | Bureau of Indian Affairs j By Henry R. Schoolcraft L. L. D. | Mem: Royal Geo. Society, London. Royal Antiquarian Society. Copenhagen. Ethnological Society, Paris, &c. &c. | Illustrated by | Cap.* S. Eastman,U. S.A. and other eminent artists. | [Vignette.] | Published by authority of Congress. | Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott & Co. 6 vols, maps and plates, 4°. This edition agrees in the text page for page with the original titled above, and contains in addition an index to each volume. Copies seen.* Congress. Partially reprinted with title as follows: [" ] The j Indian tribes] of the| United States: | their [history, antiquities, customs, religion, arts, language, | traditions, oral legends, and myths. | Edited by ] Francis S. Drake. | Hlustrated with one hundred fine engravings on steel. | In two volumes. | Vol. I[-II]. | Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott & co. | London: 16 Southampton street, Co vent Garden. | 1884. 2 vols.: portrait 1 1. title verso copyright notice 11. preface pp. 3-5, contents pp. 7-8, list of plates pp. 9-10, introduction pp. 11-24, text pp. 25-458; frontispiece 1 1. title verso copyright notice 1 1. contents pp. 3-6, list of plates p. 7, text pp. 9-445, index pp. 447-455, plates, 4°. "In the following pages the attempt has been made to place before the public in a convenient and accessible form the results of the life-long labors in the field of aboriginal research of the late Henry R. Schoolcraft." Chapter ii, Language, literature, and pictography, vol. 1. pp. 47-63, contains general remarks on the Indian languages. Copies seen: Congress. Priced by Clarke & co. 1886, no. 6376, $25. Henry Rowe Schoolcraft, ethnologist, born in [Watervliet] Albany County, N. V., March 28, 1793, died in Washington, D. C, December 10, 1864. Was educated at Middlebury College, Vermont, and at Union, where he pursued the studies of chemistry and mineralogy. Inl817-'18 he traveled in Missouri and Arkansas, and returned with a large collection of geological and mineralogical specimens. In 1820 he was appointed geologist to Gen. Lewis Cass's explor- Schoolcraft (H. R.) — Continued. ing expedition to Lake Superior and the headwaters of Mississippi River. He was secretary of a commission to treat with the Indians at Chicago, and, after a journey through Illinois and along Wabash and Miami rivers, was in 1822 appointed Indian agent for the tribes of the lake region, establishing himself at Sault Sainte Marie, and afterward at Mackinaw, where, in 1823, he married Jane Johnston, granddaughter of Waboojeeg, a noted Ojibway chief, who had received her education in Europe. In 1828 he founded the Michigan historical society and in 1831 the Algic society. From 1828 till 1832 he was a member of the territorial legislature of Michigan. In 1832 he led a government expedition, which followed the Mississippi River up to its source in Itasca Lake. In 1836 he negotiated a treaty with the Indians on the upper lakes for the cession to the United States of 16,000,000 acres of their lands. He was then appointed acting superintendent of Indian affairs, and in 1839 chief disbursing agent for the northern department. On his return from Europe in 1842 he made a tour through western Virginia, Ohio, and Canada. He was appointed by the New York legislature in 1845 a commissioner to take the census of the Indians in the State and collect information concerning the Six Nations. After the performance of this task, Congress authorized him, on March 3,1847, to obtain through the Indian bureau reports relating to all the Indian tribes of the country ' and to collate and edit the information. In this work he spent the remaining years of his life. Through his influence many laws were enacted for the protection and benefit of the Indians. Numerous scientific societies in the United States and Europe elected him to membership, and the University of Geneva gave him the degree of LL.D. in 1846. He was the author of numerous poems, lectures, and reports on Indian subjects, besides thirty-one larger works. Two of his lectures before the Algic society at Detroit on the "Grammatical Construction of the Indian Languages" were translated into French by Peter S. Duponceau and gained for their author a gold medal from the French institute. ... To the five volumes of Indian researches compiled under the direction of the war department he added a sixth, containing the post-Columbian history of the Indians and of their relations with Europeans (Philadelphia, 1857). He had collected material for two additional volumes, but the government suddenly suspended the publication of the work.—Appleton's Cyclop, of Am.Biog. Schwapmuth. See Shiwapmuk. Schwoyelpi. See Skoyelpi. Scouler {Dr. John). Observations on the indigenous tribes of the N. W. coast of America. By John Scouler, M. 'D., F. L. S., &c. In Royal Geog. Soc. of London, Jour. vol. 11, pp. 215-251, London, 1841,8°. (Geological Survey.) —*. SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 69 Scouler (J.) — Continued. Vocabulary of the Billechoola, Salmon River, lat, 53° 30' N. (numerals 1-1000 and 150 words and phrases), pp. 230-235.—Vocabulary of the Okanagan spoken on Eraser's River (numerals 1-100 and 105 words and phrases), pp. 236-241.—Vocabularies of the Kawitchen, spoken at the entrance of Trading River, opposite Vancouver's Island, Noosdalum of Hood's Canal, and Squallyamish of Puget's Sound (numerals 1-100 and 150 words and phrases), pp. 242-247. The vocabularies were furnished by Dr. W. F. Tolmie. Dr. Scouler's comments upon them are scattered through pp. 218-229. Sentences: Bilkula Chehalis Kawichen Kawichen Klallam Okinagan Okinagan Puyallup Salish Salish Salish Skoyelpi Snohomish Tilamuk See Scouler (J.) Swan (J. G-.) Scouler (J.) Tolmie (W.F.) Scouler (J.) Scouler (J.) Tolmie (W. F.) McCaw (S. R.) Hoffman (W.J.) Smet (P.J.de). Whymper (F.) Chamberlain (A.F.) Youth's. Lee (D.) and Frost (J. H.) Shea (John Gilmary). History | of the | Catholic missions | among the | Indian tribes of the United States, | 1529- 1854. | By John Gilmary Shea, j author [&c. three lines.] | [Design.] | New York: j Edward Dunigan & brother, 1151 Fulton-street, near Broadway. | 1855. Engraved title: Catholic missions | among the Indian tribes | of the United States, | [engraving with the words "Catharine Tehgak- wita"] | by John G. Shea. | New York: | E. Dunigan & brother, 151 Fulton st. Portrait of John Bapst 1 1. engraved title as above verso blank 1 1. printed title as above verso copyright notice (1854) 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. contents pp. 5-13, preface pp. 15-17, text pp. 19-495, appendix pp. 497-506, index pp. 507-514, fac-similes pp. i-iv, four other portraits (Peyri,Brebeuf, Jogues, De Smet),12°. The Lord's prayer in Flathead and Pends d'Oreilles (from De Smet), footnote, p. 468. Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Congress, Eames, Trumbull. At the Field sale a copy, no. 2112*, sold for $2.25; at the Murphy sale, no. 2264, for $3.25. History | of the 1 Catholic missions [ among the j Indian tribes of the United States, | 1529-1854. | By John Gilmary Shea, | author [&c. three lines.] | [Design.] | Shea (J. G.) — Continued. New York: | Edward Dunigan and brother, | (James B. Kirker.) | 151 Fnl- v ton street, near Broadway. | 1857. Engraved title: Catholic missions | among the Indian tribes | of the United States, | [engraving with the words "Catharine Teh- gakwita"] | by John G. Shea. | New York: | E. Dunigan & brother, 151 Fulton st. Portrait of Anthony Peyri 11. engraved title as above verso blank 11. printed title as above verso copyright notice (1854) 1 1. dedication verso blank 11. contents pp. 5-13, preface pp. 15- 17, text pp. 19-495, fac-similes pp. i-iv, appendix pp. 497-506, index pp. 507-514, two other portraits (Brebeuf, Jogues), 12°. Linguistic contents as under title next above. Copies seen: Eames. Geschichte | der | katholischen Mis- sionen | unter den | Indianer-Stammen der Vereinigten Staaten. | 1529-1860. | Von | John Gilmary Shea, | Verfasser [&c. two lines.] | Aus dem Englischen iibersetzt | von | J. Roth. | Sr. Heilig- keit Papst Pius IX gewidmet. | Mit 6 Stahlstichen. | Wiirzburg. | Verlag von C. Etlinger. [1858.] (*) Pp. 1-668,12°. Title from the author. History | of the | Catholic missions | among the | Indian tribes of the United States, | 1529-1854. | By John Gilmary Shea, j author of [&c. three lines.] } [Design.] | New York: | T.W. Strong, | Late Edward Dunigan &, brother, (Catholic publishing house, | 599 Broadway. [1870.] Engraved title: Catholic missions | among the Indian tribes | of the United States, | [engraving with the words "Catherine Teh- gakwita"] | by John G. Shea. | New York: \ E. Dunigan & brother, 599 Broadway, [n. d.] Frontispiece, engraved title verso blank 1 1. printed title as above verso copyright notice 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. contents pp. 5-13, preface pp. 15-17, text pp. 19-495, appendix pp. 497-506, index pp. 507-514,8°. Linguistic contents as under titles above. Copies seen: Congress, Powell. Priced by Clarke and co. 1886, no. 6620, $2. History | of the | Catholic missions | among the | Indian tribes of the United States, | 1529-1854. | By John Gilmary Shea, | author[&c. three lines.] | [Design.] | New York: | P. J. Kenedy, | Excelsior Catholic publishing house, j 5 Barclay Street, [n. d.] i I FY 60 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE \w Shea (J. G.) — Continued. Engraved title: Catholic missions | among the Indian tribes | of the United States, | [engraving with the words " Catherine Teh- gakwita"] | by John G. Shea. | New York: | E. Dunigan & brother, 599 Broadway, [n. d.] Engraved title verso blank 1 i. printed title verso copyright notice (1854) 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. contents pp. 5-13, preface pp. 15-17, text pp. 19-495, appendix pp. 497-506, index pp. 507-514,8°. Linguistic contents as under titles above. Copies seen: Pilling. — Languages of the American Indians. In American Cyclopaedia, vol. 1, pp. 407-414, New York, 1873,8°. Contains grammatic examples of a number of American languages, among them the Selish or Flathead. John Dawson Gilmary Shea, author, born in New York City July 22,1824; [died in Elizabeth, N. J., 1891]. He was educated at the grammar school of Columbia College, of which his father was principal, studied law, and was admitted to the bar, but has devoted himself chiefly to literature. He edited the Historical Magazine from 1859 till 1865, was one of the founders and first president of the United States Catholic Historical Society, is a member or corresponding member of the principal historical societies in this country and Canada, and corresponding member of the Royal Academy of History, Madrid, He has received the degree of LL. D. from St. Francis Xavier College, New York, and St. John's College, Ford- ham. His writings include The Discovery and Exploration of the Mississippi Valley (New York, 1853); History of the Catholic Missions Among the Indian Tribes of the United States (1854; German translation, Wiirzburg, 1856); The Fallen Brave (1861); Early Voyages up and down the Mississippi (Albany, 1862); Novum Belgium, an Account of the New Netherlands in 1643-'44 (New York, 1862); The Operations of the French Fleet under Count de Grasse (1864); The Lincoln Memorial (1865); Translations of Charlevoix's History and General Description of New France (6 vol., 1866-1872); Hennepin's Description of Louisiana (1880); LeClercqs Establishment of the Faith (1881), and Penalosa's Expedition (1882); Catholic Church in Colonial Days (1886); Catholic Hierarchy of the United States (1886); and Life and Times of Archbishop Carroll (1888). He also translated De Courcey's Catholic Church in the United States (1856) and edited the Cramoisy series of narratives and documents bearing on the early history of the French-American colonies (26 vols., 1857-1868); Washington's Private Diary (1861); Cadwallader Colden's History of the Five Indian Nations, edition of 1727 (1866); Alsop's Maryland (1869); a series of grammars [and dictionaries of the Indian languages (15 ^vols., 1860-1874), and Life of PiusIX (1875). He Shea (J. G.) — Continued. has also published Bibliography of American Catholic Bibles and Testaments (1859), corrected several of the very erroneous Catholic Bibles, and revised by the Vulgate Challoner's original Bible of 1750 (1871), and has issued several prayer-books, school histories, Bible dictionaries, and translations.—Appleton's Cyclop, of Am. Biog. Shiwapmuk: Numerals See Eells (M.) Vocabulary Gibbs (G.) Vocabulary Powell (J. W.) Vocabulary Roehrig (F. L. O.) I Shooswap. See Shuswap. Shorthand primer . . See Le Jeune (J. M. R.) Shuswap: General discussion See Dawson (G. M.) Thompson. General discussion Geographic names Grammatic treatise Grammatic treatise Grammatic treatise Numerals Numerals Prayers Prayers Proper names Relationships Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Words Sicatl: Vocabulary Words Silets: Legend Vocabulary Skagit: Numerals Vocabulary Vocabulary Hale (H.) Dawson (G. M.) Boas (F.) Gallatin (A.) Hale (H.) Dawson (G.M.) Eells (M.) Gendre (—) Le Jeune (J. M. R.) Dawson (G. M.) Boas (F.) Boas (F.) Dawson (G. M.) Gibbs (G.) Hale (H.) Howse (J.) Pinart (A. L.) Powell (J. W.) Tolmie (W. F.) Boas (F.) See Boas (F.) Boas (F.) See Boas (F.) Boas (F.) See Eells (M.) Craig (R O.) Roehrig (F. L. O.) Skitsamish. See Skitsuish. Skitsuish: General discussion See Hale (H.) Numerals Prayers Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Words Words Eells (M.) Caruana (J. M.) Gallatin (A.) Hale (H.) Mengarini (G.) Pinart (A.L.) Powell (J. W.) Roehrig <F. L. O. Smet (P.J.de). Bancroft (H. H.) Pott (A. F.) \ SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 61 See Chamberlain (A. F.) Eells (M.) Chamberlain (A.F.) Chamberlain (A. F.) Gibbs (G.) Hale (H.) Mengarini (G.) Powell (J. W.) Roehrig (F. L. O.) Skokomish: Geographic names See Eells (M.) Numerals Eells (M.) Relationships Boas (F.) Vocabulary Boas (F.) Vocabulary Salish. Words Boas (F.) Skoyelpi: Numerals Numerals Sentences Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Skwaksin: Geographic names See Coones (S. F.) Geographic names Eells (M.) Grammatic treatise Eells (M.) Hymns . Eells (M.) Skwale. See Niskwalli. Skwallyamish. See Niskwalli. Skwamish: Prayers See Durieu (P.) Vocabulary. Salish. Skwaxon. See Skwaksin. Smalley (Eugene Virgil). The Kalispel country. In the Century Illustrated Magazine, vol. 29, pp. 447-455, New York and London, 1885, 8°. (Pilling.) General remarks on the Kalispel language, character of vowel sounds, and letters lacking in the language, pp. 454-455.—Lord's prayer in Kalispel (from Van Gorp), p. 455. Eugene Virgil Smalley, journalist, born in Randolph, Portage County, Ohio, July 18,1841. He was educated in the public schools of Ohio and New York, and passed one year in New York central college at McGrawville. He enlisted at the beginning of the civil war in the Seventh Ohio Infantry and frequently sent letters about different engagements to the newspapers, for which descriptions he had shown a predilection before entering the field. He served until nearly the close of the struggle, when he was discharged on account of wounds, and as soon as he was able went to Washington, D. C, where, in 1865, he was appointed clerk of the military committee of the House of Representatives. He retained the post until 1873. In 1882 he entered the employment of the Northern Pacific Railroad and in 1884 established the "Northwest," an illustrated maga- zine, in St. Paul, Minn., of which he is still (1888) the editor and publisher.—Appleton's Cyclop, of Am. Biog. 3met {Rev. Peter John de). Letters and sketches | with | a narrative of a year's residence | among j the Indian tribes | of | The Rocky Mountains. | By | P. J. De Smet, S.J. { Smet (P. J.) — Continued. Philadelphia: j published by M. Fithian, 61 n. Second street. | 1843. Frontispiece recto blank 11. title verso blank 1 1. preface pp. v-ix, half-title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 13-252,12°. A few Flathead words and phrases, p. 190. Copies seen: Boston Athenaeum, Eames, Georgetown, Harvard. Voyages | aux | montagnes Rocheu- ses, | et | une annexe de sejour | chez les tribus indiennes | du vaste territoire de F Oregon, j dependant j des Etats-Unis d'Amerique, [ par le R. P. Pierre de Smet, j missionnaire de la compagnie de J6sus. | [Vignette.] | Malines. | P. J. Hanicq, imprimeur du saint sie'ge, de la sacre'e congregation | de la propagande et de Parche- veche' de Malines.—1844. Cover title nearly as above, half-title verso blank 1 1. portrait of the author 1 1. title as above verso imprimatur 1 1. "avis" and "preface de l'edition am6ricaine" pp.iii-vi, plate (" vue de S4. Louis du Missouri ") 11. text pp. 1-304, eighteen other plates, folded map, 12°. Prieres en langue Tete-Plate et Ponderas, containing the sign of the cross, the Pater noster, the Ave Maria, and the Credo, with interlinear French translation, pp. 80-82. This is the first French edition of Letters and Sketches. It contains details not in the Philadelphia edition. Copies seen: Eames. Sabin's Dictionary mentions a Dutch translation: Reis naar bet Rotsgebergte, Deventer, bij J. W. Robijns en Comp. [1844?] 12°. Voyages | aux | montagnes Rocheu- ses, j chez les tribus indiennes du vaste territoire de FOre'gon, | dependant des Etats-Unis d'Anierique, | Par le R. P. de Smet. | [Ornament.] | Lille. |L. Lefort, imprinieur-libraire, | rue Esquermoise, 55. | 1845. Cover title: Voyages | aux | montagnes Rocheuses. | Lille. | L. Lefort, imp. libraire, | rue Esquermoise, 55. Cover title, half-title verso blank 11. frontispiece 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. avis sur cette edition pp. vii-viii, pr6face de l'edition ameri- caine pp. ix-xii, text pp. 9-268, list of publications 2 11. list on back cover, 12°. Prieres en langue Tete-Plate ot Ponderas, as in the preceding edition, pp. 265-268. Copies seen: Eames. Sabin's Dictionary mentions editions of Lille, 1846, and Quatrieme edition, Lille: L. Lefort, 1858; also an Italian translation, Palermo, 1847. Voyages | aux | montagnes Rocheuses | chez les tribus indiennes du vaste li HSH 62 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Smet (P.J.) — Continued, territoire de F Oregon, | dependant des Etats-Unis d'Anie'rique. | ParleR. P. de Smet. | Quatrieme Edition. | Lille. ] L. Lefort, imprimeur-libraire, |MDCCCLIX[1859]. Pp.i-vi,7-240,12°. Prieres (Pater, Ave, Credo) en langue Tete- Plate et Ponderas. Copies seen: Bancroft. A German translation as follows: Reisen | zu | den Felsen-Gebirgen | und | ein Jahr | unter den | wilden Indianer-Stammen des Oregon-Gebietes | von | P. J. de Smet, S. J. | Aus dem Franzosischen iibersetzt von i L. Hinssen, Pries ter. | St. Louis, Mo. | Druck und Verlag von Franz Saler. | 1865. Title verso blank 11. Vorwort pp. iii-iv, text pp. 1-220,12°. Lord's prayer, Ave, and Credo in the language of the Flathead and Ponderas, with interlinear German translation, pp. 64-65. Copies seen: Congress, Eames. Voyages | aux | montagnes Rocheu- ses | et sejour chez les | tribus indiennes de F Oregon | (fitats-Unis) | par | leR. P. de Smet | delaCompagnie de J6sus | Nouvelle Edition | revue et considerablement augment6e | Bruxelles | Victor Devaux etCie | 26, rue Saint-Jean, 26 | Paris | H. Repos et Cie, editeurs | 70, rue Bonaparte, 70 | 1873 Cover title as above, half-title verso licence etc. 11. portrait of the author 11. title as above verso blank 1 1. preface pp. v-xii, itineraire abrege pp. xiii-xxxv, plate of St. Louis 11. text pp. 1-405, table des matieres pp. 407-408, folded map, printed notice on back cover, 12°. Pater, Ave, et Credo en langue T§te Plate et Ponderas, with interlinear French translation, pp. 97-99. Copies seen: British Museum, Eames. Sabin's Dictionary mentions an edition, Lille, 1875. Voyages | aux | montagnes Rocheu- ses | Chez les tribus indiennes du vaste territoire de FOregon | dependant des Etats-Unis d'Aroerique. | Par de Smet | Huitieme Edition | [Design with monogram J. L.] Librairie de J. Lefort | imprimeur dditeur | Lille | rue Charles de Muys- I sart, 24 | Paris | rue des Saints-Peres, 30 | Propriety et droit de traduction reserves. [1887.] Colophon: Lille. Typ. I. Lefort. 1887. Smet (P. J.) — Continued. Cover title: Le R. P. de Smet | Voyages J aux | montagnes | Rocheuses | chez les tribus indiennes du vaste territoire de l'Oregon dependant | des Etats-Unis d'Am6rique. | Librairie de J. Lefort, 6diteur | a Lille | rue Charles de Muyssart, 24 | a Paris | rue des Saints-Peres, 30 Cover title, half-title veiso frontispiece 1 1. title verso blank 11. preface de l'edition amer- icaine pp. v-vi, text pp. 7-237, table and colophon verso blank 1 1. list of publications on back cover, 8°. Prieres en langue Tete-Plate et Ponderas, with interlinear French translation, as in the previous editions, pp. 235-237. Copies seen: Eames. There is another issue of this same edition, with a new cover title as follows: Le R. P. de Smet | Voyages | aux | montagnes | Rocheuses | chez les tribus indiennes du vaste territoire de l'Or6gon | dependant des Etats-Unis d'Ainerique. | Librairie de J. Lefort | imprimeur editeur | Lille | rue Charles de Muyssart, 24 | Pari3 | rue; des Saints-Peres, 30. [1887.] Copies seen: Eames. Oregon missions and | Travels j over the Rocky mountains, | in 1845-46. | By | father P. J. de Smet, | Of the Society of Jesus. | New-York: ; published by Edward Dunigan, 1151, Fulton-street. 1 M DCCC XLVII[1847]. Engraved title: Oregon missions | and Travels over the | Rocky mountains, | in 1845-46. | [Vignette of "Mary Quille in the battle against the Crows."] | by Father P. J. De Smet. | of the Society of Jesus. | New York, | Published by Edward Dunigan | 1847. Half-title (Oregon missions.)verso blank 11. portrait of Flathead chief recto blank 1 1. engraved title verso blank 1 1. title verso copyright notice (1847) 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. preface pp. xi-xii, map, text pp. 13-408, Lord's prayer, etc., in several Indian languages, 2 11. twelve other plates, 16°. Sign oi the cross and the Lord's prayer in the Flathead and Pend d'Oreille language, with interlinear English translation, p. [409. r Vocabulary (23 words) of the Flathead, p. [412.] Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenaeum, British Museum, Congress, Eames, Georgetown, Harvard, Pilling. At the Field sale, a copy, no. 2159, brought$3; at the Brinley sale, no. 5612, $3.75; at the Murphy sale, no. 785, $5.50. Missions de FOregon | et Voyages | aux montagnes Rocheuses j aux sources I de la Colombie, de FAthabasca et du Sascatshawin, j en 1845-46. [Pictureof " Marie Quillax dans la bataille contre r SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 63 Smet (P. J.) — Continued, les Corbeaux," etc.] | Par le pere P. J. de Smet, | de la Soci6te* de Je"sus. | Gand, | impr. &. lith. de Ve. Vander Schelden, | e"diteur. [1848.] Cover title: Missions | del'Oregon | et | voy- ages | auxmontagnes-Rocheuses, | aux sources de | la Colombie, de 1'Athabasca | et du Sascat- shawin; | pendant l'annee 1845-46. | Par le pere P.-J. de Smet, | de la Compagnie de Jesus. | Ouvrage orn6 de 16 gravures et de 3 cartes. | II se vend au profit de la mission. | Gand, | chez V.e Vander Schelden, | Im- primeur-Editeur. Cover title portrait of a Flathead chief 1 1. engraved title verso blank 1 1. license to print (dated 20 feb. 1848) verso 2 lines of text 1 1. dedication (dated Gand, 20 fevrier 1848) pp. i- ii, preface de l'editeur pp. iii-ix, map, notice sur le territoire de 1'Oregon pp. 9-39, half-title (Missions de l'Oregon | et | voyages | aux montagnes-Rocheuses | aux sources de | la Colombie, de l'Athabasca et du Sascatshawin, | en 1845-46. | Par le Pere P.-J. de Smet, de la Comp.de Jesus.) verso blank 1 1. text pp. 41- 350, notre pere etc. in several Indian languages pp. 351-359, origine des Americains pp. 360-378, table pp. 379-380, notice on back cover, two other maps and fourteen other plates, 16°. The date of publication, 1848, is printed on the back of the volume. The notice on the back cover reads: "Sous presse chez le meme: Le meme ouvrage en flamand. avec gravures et cartes." Le signe de la croix et Notre pere en langue Tete-Plate et Pend d'Oreille, with interlinear French translation, p. 331. — Vocabulary (11 words) of the Tete-Plate and of the Checalish, p. 338. Copies seen: Bancroft, Congress, Eames, Georgetown. This translation was probably made under the supervision of the author. It contains some additional matter and notes, three important maps, and new plates, which differ in style from those in the New York edition of 1847. The following is a different version: — Missions | de FOregon | et voyages | dans les montagnes Rocheuses | en 1845 et 1846, | par le pere P. J. de Smet, | de la Soci^te" de Je"sus. | Ouvrage tra- duit de Fanglais, | Par M. Bourlez. | [Ornament.] | Paris | librairie de Poussielgue-Ru- sand, | rue du Petit-Bourbon Saint-Sul- pice, 3. | A Lyon, chez J.B. Pelagaud et Cie. | 1848 Engraved title: Missions de l'Oregon. | Et voyages aux | montagnes Rocheuses | en 1845 & 46. | [Vignette of " Marie Plume dans la ba- taille contre les Corbeaux "] | Par | le pere P. J. de Smet. | de la Societ6 de | Jesus. Cover title: Missions | de l'Oregon | et voyages | dans les montagnes Rocheuses | en 1845 Smet (P. J.) — Continued. et 1846, | par le pere P. J. de Smet, | de la Soci6t6 de Jesus. | Ouvrage traduit de l'anglais, | Par M. Bourlez. | [Ornament.] < Paris, | librairie de Poussielgue-Rusand, | rue du Petit-Bourbon Saint Sulpice, 3; | a Lyon, chez J. B. Pelagaud et Cie. 11848 Covertitle, half-title (Missions | de l'Oregon.) verso name of printer 11. portrait of Flathead chief recto blank 11. engraved title verso blank 1 1. title verso blank 11. preTacepp. i-ii, text pp. 7- 366, notre pere etc. in several Indian languages pp. 367-375, origine des Americains pp. 376-398, postface pp. 399-406, table pp. 407-408, twelve other plates, list of publications on back cover, 12°. Le signe de la croix et Notre pere en langue Tete-Plate et Pend d'Oreille, with interlinear French translation, p. 367.—Vocabulary (11 words) of the Tete-Plate, and of the Checalish. p. 374. The greater part of this translation was made from the New York edition. The latter part of the volume, however, follows the other version published at Ghent in the same year, from which the supplementary matter is evidently taken. The illustrations are identical with those in the original American edition, the only change being in the inscriptions. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Georgetown. At the Field sale, no. 2158, a copy brought $3.25. Missien van den Oregon j en Reizen [ naer de Rotsbergen | en de bronnen | der Colombia, der Athabasca en Sascatshawin, | in 1845-46. | [Picture of "Maria Quillac in den stryd tegen de Corbeaux," etc.] | Door den pater P. J. de Smet, | Van de Societeit van Jesus, | uit het fransch | door een klooster- ling van Latrappe. | Gent, | Boek- en Steendrukkery van Wwe. Vander Schelden, | Onderstraet, N° 37. | 1849. Cover title: Missien j van den | Oregon | en | Reizen naar de Rotsbergen, | door | pater P.-J. deSmet, | van de societeit van Jesus. | Versierd met 16 platen en 3 kaarten. | [Ornament.l | Gent, | huis heiligen Joseph, | boekdrukkerij van H. Vander Schelden, | Onderstraat, 26. Cover title, portrait of a Flathead chief 1 1. engraved title verso blank 1 1. license to print (dated 11 Oct. 1848) verso 2 lines of text 11. dedication (dated Gent, den 20 february 1848) pp. vii-viii, vorrede van den uitgever pp. ix-xv, map, verslag over het grondgebied van den Oregon pp. 17-49, half-title verso blank 11. text pp. 53-382, het onze vader etc. in several Indian languages pp. 383-391, oorsprong der Ameri- kanen pp. 392-411, inhoud pp. 413-423, list of publications on back cover, two other maps and fourteen other plates, 16°. . Het onze vader (and Het teeken des kruises) in de tael Tdte-Plate en Pend d'Oreille, with \d ; , 64 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE It' Smet (P. J.) —Continued. interlinear Dutch translation, p. 383.—Vocabulary (11 words) of the Tete-Plate, and of the Checalish, p. 390. Copies seen: Eames. The French version, "Troiseme edition," Bruxelles et Paris, 1874 (Eames), does not contain the above-mentioned linguistics. New Indian sketches, j By | rev. P. J. de Smet, S. J. | New York: | D. & J. Sadlier & co., 31 Barclay-st. | Boston—128 Federal- street. |Montreal—cor. Notre-dame and St. Francis Xavier sts. | 1863. Frontispiece 11. title verso blank 11. preface pp. 5-6, contents pp. 7-8, text pp. 9-175, plate opposite p. 54,16°. "The short Indian catechism in use among the Flatheads, Kalispels, Pend d'Oreilles, and other Rocky Mountain Indians," alternate pages Indian and English, pp. 148-175. Copies seen: Eames, Georgetown. A later edition with title-page as follows: New Indian sketches. | By | rev. P. J. de Smet, S. J. | New York: | D. & J. Sadlier & co., 31 -Barclay-st. [ Boston —128 Federal- street. | Montreal—cor. Notre-dame and St. Francis Xavier sts. | 1865. Frontispiece 11. title verso blank 11. preface pp. 5-6, contents pp. 7-8, text pp. 9-175,16°. Linguistic contents as under title next above. Copies seen: Boston Athenaeum, Eames, Pilling. Sabin's Dictionary mentions an edition of [1877]. A later edition with title-page as follows: New Indian sketches. | By | rev. P. J. de Smet, S. J. | New York: j D. & J. Sadlier & co., 31 Barclay-st. | Montreal—cor. Notre- dame and St. Francis Xavier sts. [1885.] Cover title: Sadliers' Household Library. | No. 91. Price 15 cts. \ New Indian Sketches. | By rev. P. J. de Smet, S. J. | Complete and unabridged edition. | New York: | D. & J. Sadlier & co., 31 Barclay st. | Montreal: 275 Notre dame street. [1885.] Cover title, title verso copyright (1885) 1 1. preface pp. 5-6, contents pp. 7-8, text pp. 9-175, 16°. Linguistic contents as under title next above. Copies seen: Brinton, British Museum, Congress, Eames, Georgetown, Pilling. Lettres \ clioisies j du reverend pere | Pierre-Jean de Smet | de la Compagnie de Jesus | missionnaire aux fitats-Unis d;Am6rique | 1855-1861 | Troisieme Edition | soigneusement revue et corrigee d'apres les manuscrits | de Fauteur | et augmented de nombreuses notes I Smet (P. J.) —Continued. Bruxelles || F. Haenen, libraire-e"di- teur | 8, rue des Paroissiens, 8 | Paris | H. Repos et Cie, e'diteurs | 70 Rue Bonaparte, 70 j 1876 Cover title as above, half-title (Lettres \ choises | du reverend pere | Pierre-Jean de Smet) verso approbation 11. title as above verso names of printers 1 1. preface pp. v-x, text pp. 1-414, table des matierespp. 415-416, list on back cover, 12°. Names of animals in the Coeur d'Alene language, about a dozen words, with definitions in French, foot-note on p. 397. Copies seen: Eames. The first series of these "Lettres choisies," 1849-1857, Bruxelles, 1875 (Eames), contains no Salishan linguistics. Lettres | choisies | du reverend pere | Pierre-Jean de Smet | de la Compagnie de J^sus | missionnaire aux fitas- Unis [sic~\ d?Ame*rique | Troisieme se"rie | Troisieme Edition | soigneusement revue et corrigee d'apres les manuscrits | de Pauteur J et augmented de nombreuses notes | Bruxelles | M. Closson et Cie, e'diteurs | 26, rue de Joncker, 26 | Paris | H. Repos et Cie, e'diteurs | 70, rue Bonaparte, 70 | 1877 Cover title as above, half-title (Lettres | choises | du reverend pere j Pierre-Jean de Smet) verso approbation 11. title as above verso names of printers 11. pr6face pp. v-xi, text pp. 1-414, table des matieres pp. 415-416, list on back cover, 12°. Names of esculent roots and fruits in the Coeur d'A16ne language, about 28 words, with definitions in French, footnote on pp. 58-59. Sign of the cross and Lord's prayer "en langue des Ricarries ou Sanish (lepeuple primitif)," pp. 412-413. Copies seen: Eames. The continuation, Lettres choisies, "qua- trieme et derniere serie," Bruxelles, 1878 (Eames), contains no Salishan material. The | Linton | Albvm. | By j P. S. [sic'] De Smet | S.J. Manuscript belonging in 1887 to the late Col. John Mason Brown, Louisville, Ky.; embellished cover with title as above, no inside title, pp. 1-84,4°. Pen and water-color sketches on pp. 1, 3,15,33, 55, 61, and 65. The Lord's prayer in the Flathead language, p. 69. Peter John De Smet, missionary, born in Ter- monde, Belgium, December 31,1801, died in St. Louis, Mo., in May, 1872. He studied in the Episcopal Seminary of Mechlin, and while there he f el t cal 1 i i < I to devote himself to th e conversion of the Indians. "When Bishop Nerinx visited Smet (P.J.)—Continued.N Belgium in search of missionaries, De Smet, with five other students, volunteered to accompany him, and sail from Amsterdam in 1821. After a short stay in Philadelphia, De Smet entered the Jesuit novitiate at Whitemarsh, Md. Here he took the Jesuit habit. In 1828 he went to St. Louis and took part in establishing the University of St. Louis, in which he was afterwards professor. In 1838 he was sent to establish a mission among the Pottawatta- mies on Sugar Creek. Ho built a chapel, erected a school, which was soon crowded with pupils, and in a short time converted most of the tribe. In 1840 he begged the bishop of St. Louis to permit him to labor among the Flat- heads of the Rocky Mountains, and set out on April 30,1840. He arrived on July 14 in the camp of Peter Valley, where about 1,600 Indians had assembled to meet him. "With the aid of an interpreter he translated the Lord's prayer, the Creed, and the Commandments into their language, and in a fortnight all the Flatheads knew these prayers and commandments, which were afterward explained to them. In the spring of 1841 he set out again, and, after passing through several tribes, crossed the Platte and met at Fort Hall a body of Flatheads who had come 800 miles to escort the missionaries. On September 24 the party reached Bitterroot River, where it was decided to form a permanent settlement. The lay brothers built a church and residence, while De Smet went to Colville to obtain provisions. On his return ... he remained in the village, familiarizing himself with the language, into which he translated the catechism. He then resolved to visit Fort Vancouver; ... on his return to St. Mary's he resolved to cross the wilderness again to St. Louis. There he laid the condition of his mission before his superiors, who directed him to go to Europe and appeal for aid to the people of Belgium and France. He sailed from Antwerp in December, 1843, with five . Jesuits and six sisters, and reached Fort Vancouver in August, 1844. In 1845 he began a series of missions among the Zingomenes, Sinpoils, Okenaganes, Flatbows, and Koetenays, which extended to the watershed of the Saskatchewan and Columbia, the camps of the wandering Assiniboins and Creeks, and the stations of Fort St. Anne and Bourassa. He visited Europe several times in search of aid for his missions. During his last visit to Europe he met with a severe accident, in which several of his ribs were broken, and on his return to St. Louis he wasted slowly away.—Appleton's Cyclop, of Am. Biog. Snanaimoo. See Snanaimuk. Snanaimuk: Gentes See Boas (F.) Grammatic treatise Boas (F.) Legends Boas (F.) Lord's prayer Bancroft (H, H.) Lord's prayer Numerals Prayers Ten commandmeuts Ten commandments Texts Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Words Snohomish: Catechism See Geographic names Geographic names Grammatio treatise Hymns Lord's prayer , Lord's prayer Prayer book Sentences Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Words "Words Boulet (J. B.) Coones (S.F.) Eells (M.) Eells (M.) Boulet (J.B.) Bulmer (T. S.) Youth's. Boulet (J. B.) Youth's. Bolduc (J. B. Z.) Chirouze (—) Craig (R. O.) Boas (F.) Youth's. Songish: Gentes Numerals Proper names Vocabulary Vocabulary Words Songs: Kawichen Klallam Klallam Twana See Boas (F.) Eells (M.) Macdonald (D. G. F.) Boas (F.) Tolmie (W. F.) and Dawson (G.M.) Boas (F.) See Boas (F.) Baker (T.) Eells (M.) Baker (T.) Spokan: Bible, Matthew< Se( Geographic names Grammatic treatise Numerals Primer Proper names Proper names Relationships Relationships Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Walker (E.) Eells (M.) Eells (M.) Eells (M.) Walker (E.) and Eells (C) Catlin (G.) Stanley (J.M.) Gibbs (G.) Morgan (L. H.) Gibbs (G.) Hale (H.) Pinart (A.L.) Powell (J. W.) Roehrig (F.L.O.) Squallyamish. See Niskwalli. [Squire {Gov. Watson C.)] Report | of the | governor of Washington territory | for | the year 1884. | HAL- y M 66 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Squire (W.C.) Washington RBI \m Continued. | Government printing office, j 1884. Cover title as above, title as above verso blank 11. text pp. 3-62, map, 8°. A few Salish plant and fish names, pp. 12,13. Copies seen: Eames, Gatschet, Pilling. Squoxon. See Skwaksin. Stabat mater [Kalispel]. See Canestrelli (P.) Stailakum: Grammatic treatise See Boas (F.) Vocabulary Boas (F.) Stalo: Prayers See Durieu (P.) Stanley (J. M.) Portraits | of j North American Indians, | with sketches of scenery, etc., | painted by | J. M. Stanley. | Deposited with | the Smithsonian institution.! [Sealof the institution.] J Washington: | Smithsonian institution. | December, 1852. Cover title as above, title as above verso names of printers 11. preface verso contents 11. text pp. 5-72, index pp. 73-76, 8°. Forms Smithsonian Institution Miscellaneous Collections, 53; also part of vol. 2 of the same series, Washington, 1862. Contains the names of personages of many Indian tribes of the United States, to a number of which is added the English signification. Among the peoples represented are the Spo- kanes, pp. 68-71; Stony Island Indians, p. 71; Okinagans, p. 721 Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, Eames, [Geological Survey, Pilling, Powell, Smithsonian Institution. [Steiger (E.) Steiger's | bibliotheca glot- tica, j part first, j A catalogue of J Dictionaries, Grammars, Readers, Expositors, etc. | of mostly {modern languages I J spoken in all parts of the earth, | except of | English, French, German, and Spanish. | First division: | Abenaki to Hebrew. | E. Steiger, | 22 & 24 Frankfort Street, | New York. [1874.] Half-title on cover, title as above verso name of printer 1 1. notice dated Sept. 1874 verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-40, advertisements 211. colophon on back cover, 12°. Titles of works relating to American languages generally, p. 3; to the Clallam, p. 24. The second division of the first part was not published. Part second is on the English language and part third on the German language. In his notice the compiler states:'' This compilation must not be regarded as an attempt at • complete linguistic bibliography, but solely as ^s Steiger (E.) —Continued. a bookseller's catalogue for business purposes, with special regard to the study of philology in America." Copies seen: Eames, Pilling. Stillacum. See Stailakum. Stumpf (C.) Lieder der Bilakula Indianer. Von C. Stumpf. In Vierteljahrschrift fiir Musik-Wissen- sehaft, vol. 2, p. 408 [1885 ?] (*) Swan (James Gilchrist). The | northwest coast; | or, | three years7 residence in Washington | territory. | By James G. Swan. | [Territorial seal.] J With numerous illustrations. | New York: | Harper & brothers, publishers, | Franklin square. | 1857. Frontispiece 11. title verso copyright notice (1857) 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. introduction pp. v-vii, contents pp. ix-xiv, list of illustrations p. [xv], map, text pp. 17-409, appendix pp. 411-429, index pp. 431-435,12°. Chapter xviii, Language of the Indians (pp. 306-326), contains a comparison of Chehalis words with the Mexican, p. 313; general discussion with examples of the Chehalis language, pp. 315-317.—Vocabulary of the Chehalis (180 words and sentences), alphabetically arranged by Chehalis words, pp. 412-415.— Numerals 1-1000 of the Chehalis, pp. 420-421.— Many Chehalis terms passim. Copies seen: Astor, Bancroft, Boston Athenseum, British Museum, Congress, Eames, Geological Survey, Harvard, Mallet, Pilling. Issued also with title-page as follows: il The | northwest coast j | or, | three years' residence in Washington | territory, i By James G. Swan. | With numerous illustrations. | London: | Sampson Low, Son & co., 47 Ludgate hill. | New York: Harper &, brothers. | 1857. Frontispiece 1 1. title 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. introduction pp. v-vi, contents pp. ix-xiv, list of illustrations p. [xv], map, text pp. 17-409, appendix pp. 411-429, index pp. 431- 435,12°. Linguistic contents asundertitlenext above. Copies seen: Charles L. Woodward, New York City. Mr. James Gilchrist Swan was born in Med- ford, Mass., January 11,1818, and was educatec" at an academy in that place. In 1833 he went tc Boston to reside, and remained there until 1849, when he left for San Francisco, where he arrived in 1850. In 1852 he went to Shoalwater Bay, where he remained until 1856, when he returned east. In 1859 he returned to Puget Sound; since then Port Townsend has been his headquarters. In 1860 Mr. Swan went to Neah Bay. In June, 1862, he was appointed teacher of the Makah SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 67 Swan (J. G.) — Continued. Indian Reservation, where he remained till 1866. In 1869 he went to Alaska, and in M ay, 1875, he went a second time to Alaska, this time under the direction of the Smithsonian Institution, as a commissioner to purchase articles of Indian manufacture for the Philadelphia Centennial Exposition. This fine collection is now in the IT. S. National Museum at Washington. July 31, 1878, Mr. Swan was appointed an inspector of customs at Neah Bay, Cape Flattery, and Swan (J. G.) — Continued. remained there until August, 1888, addingmuch to our knowledge of the Makah Indians, which was reported to Prof. Baird and published in a bulletin of the U". S. National Museum. In 1883 he went to Queen Charlotte Islands for the Smithsonian Institution and made another collection for the U. S. National Museum. Szmimeie-s Jesus Christ [Kalispel]. Giorda (J.) See T. Tait: Numerals Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary See Eells (M.) Gibbs (G.) Powell (J. W.) Roehrig (F.L.O.) Talimoh. See Tilamuk. Tate {Rev. Charles Montgomery). [Hymn in the Aukainenum language of Fraser River, British Columbia.] Manuscript, 1 leaf, 4°, in the possession of the compiler of this bibliography. Two verses and chorus of the hymn "Sweet bye and bye." Mr. Tate came to British Columbia from Northumberland, England, in 1870. He engaged in mission work among the Flathead Indians at Nanaimo, Vancouver Island, in 1871, where he learned the Aukamenum language spoken by the Indian tribes on the east coast of Vancouver Island, lower Fraser River, and Puget Sound. Here he spent three years, when he removed to Port Simpson, on the borders of Alaska, among the Tsimpsheans. He next moved to the Fraser River and spent seven- years amongst the Flathead tribes between Yalo and Westminster, frequently visiting the Indians on the Nootsahk River in Washington Territory. Mr. Tate spent four years, 1880 to 1884, among the Bella-Bellas, returning in the latter year to the mission on Fraser River. Ten commandments: See Good (J. B.) Bancroft (H. H.) Carmany (J. H.) Netlakapamuk Snanaimuk Snanaimuk Texts : Kalispel Komuk Lilowat Nehelim Netlakapamuk Netlakapamuk Okinagan Pentlash Salish Salish • Snanaimuk Tilamuk Twana Twana See Lettre. Boas (F.) Le Jeune (J. M. R.) Boas (F.) Good (J.B.) Le Jeune (J. M. R.) Boas (F.) Boas (F.) Canestrelli (P.) Palladine (L.) Boas (F.) Boas (F.) Bulmer (T. S.) Eells (M.) Thompson River Indians. See Netlakapamuk. Tilamuk: General discussion See Hale (H.) Gentes Grammatic treatise Grammatic treatise Sentences Texts Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Boas (F.) Gallatin (A.) Hale (H.) Lee (D.) and Frost (J. H.) Boas (F.) Boas (F.) Gallatin (A.) Hale (H.) Latham (R. G.) Lee (D.) and Frost (J. H.) Bancroft (H. H.) Pott (A. F.) See Tilamuk. See Gibbs (G.) Roehrig (F.L.O.) Salish. Words Words Tillamook. Toanhuch: Vocabulary Vocabulary Vocabulary Tolmie (Dr. William Fraser). [Vocabularies of the northwest coast of North America.] In Royal Geog. Soc. of London, Jour. vol. 11, pp. 230-246, London, 1841,8°. (Geological Survey.) These vocabularies occur in an article by Scouler (J.), Observations on the indigenous tribes of the northwest coast of America, and are as follows: Vocabulary of the Billechoola, spoken by coast tribes from lat. 50° 30' to 53° 30' (numerals 1-1000, and 150 words and phrases), pp. 230- 235.—Vocabulary of the Okinagen, spoken on Fraser's River (numerals 1-100 and 105 words and phrases), pp. 236-241.— Vocabulary of the Kawitchen, spoken at the entrance of Trading River, opposite Vancouver Island; Noosdalum, Hood's Canal; and Squallyamish, Puget Sound (numerals 1-100 and 150 words and phrases), pp. 242-247. -——Vocabulary of the Shooswap. In Gribbs (G.), Comparative vocabularies, 11. 1-3. Washingt on, 1873, 4°. Vocabulary of the Shooswap, and of the Wa-ky-na-kaine, I 68 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Tolmie (W. F.) — Continued. In Powell (J.W.), Contributions to N. A. Ethnology, vol. 1, pp. 252-265. Washington, 1877, 4°. Each contains the 180 words called for on the Smithsonian standard form. — Vocabulary of the Kulleespelm. In Powell (J. W.), Contributions to N. A. Ethnology, vol. 1, pp. 270-282, Washington, 1877, 4°. — [A list of prepositions in the Nisqually language. ] Manuscript, 1 leaf, 4°, written on one side only; in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Recorded April 21,1856. — and Dawson (G. M.) Geological and natural history survey of Canada. | Alfred R. C. Selwyn, F. R. S., F. G. S., Director. | Comparative vocabularies | of the | Indian tribes | of | British Columbia, | with a map illustrating distribution. ) By | W. Fraser Tolmie, | Licentiate of the Faculty of Physicians and Surgeons, Glasgow. | And | George M. Dawson, D.S.,A.S.R.M.,F.G.S.,&c. | [Coat of arms.] j Published by authority of Parliament. | Montreal: | Dawson brothers. | 1884. Cover title nearly as above, title as above verso blank 11. letter of transmittal signed by G. M. Dawson verso blank 11. preface signed by G. M. Dawson pp. 5b-7b, introductory note signed by W. F. Tolmie pp. 9b-12b, text pp. 14B-131B, map, 8°. Vocabularies (240 words) of the Kawitshin ' (Kowmook or Tlathool, by Tolmie), Kawitshin (Snanaimooh tribe, by Tolmie), Kawitshin (Songis tribe, by Tolmie and Dawson), and Kawitshin (Kwantlin sept, by Tolmie and Dawson), pp. 38b-49b.—Vocabularies (240 words) of ' the Niskwalli (Sinahomish. by Tolmie and Daw- son), and Tsheheilis (StSktamish, by Tolmie), pp. 50b-61b.—Vocabulary (230 words) of the ' Bilhoola (Noothlakimish, by Tolmie and Dawson), and Selish (Lillooet tribe, by Dawson), pp. 62B-73B.—Vocabulary (211 words) of the Selish (Kullespelm tribe, by Tolmie and Daw- ' son), pp. 78b-86b.—Notes on the vocabularies: Kawitshin, pp. 119B-120B; Niskwalli and Tsheheilis, p, 121b ; Bilhoola, p. 122b ; Selish, p. 123b- 124b.—Appendix II. "Comparative table of a few (68) words in the foregoing dialects," viz: Selish (Kullespelm), Nishwalli (Sinahomish), Kawitshin (Songis),Kawitshin (Kwantlin), Bilhoola (Noothlakimish), p. 127b.—Appendix HI. Comparison of afew words in various languages of North America, pp. 128b-130b, includes a few Niskwalli, Selish, and Kawitshin. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Wellesley. William Fraser Tolmie was born at Inverness, Scotland, February 3,1812, and died Decembers, 1886. after an illness of only t hrocdays, Tolmie (W. F.) — Continued. at his residence, Cloverdale, Victoria, B. C. He was educated at Glasgow University, where he graduated in August, 1832. On September 12 of the same year he accepted a position as surgeon and clerk with the Hudson's Bay Company, and left home for the Columbia River, arriving in Vancouver in the spring of 1833. Vancouver was then the chief post of the Hudson's Bay Company on this coast. In 1841 he visited his native land, but returned in 1842 overland via the plains and the Columbia, and was placed in charge of the Hudson's Bay posts on Puget Sound. He here took a prominent part, during the Indian war of 1855-'56, in pacifying the Indians. Being an excellent linguist, he had acquired a knowledge of the native tongues and was instrumental in bringing about peace between the whites and the Indians. He was appointed chief factor of the Hudson's Bay Company in 1855, removed to Vancouver Island in 1859, when he went into stock-raising, being the first to introduce thoroughbred stock into British Columbia; was a member of the local legislature two terms, until 1878; was a member of the first board of education for several years, exercising a great influence in educational matters ; held many offices of trust, and was always a valued and respected citizen. Mr. Tolmie was known to ethnologists for his contributions to the history and linguistics of the native races of the West Coast, and dated his interest in ethnological matters from his contact with Mr. Horatio Hale, who visited the West Coast as an ethnologist to the Wilkes exploring expedition. He afterwards transmitted vocabularies of a number of the tribes to Dr. Scouler and to Mr. George Gibbs, some of which were published in Contributions to North American Ethnology. In 1884 he published, in conjunction with Dr. G. M. Dawson, a nearly complete series of short vocabularies of the principal languages met with in British Columbia, and his name is to be found frequently quoted as an authority on the history of the Northwest Coast and its ethnology. He frequently contributed to the press upon public questions and events now historical. Tonghwamish. See Dwamish. Treasury. The Treasury of Languages. A rudimentary, dictionary | of universal philology. | Daniel iii. 4. | [One line in Hebrew.] | Hall and Co., 25, Paternoster row, London. | (All rights reserved.) [18731] Colophon: London: | printed by Grant and co., 72-78, Turnmill street, E. C. Title verso blank 1 1. advertisement (dated February 7th, 1873) verso blank 11. introduction (signed J. B. and dated October 31st, 1873) pp. i-iv, dictionary of languages (in alphabetical order) pp. 1-301, list of contributors p. [302], errata verso colophon 11.12°. Edited by James Bonwick, Esq.,F. R. G. S., assisted by about t wonty-t wo fontributors, SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 69 Treasury—Continued. whose initials are signed to the most important of their respective articles. In the compilation of the work free use was made of Bagster's Bible of Every Land and Dr.Latham's Elements of Comparative Philology. There are also references to an appendix, concerning which there is the following note on p. 301: *' Notice.— Owing to the unexpected enlargement of this Book in course of printing, the Appendix is necessarily postponed; and the more especially as additional matter has been received sufficient to make a second volume. And it will be proceeded with so soon as an adequate list of Subscribers shall be obtained." Under the name of each language is a brief statement of the family or stock to which it belongs, and the country where it is or was spoken, together with references, in many cases, to the principal authorities on the grammar and vocabulary. Addenda follow at the end of each letter. Contains scattered references to various dialects of the Salishan. Copies seen: Eames. Tribal names: Atna See Latham (R. G.) Bilkula Latham (R. G.) Salish Hoffman (W. J.) Salish Kane (P.) Salish Keane (A. H.) Salish Latham (R. G.) Salish Powell (J. W.) Triibner (Nicolas). See Ludewig (H. E.J Triibner & Co. Registered for Transmission Abroad. | Triibner's | American and Oriental Literary Record. | A monthly register j Of the most important Works published in North and South America, in | India, China, and the British Colonies: with occasional Notes on German, | Dutch, Danish, French, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese, and Russian Books. | No. l[-Nos. 145-6. Vol. XII. Nos. 11 & 12]. March 16, 1865[-December, 1879]. Price6<7. | Subscription | 5s. per Annum, | Post Free. [London: Triibner & co. 1865-1879.] 12 vols, in 9, large 8°. No title-pages, headings only. No. 1 to nos. 23 & 24 (March 30,1867) are paged 1-424; no. 25 (May 15,1867) to no. 60 (August 25,1870) are paged 1-816. The numbering by volumes begins with no. 61 (September 26,1870), which is marked vol. VI, no. 1. Vols. VI to XII contain pp. 1-196; 1-272; 1-204; 1-184; 1-176; 1-152; 1-164. In addition there is a special number for September, 1874 (pp. 1-72), and an extra no. 128* for October, 1877 (pp. 1-16); also supplementary and other leaves. Continued under the following title: Triibner's | American, European & Oriental | Literary Record. | A register of the most important works | published in | North and South America,India,China,Europe, \ and t ho British Triibner & Co.— Continued. colonies. | With Occasional Notes on German, Dutch, Danish, French, Italian, Spanish, | Portuguese, Russian, and Hungarian Literature. | New series. Vol. I[-IX]. | January to December, 1880[-January to December, 1888]. | London: | Triibner & co., 57 and 59, Ludgate hill. [1880-1888.] '9 vols, large 8°. Including no. 147-8 to no. 242, each volume with a separate title and leaf of contents and its own pagination. Continued as follows: Triibner's record, | a journal | devoted to the | Literature of the East, | with notes and lists of current | American, European and Colonial' Publications. | No. 243[-251]. Third series. Vol. I. Parti [-Vol. II. Part 3]. Price 2s. [London: Triibner & co. March, 1889-April, 1891.] 2 vols.; printed covers as above, no title- pages, large 8°. No more published. Titles of works in and relating to the Salishan languages are scattered through the periodical, together with notes on the subject. A list of '' Works on the aboriginal languages of America," vol. 8 (first series), pp. 185-189, includes titles under the special heading of Clallam and Lummi, p. 186; Selish, p. 189. Copies seen: Eames. Bibliotheca Hispano-Americana. | A j catalogue | of | Spanish books [printed in j Mexico, Guatemala, Honduras, the Antilles, | Venezuela, Columbia, Ecuador, Peru, Chili, | Uruguay, and the Argentine Republic j | and of | Portuguese books printed in Brazil. | Followed by a collection of | works on the aboriginal languages | of America. | On Sale at the affixed Prices, by | Triibner & co., | 8 & 60, Paternoster row, London, j 1870. | One shilling and sixpence. Cover title as above verso contents 11. no i n- side title; catalogue pp. 1-184, colophon verso advertisements 11.16°. Works on the aboriginal languages of America, pp. 162-184, contains a list of books (alphabetically arranged by languages) on this subject, including: General works, pp. 162-168; Clallam and Lummi, p. 170; Selish, p. 184. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling. A | catalogue j of | dictionaries and grammars ] of the | Principal Languages and Dialects | of the World. | For sale by | Triibner & co. j London: | Triibner & co., 8 & 60 Paternoster row. | 1872. Cover title as above, title as above verso names of printers 1 1. notice verso blank- 1 1. catalogue pp. 1-64, addenda and corrigenda 1 1. advertisements verso blank 1 1. a list of works ! 70 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Triibner & Co.— Continued. relating to the science of language etc. pp. 1-16,8°. Contains titles of a few works in Clallam and Lummi, p. 12; in Selish, p. 54. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling. A later edition with title-page as follows: Triibner's | catalogue | of | dictionaries and grammars | of the | Principal Languages and Dialects of the World. | Second edition, j considerably enlarged and revised, with an alphabetical index. | A guide for students and booksellers. | [Monogram.] | London: | Triibner & co., 57 and 59, Ludgate hill. | 1882. Cover title as above, title as above verso list of catalogues 11. notice and preface to the second edition p. iii, index pp. iV-viii, text pp. 1-168, additions pp. 169-170, Triibner's Oriental & Linguistic Publications pp. 1-95, 8°. Contains titles of works in American languages (general), p. 3; Clallam, p. 38; Selish, p. 142. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling. -No. 1[-12]. January 1874 [-May, 1875]. | A catalogue | of | choice, rare, and curious books, | selected from the stock | of | Triibner & Co., | 57 & 59, Ludgate hill, London. [London: Triibner & co. 1874-1875.] 12 parts; no titles, headings only j catalogue (paged continuously) pp. 1-192, large 8°. This series of catalogues was prepared by Mr. James George Stuart Bnrges Bohn. See Triibner's American, European, & Oriental Literary Record, new series, vol. 1, pp.10-11 (February, 1880). Works on the aboriginal languages of America, no. 8, pp. 113-118, including titles under the headings Clallam and Lummi, and Selish. Copies seen: Eames. Trumbull: This word following a title or within parentheses after a note indicates that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the library of Dr. J. Hammond Trumbull, Hartford, Conn. Trumbull (Dr. James Hammond). Indian languages of America. In Johnson's New XJniversal Cyclopaedia, vol.2, pp. 1155-1161, New York, 1877,8°. (Bureau of Ethnology, Congress.) A general discussion of the subject, including linguistic divisions, etc., treating among others the Salishan. [ ] Catalogue | of the | American Library | of the late | mr. George Brinley, | of Hartford, Conn. | Parti. | America in general | New France Canada etc. | theBritish colonies to 1776 | New England | [-Part V. j General and miscellaneous. [ [&.c. eight lines.] Trumbull (J. H.) — Continued. Hartford | Press of the Case Lock- wood & Brain ard Company 1878 [-1893] 5 parts, 8°. Compiled by Dr. J. H. Trumbull. Indian languages: general treatises and collections, part 3, pp. 123-124; Northwest coast, p.141. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling. James Hammond Trumbull, philologist, was born in Stonington, Conn., December 20, 1821. He entered Vale in 1838, and though, owing to ill health, he was not graduated with his class, his name was enrolled among its members in 1850 and he was given the degree of A. M. He settled in Hartford in 1847, and was assistant secretary of state in 1847-1852 and 1858-1861, and secretary in 1861-1864, also state librarian in 1854. Soon after going to Hartford he joined the Connecticut Historical Society, was its corresponding secretary in 1849-1863, and was elected its president in 1863. He has been a trustee of the Watkinson free library of Hartford and its librarian since 1863, and has been an officer of the Wadsworthathenaeum since 1864. Dr.Trum- bull was an original member of the American Philological Association in 1869 and its president in 1874-1875. He has been a member of the American Oriental Society since 1860 and of the American Ethnological Society since 1867, and honorary member of many State historical societies. In 1872 he was elected to the National Academy of Sciences. Since 1858 he has devoted special attention to the subject of the Indian languages of North America. He has prepared a dictionary and vocabulary to John Eliot's Indian bible and is probably the only American scholar that is now able to read that work. In 1873 he was chosen lecturer on Indian languages of North America at Yale, but loss of health and other labors soon compelled his resignation. The degree of LL. D. was conferred on him by Yale in 1871 and by Harvard in 1887, while Columbia gave him an L. H. D. in 1887.—Appleton's Cyclop, of Am. Biog. ■ Tsihalis. See Chehalis. Turner (William Wadden). See Ludewig (H.E.) Twana: Dictionary Geographic names Geographic names Grammar Grammatic treatise Grammatic treatise Hymns Legends Legends Lord's prayer Numerals Prayers Songs Text Text Vocabulary See Eells (M.) Coones (S. F.) Eells (M.) Eells (M.) Bulmer (T. S.) Eells (M.) Eells (M.) Bulmer (T. S.) Eells (M.) Bulmer (T. S.) Eells (M.) Eells (M.) Baker (T.) Buhner (T. S.) Eells (M.) Eells (M.) SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 71 Tylor (Edward Burnett). Anthropology : | an introduction to the study of J man and civilization. | By | Edward B. Tylor, D. C. L., F. R. S. | With illustrations. | London:) Mac mill an and co. | 1881. | The Right of Translation and Reproduction is Reserved. Half-title verso design 1 1. title verso names of printers 11. preface pp.v-vii, contents pp. ix- xii, list of illustrations pp. xiii-xiv, text pp. 1- 440, selected books pp.441-442, index pp. 443-448, 12°. A few words iu the language of Vancouver Island, pp. 134,141. Copies seen: Boston Athenaeum, British Museum, Congress. Anthropology: | an introduction to the study of | man and civilization. | By | Edward B.Tylor, D. C. L., F. R. S. J With illustrations, j New York: j D. Appleton and company, | 1, 3, and 5 Bond street. | 1881. Half-title verso blank 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. preface pp. v-vii, contents pp. ix-xii, list of illustrations pp. xiii-xv, text pp. 1-440, selected books pp. 441-442, index pp. 443-448,12°. Linguistic contents as under title next above. Copies seen: Congress, Geological Survey, National Museum. — Emleitung j in das I Studium der Anthropologic j und | Civilisation. | Von | Dr. Edward B. Tylor, | [&c. two lines.] | Deutsche [&c. four lines.] | Tylor (E. B.) — Continued. Braunschweig, | Druck und Verlag von Friedrich Vie wig und Sohn. | 1883. Pp. i-xix, 1-538, 8°. Chapters iv, v, Die Sprache, pp. 134-178. Copies seen: British Museum. The international scientific series | Anthropology | an introduction to the study of | man and civilization | By Edward B. Tylor, D.C.L., F.R.S. | With illustrations | New York | D. Appleton and company | 1888 Half-title o f the series verso blank 1 1. title as above verso blank 11. preface pp. v-viii, contents pp. ix-xii, listof illustrations pp. xiii-xiv, text p p. 1-440, selected books pp. 441-442, index pp. 4 43-448,8°. Linguistic contents as under titles above. Copies seen: Harvard. Anthropology: | an introduction to the study of | man and civilization. | By | Edward B. Tylor, D. C. L., F. R. S. | With illustrations. | Second edition, revised. | London: | Macmillan and co. | and New York, j 1889. | The Right of Translation and Reproducti on is Reserved. Half-title verso design 1 1. title verso names of printers etc. 1 1. preface pp. v-vii, contents pp. ix-xii, list of illustrations pp. xiii-xv, text pp. 1-440, selected books etc. pp. 441-442, index pp. 443-448,12°. Linguistic contents as under titles above. Copies seen: Eames. V. Van Gorp (Rev. L.) The Lord's prayer in the Kalispel language. In Smalley (E. V.), The Kalispel Country, in the Century Magazine, vol. 29, p. 455, New York and London, 1885,8°. Vater ( Dr. Johann Sever in). Linguarum totius orbis J Index | alphabeticus, | quarum | Grammaticae, Lexica, | col- lectionesvocabulorum | recensentur, | patria significatur, historia aduin- bratur | a | Joanne Severino Vatero, | Theol. Doct. et Profess. Bibliothecario Reg., Ord. | S. Wladimiri equite. J Berolini ! In officina libraria Fr. Nicolai. | MDCCCXV[1815]. Second title: Litteratur | der | Grammatiken, Lexica | und Wortersammlungen j aller Sprachen der Erde | nach | alphabetischer Ord- nung der Sprachen, | mit einer | gedrangten TJebersicht I des Vaterlandes, der Schicksale I Vater (J. S.) —Continued. und Verwandtschaft derselben | von j Dr. Johann Severin Vater, | Professor und Biblio- thekar zu Konigsberg des S. Wladimir- | Or- dens Bitter. | Berlin | in der Nicolaisehen Buchhandlung. 11815. Latin title verso 1.1 recto blank, German title recto 1.2 verso blank, dedication verso blank 1 1. address to the king 1 1. preface pp. i-ii, to the reader pp. iii-iv, half-title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-250,8°. Alphabetically arranged by names of languages, double columns, German and Latin. Notices of works relating to the Atnah language, p. 21. Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, Eames, Pilling. A later edition in German titled as follows: Litteratur | der | Grammatiken, Lex- ika | und | Wortersammlungen I aller Sprachen der Erde | von | Johann Se- i V I 72 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE ms B mm. -:- *b «.; Vater (J. S.) — Continued, verm Vater. | Zweite, vollig umgear- Vocabulary— Continued. Kaulits Gallatin (A.) beitete Ausgabe | von 1 B. Juler. 1 Kaulits Gibbs (G.) Berlin, 1847. 1 In der Nicolaischen Kaulits Hale (H.) 7 1 Kaulits Latham (R. G.) Buchhandlung. Kaulits Powell (J. W.) Title verso blank 11. dedication verso blank 1 Kaulits Roehrig (F.L.O.) 1. Vorwort (signed B Jii Ig and dated 1. Deceni- Kaulits Wabass (W. G.) ber 1816) pp. v-x, titl eso f general works on tho Kawichen Pinart (A. L.) subjectpp. xi-xii, tex t (alphabetically arranged Kawichen Scouler (J.) by names of langua< ?es) pp. 1-450, Nachtrage Kawichen Tolmie (W. F.) und Berichtigungen PP 451-541, Sachregister Kawichen Tolmie (W. F.) and pp. 542-563, Autorenregister pp. 564-592, Verbes Dawson (G. M.) serungen 211.8°. Klallam Eells (M.) List of works rela ting to the Atnah, pp. 38, Klallam Gibbs (G.) 459; Billechoola, p . 490; Flathead, p. 483; Klallam Latham (R. G.) Friendly Village, p. 490 ; Kawitschen, p. 503; Klallam Pinart (A. L.) Nusdalum, p. 528; Okanagan, p. 335; Spokan- Klallam Roehrig (F. L. O.) Indianer, p. 483; Squ ally amish, p. 382. Klallam Scouler (J.) Copies seen: Cong ress , Eames, Harvard. Klallam Tolmie (W. F.) At the Fischer sale , no 1710, a copy sold for 1*. Komuk Boas (F.) I. C) and Vater (J. S.) Komuk Komuk Brinton (D. G.) Oct* AUciUIIg ^t Gibbs (G.) Vocabulary: Komuk Pinart (A L.) Atna See Adelung (J. C.) and Komuk Powell (J. W.) Vater (J. S.) Komuk Roehrig (F. L. O.) Atna Gallatin (A.) Kwantlen Gibbs (G.) Atna Hale (H.) Kwantlen Roehrig (F. L. O.) Atna Howse (J.) Kwantlen Tolmie (W. F.) and Atna Latham (R.G.) Dawson (G. M.) Atna Mackenzie (A.) Kwinaiutl Gibbs (G.) Atna Pinart (A. L.) Kwinaiutl Hale(H.) Bilkula Bancroft (H. H.) Kwinaiutl Pinart (A. L.) Bilkula Boas (F.) Kwinaiutl Roehrig (F. L. O.) Bilkula Gallatin (A.) Lilowat Boas(F.) Bilkula Gibbs (G.) Lilowat Gibbs (G.) Bilkula Latham (R. G.) Lilowat Powell (J. W.) Bilkula Pinart (A. L.) Lilowat Roehrig (F. L. 0.) Bilkula Powell (J. W.) Lilowat Tolmie (W. F.) and Bilkula Roehrig (F.L.O.) Dawson (G. M.) Bilkula Scouler (J.) Lummi Gibbs (G.) Bilkula Tolmie (W. F.) Lummi Pinart (A. L.) Bilkula Tolmie (W. F.) and Lummi Roehrig (F. L. 0.) Dawson (G. M.) Nehelim Boas (F.) Chehalis Eells (M.) Netlakapamuk Boas (F.) Chehalis Hale (H.) Netlakapamuk Gibbs (G.) Chehalis Latham (P. G.) Netlakapamuk Powell (J. W.) Chehalis Pinart (A. L.) Niskwalli 1 Campbell (J.) Chehalis Smet (P.J.de). Niskwalli Canadian. Chehalis Swan (J. G.) Niskwalli Eells (M.) Chehalis Tolmie (W. F.) and Niskwalli Gallatin (A.) Dawson (G.M.) Niskwalli Hale (H.) Dwamish Salish. Niskwalli Latham (R. G.) Friendly Village Adelung (J. C.) and Niskwalli Montgomerie (J. E.) Vater (J. S.) Niskwalli Pinart (A. L.) Friendly Village Gallatin (A.) Niskwalli Salish. Friendly Village Latham (P. G.) Niskwalli Scouler (J.) Friendly Village Mackenzie (A.) Niskwalli Tolmie (W. F.) Kalispel Gibbs (G.) Niskwalli Tolmie (W. F.) and Kalispel Hale (H.) Dawson (G. M.) Kalispel Pinart (A. L.) Niskwalli Wickersham (J.) Kalispel Powell (J. W.) Niskwalli Wilson (E. F.) Kalispel Roehrig (F.L.O.) Nuksahk Gatschet (A. S.) Kalispel Tolmie (W. F.) Nuksahk Gibbs (G.) Kalispel Tolmie (W. F.) and Nuksahk Roehrig (F. L. 0.) Dawson (G.M.) Nusalph Gibbs (G.) SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 73 cabulary — -Continued. Vocabulary— -Ctemtinued. Nusalph Roehrig (F. L. 0.) Skagit Roehrig (F.L.O.) Okinagan Boas (F.) Skitsuish Gallatin (A.) Okinagan Gibbs (G.) Skitsuish Hale (H.) Okinagan Howse (J.) Skitsuish Mengarini (G.) Okinagan Latham (R. G.) Skitsuish Pinart (A. L.) Okinagan Powell (J. W.) Skitsuish Powell (J.W.) Okinagan Roehrig (F. L. 0.) Skitsuish Roehrig (F.L.O.) Okinagan Scouler (J.) Skitsuish Smet (P.J.de.) Okinagan Tolmie (W.F.) Skokomish Boas (F.) Pentlash Boas (F.) Skokomish Salish. Piskwau Gallatin (A.) Skoyelpi Chamberlain (A. F.) Piskwau Gibbs (G.) Skoyelpi Gibbs (G.) Piskwau Hale (H.) Skoyelpi Hale (H.) Piskwau Latham (R. G.) Skoyelpi Mengarini (G.) Piskwau Powell (J. W.) Skoyelpi Powell (J. W.) Piskwau Roehrig (F.L.O.) Skoyelpi Roehrig (F.L.O.) Puyallup McCaw (S. R.) Skwamish Salish. Puyallup Salish. Snanaimuk Boas (F.) Salish Candian. Snanaimuk Pinart (A. L.) Salish Cooper (J. G.) Snanaimuk Roehrig (F.L.O.) Salish Gallatin (A.) Snanaimuk Tolmie (W. F.) and Salish Gibbs (G.) Dawson (G.M.) Salish Henry (A.) Snohomish Bolduc (J.-B. Z.) Salish Hoffman (W. J.) Snohomish Chirouze (—) Salish Howse (J.) Snohomish Craig (R. 0.) Salish Latham (R. G.) Songish Boas (F.) Salish Maximilian (A. P.) Songish Tolmie (W. F.) and Salish Powell (J. W.) Dawson (G. M.) Salish Roehrig (F.L.O.) Spokan Gibbs (G.) Salish Salish. Spokan Hale (H.) Salish Smet (P. J. de) Spokan Pinart (A. L.) Salish Wilkes (C.) Spokan Powell (J.W.) Salish Wilson (E. F.) Spokan Roehrig (F. L. 0.) Shiwapmuk Gibbs (G.) Stailakum Boas (F.) Shiwapmuk Powell (J.W.) Tait Gibbs (G.) Shiwapmuk Roehrig (F.L.O.) Tait Powell (J. W.) Shuswap Boas (F.) Tait Roehrig (F. L. 0.) Shuswap Dawson (G.M.) Tilamuk Boas (F.) Shuswap Gibbs (G.) Tilamuk Gallatin (A.) Shuswap Hale (H.) Tilamuk Hale (H.) Shuswap Howse (J.) Tilamuk Latham (R. G.) Shuswap Pinart (A. L.) Tilamuk Lee (D.) and Frost (J. Shuswap Powell (J. W.) H.) Shuswap Tolmie (W.F.) Toanhuch Gibbs (G.) Sicatl Boas (F.) Toanhuch Roehrig (F. L. 0.) Silets Boas (F.) Toanhuch Salish. Skagit Craig (R. 0.) Twana Eells (M.) w. Wabass (Dr. W. G.) Vocabulary of the Cowlitz language. Manuscript, 1 leaf, 4°, in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology, Washington, D. C. Recorded at Cowlitz landing, February, 1858. A list of 23 English words with Cowlitz and Chinook equivalents. Wakynakane. See Okinagan. Walker (Rev. Elkanah). [A portion of the gospel of Matthew in the Flathead or Spokan language. ] (*) Walker (E.)— Continued. Manuscript, 20 pages, 8°, belonging to Rev. Myron Eells, Union City, Wash., who has kindly described it for me as follows: '' Translated from the original Greek by Rev. Elkanah Walker, missionary of the American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions, in accordance with a vote of the Oregon mission passed at a meeting held in May, 1845, Jan. 1st, 1846. I copied it from an older manuscript, which I believe my father had, and which I presume has been burned. It contains ^ Wl 74 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Walker (E.) — Continued. only chapters 1-3 and chapter 4, verses 1-23. It was never printed, I believe, nor am I aware that the translation was ever finished." [■ Etshiit J thlu | thin I Sitskai- and Eells (C.)] sitskai j thlu | siais sitlinish. | [Picture.] | Lapwai: | 1842. Literal translation: First | the | writes I the | lesson | the | writes Creator. Title p. 1, text in the Spokan language pp. 2- 16, sq. 16°. This is said to be the third book printed in the United States west of the Rocky Mountains. Key to the alphabet, p. 2.—Siais [spelling lessons] i-iii, pp. 3-4.—Siais [reading lessons] iv- xii, pp. 5-16. See the facsimile of the title-page. Copies seen: Eames, Eells, Pilling, Wickersham (Tacoma, Wash.), PacificUniversity.(For- est Grove, Oregon). The last mentioned is the only perfect copy I have seen. Prof. J.W.Marsh, the president of the university, kindly permitted me to photograph the first four pages, in order to complete the other copies mentioned. I am indebted to Rev. Myron Eells for the following notes: '' Rev. Elkanah Walker was born at North Yarmouth, Me., August 7,1805. Converted at the age of 26, he soon began to study for the ministry. He took an academic course, but did not go to college. He graduated from Bangor Theological Seminary, Me., in 1837, and gave himself to the foreign missionary work under the American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions. At first he was appointed to South Africa with Rev. C. Eells, but a fierce war between two native chiefs detained them, and in the meantime the call from Oregon became so urgent that, with their consent, their destination was changed. "He was ordained at Brewer, Me., as a Congregational minister in February, 1833, and was married March 5,1838, to Miss Mary Richardson, who was born at Baldwin, Me., April 1, 1811. Before her engagement to Mr. Walker she was appointed as a missionary to Siam; but after that event her destination was changed first to Africa and then to Oregon. March 6, 1838, they started to cross the continent, in company with three other missionaries and their wives, where no white women had ever been except Mrs. Wbitman and Mrs. Spalding. From Missouri to Oregon the journey was on horseback. They i eached Wallawalla August 29, 1838, where they wintered, and the next spring went to Tshimakain, Walkers Prairie, among the Spokan Indians, with Rev. C. Eells and wife. The next ten years were spent at this place. Atfirst the Indians were much interested, but, when they found that Christianity meant that they should give up gambling, incantations, and the like, their interest grew less, so that none united with 1 he church before they left. Subsequent events have shown, however, Walker (E.) — Continued. that many of them were Christians, for their lives have proved it. "Mr. Walker studied the Spokan language quite thoroughly and learned its scientific and grammatic construction more thoroughly than bis colaborer. He prepared [with the assistance of Rev. Cushing Eells] a small primer in the language, which was printed in 1842 at Lapwai, Idaho, the only book ever printed in that language. [See title next above.] *' On account of the Whitman massacre, in 1847, at Wallawalla, he was obliged to remove, with his family, to the Willamette Valley, Oregon, in 1848. Until 1850 he made his home at Oregon City, and from that time until his death at Forest Grove. In 1848 he aided in organizing the Congregational Association of Oregon. The same year he assisted in founding Tualatin Academy and Pacific University, at Forest Grove, to which he gave $1,000 and of which he was a trustee eleven years previous to his death. He preached at Forest Grove and in the vicinity nearly all the time he lived there, and during his pastorate of the Congregational church at that place the church building there was erected which cost $7,000, of which he gave $1,000. In 1870 he returned to Maine, on his only visit east. He died at Forest Grove, November 21,1877, aged 72 years. His wife still lives there (1892), and of his eightchil- dren sesen are living; five have been engaged in active Christian work among the Indians of the Pacific coast, and one is a missionary in China. The eldest one is the first white boy born in Oregon, Idaho, or Washington." Watkinson: This word following a title or within • parentheses after a note indicates that a copy of the work referred to has been seen bjr the compiler in the Watkinson library, Hartford, Conn. Wellesley: This word following a title or within parentheses after a note indicates tbatacopyof the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the library of Wellesley college, Wellesley, Mass. Whymper (Frederick). Travel and ad-' venture | in the | territory of Alaska, | formerly Russian America—now ceded to the | United States—and in various other | parts of the north Pacific. | By Frederick Whymper. | [Design.] | With map and illustrations. | London j John Murray, Albemarle street. | 1868. | The right of Translation is reserved. Half-title verso blank 11. title verso names of3 printers 11. dedication verso blank 1 1. preface pp. vii-ix, contents pp. xi-xix, list of illustrations p. [xx], text pp. 1-306, appendix pp. 307- 331, map, plates, 8°. A few Salishan phrases, pp. 43,47. Copies seen: Boston Public, British Museum, Congress. SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 75 ,*|eu*waww«iji,!'.-)<w kwh I WfatHmiMt,^*, iWIIB 11 E S a THLU S 1 *. as. J*» s Si is! 1 H & V a I s ill i n i sir feA»««^«»s^wffK«Q'jai«iwi* LAPWAI: csttfc*witt**«ota«** l#4rX<! -*, FACSIMILE OF THE TITLE-PAGE OF THE SPOKAN PRIMER, 76 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE Whymper (F.) — Continued. At the Field sale, catalogue no. 2539, a copy brought $2.75. An American edition titled as follows: Travel and adventure | in the | territory of Alaska, | formerly Russian America—now ceded to the | United States—and in various other | parts of the north Pacific. | By Frederick Whymper. J [Design.] J With map and illustrations. | New York: | Harper & "brothers, publishers, | Franklin square. | 1869. Frontispiece 11. title verso blank 11. dedication verso blank 11. preface pp. xi-xii, contents pp. xiii-xviii, list of illustrations p. xix, text pp. 21-332, appendix pp. 333-353, map and plates, 8°. Linguistic contents as under title next above, pp. 63, 66. Copies seen: Bancroft, Boston Athenaeum, Geological Survey, Powell. Reprinted, 1871, pp. xix, 21-353,8». (*) Frederick Whymper I Voyages et aventures dans P Alaska [ (ancien Ame'rique russe) | Ouvrage traduit de PAnglais avec l'autorisation de Pauteur j par $mile Jonveaux | Hlus- tr£ de 37 gravures sur hois | et accom- pagn6 d'une carte. Paris | librairie Hachette et Cie | houlevard Saint-Germain, 79 | 1871 | Tous droits reserve's Cover title as above, half-title verso names of printers 11. titleasabove verso blank 11. preface pp. i-ii, half-title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-405, table des chapitres pp. 407-412, map, 8°. Linguistic contents as under titles above, pp. 58,65. Copies seen: Pilling. Wickersham (Judge James). The name is "Tacoma." In the Weekly Ledger, Tacoma, Washington, Friday, February 10,1893. (Pilling.) A discussion concerning the name of the mountain, "Is it Tacoma or Rainier." Niskwalli and Puyallup geographic terms. Reprinted, with additions, as follows: Proceedings I of the I Tacoma acad emy of science, | February 6, 1893. j [Ornament.] | Paper by Hon. James Wickersham. | Is it "Mt. Tacoma" or "Rainier." | What Do History and Tradition Say? j [Ornament.] | Tacoma: Puget Sound Printing: Company. | 1893. Cover t itlo as above verso names of officers, no inside title, text pp. 1-16.8°. Wickersham (J.) — Continued. Names of a number of geographic features passim, mainly "Nisqually-Puyallup".—Ety mology of the word Tacoma, p. 16. Copies seen: Pilling. [Material relating to the Nisqually language.] In response to my inquiries, Judge Wickersham, of Tacoma, Wash., writes me under date of November 14,1892, as follows: "You ask for the title and full description of manuscript, etc., relating to the Nisqually language. As yet it has no title and consists of about 200 pages of words, definitions, legends, names, etc..collected from a Nisqually I ndian by the name of Leschi, who is the son of the celebrated chief Quiemuth and nephew of Leschi, the war chief of the combined Nisqually, Puyallup, Klikitat, and Yakama war of 1855-'56 on Puget Sound. I am getting, in the best possible manner, a complete vocabulary of the Nisqually, simon pure, and intend to keep at it until I have everything obtainable. "My idea now is to prepare the history of j these people since the advent of the whites, their legends and myths, their language, habits, form of government, etc., in a small volume for preservation. It will have, of course, only a local interest, except to ethnologists, but it can still be made of so great interest to the people of our State as to become practically a history of the State of Washington." James Wickersham was born in Marion county, Illinois, in 1857; receiveU a common- school education. At 20 went into law office of Senator John M. Palmer, Springfield, 111., and in 1880 was admitted to the bar upon examination before the supreme court of Illinois. Was employed on census of 1880 under Special Agent Fred. H. Wines, engaged on statistical work in connection with the defective, delinquent, and dependent classes in the United States. Upon the completion of this work, having married meanwhile, in 1883 moved to Tacoma, Wash.,where he began the practice of law. In 1884 was elected probate judge of Pierce county; was re-elected in 1886; since expiration of term has been engaged in the law practice at Tacoma. He made an exploration of the earthworks of mound-builders in Sanga« mon county, Illinois, in 1882 (see Smithsonian Rep., 1883, pp. 825-835), and has since been interested in anthropological matters. Was one ot the charter members of the Tacoma Academy of Science, and takes an active interest in its work. Mr. Wickersham makes a specialty of history of the northwest coast, and has gathered a fine library on that suhjectas well as ethnology. Has written Nisqually Indian languages, legends, etc., also the Chinese language on plan adopted by Smithsonian in collecting Indian vocabularies. He is now engaged in arranging a comparative list of words from the American Indian and some of the Mongolian langauges. 3 SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 77 Wilkes (Charles). Narrative | of the | United States | exploring expedition. | During the years | 1838,1839,1840,1841, 1842. | By | Charles Wilkes, U.S.N., | commander of the expedition, | member of the American philosophical society, etc. | In five volumes, and an atlas. \ Vol.1 [-V]. | Philadelphia: j printed by C. Sherman. | 1844. 5 vols, and atlas, maps, plates and steel vignettes, 4°. Names of tho months in the Flathead language, vol. 4, p. 478. Copies seen: British Museum, Congress, Lenox. Only a limited number of this issue, 75 copies, I believe, were printed, and these were for presentation. The copies of the quarto edition issued for sale are dated 1845, as described in the next following title. Titles of several octavo editions are also given below. The quarto series was continued by the publication of the scientific results of the expedition to volume 24, of which vols. 18,19,21, and 22 are yet unpublished. They have a slightly changed title, beginning: United States exploring expedition. The only one containing linguistic matter is Hale (Horatio), Philology, vol. 6, Philadelphia, 1846, for title of which see p. 31 of this bibliography. — Narrative | of the | United States | exploring expedition. | During the years | 1838,1839,1840, 1841, 1842. | By | Charles Wilkes, U. S. N., | commander of the expedition, | member of the American philosophical society, etc. | In five volumes, and an atlas. | Yol. I[-V]. | Philadelphia: | Lea & Blanchard. | 1845. 5 vols, and atlas, maps, plates, and steel vignettes, 4°. This is the same edition as the preceding, but with new title. Names of the months in the Flathead language, vol. 4, p. 478. Copies seen: Eames, Lenox. The following are reprints: -— Narrative | of the | United States | exploring expedition. | During the years | 1838,1839,1840, 1841, 1842. | By | Charles Wilkes,U.S.N. | commander of the expedition, | member of the I American philosophical society, etc. I In five volumes, and an atlas. | Vol. I[-V]. | Philadelphia; I I^ea, & Plancbayd, | 1S45, Wilkes (C.)—Continued. 5 vols, and atlas, maps, plates, aud steel vignettes, royal 8°. Names o f the months in Flathead, with meanings, vol. 4, p. 450. Copies seen: Boston Athenaeum, British Museum, Congress, G-eological Survey, Lenox. Narrative | of the | United States | exploring expedition. | During the years | 1838,1839,1840, 1841, 1842. | By | Charles Wilkes,U. S.N. | commander of the expedition, | member of the American philosophical society, etc. | In five volumes and an atlas. | Vol. I[-V]. | ' | London: | Wiley and Putnam, j (Printed by C. Sherman, Philadelphia, U.S.A.) | 1845. 5 vols, and atlas, maps, plates, royal 8°. Names of the months in Flathead, with meanings, vol. 4, p. 450. Copies seen: British Museum, Harvard. Narrative | of the | United States | exploring expedition. | During the years | 1838, 1839, 1840,1841, 1842. | By | Charles Wilkes, U. S. N. | commander of the expedition, | member of the American philosophical society, etc. | With illustrations and maps. | Vol. I[-V]. | Philadelphia: | Lea & Blanchard. j 1845. 5 vols, maps, plates, 8°. This edition differs from the quarto and royal octavo editions in that woodcuts have been substituted for the 47 steeLvignettes, in having only 11 of the 14 maps bound in, in being printed on somewhat thinner paper, in the omission inmost copies of the 64 plates, and in not being accompanied by the atlas. Names of the months in Flathead, with meanings, vol. 4, p. 450. Copies seen: Congress. Narrative | of the | United States | exploring expedition. | During the years j 1838,1839,1840, 1841, 1842. | By j Charles Wilkes,U. S. N. | commander of the expedition, | member of the American philosophical society, etc. | In five volumes, with thirteen maps. | Vol. I[-V]. | Philadelphia: | 1850. 5 vols, maps, plates, 8°. Names of the months in Flathead, with meanings, vol. 4, p. 450. Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenaeum, Congress, National Museum. The edition of the Narrative: [London] Ingram,Cooke & Co.,1852, 2 vols. sq. 16° (Boston A^kenasiun), cjoes not contai^tt^e, linguistics,. 78 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE % "Vr M , Wilkes (C.) — Continued. I have seen mention of "a new edition," New York, 1856. Charles Wilkes, naval officer, born in New York City, April 3, 1798, died in Washington, D. C, February 8,1877. He entered the navy as a midshipman January 1,1818, and was promoted to lieutenant, April 28, 1826. He was appointed to the department of charts and instruments in 1830 and was the first in the United States to set up fixed astronomical instruments and observe with them. On August 18,1838, he sailed from Norfolk, Va., in command of a squadron of five vessels and a storeship, to explore the southern seas. He visited Madeira, the Cape Yerde Islands, Rio de Janeiro, Ti- erra del Fuego, Yalparaiso, Callao, the Pau- motou group, Tahiti, the Samoan group (which he surveyed and explored), Wallis Island, and Sydney in New South Wales. He left Sydney in December, 1839, and discovered what he thought to be an Antarctic continent, sailing along vast ice fields for several weeks. In 1840 he thoroughly explored the Fiji group and visited the Hawaiian Islands, where he measured intensity of gravity by means of the pendulum on the summit of Mauna Loa. In 1841 he visited the northwestern coast of America and Columbia and Sacramento rivers, and on November 1 set sail from San Francisco, visited Manila, Sooloo, Borneo, Singapore, the Cape of Good Hope, and St. Helena, and cast anchor at New York on June 10,1842. Charges preferred against him by some of his officers were investigated by a court-martial, and he was acquitted of all except illegally punishing some of his crew, for which he was reprimanded. He served on the coast survey in 1842-'43, was promoted to commander July 13,1843, and employed in connection with the report on the exploring expedition at Washington in 1844-1861. He was commissioned a captain September 14, 1855, and when the civil war opened was placid in command of the steamer San Jacinto in 1861 i and sailed in pursuit of the Confederate privateer Sumter. On November 8, 1861, he intercepted at sea the English mail steamer Trent, bound from Havana to St. Thomas, W. I.,.and sent Lieut. Donald M. Fairfax on board to bring off the Confederate commissioners, John Slidell and James M. Mason, with their secretaries. The officials were removed to the San Jacinto, in which they were taken to Fort Warren, in Boston Harbor. The navy department gave Capt. Wilkes an emphatic commendation, Congress passed a resolution of thanks, and his act caused great rejoicing throughout the north, where he was the hero of the hour. But, on the demand of the British government that Mason and Slidell should be given up, Secretary Seward complied, saying in his dispatch that, although the commissioners and their papers were contraband of war, and therefore Wilkes was right in capturing them, he should have taken the Trent into port as a prize for adjudication. As he had failed to do so and "Wilkes (C.)—Continued. had constituted himself a judge in the matter, to approve his act would be to sanction the "right of search," which had always been denied by the United States Government. The prisoners were therefore released. In 1862 Wilkes commanded the James River flotilla and shelled City Point. He was promoted to commodore July 16,1862, and took charge of a special squadron in the West Indies. He was placed on the retired list because of age, June 25, 1864, and promoted to rear-admiral on the retired list July 25,1866. For his services to science as an explorer he received a gold medal from the Geographical Society of London. The reports of the Wilkes exploring expedition were to consist of twenty-eight quarto volumes, but nine of these were not completed. Of those that were published, Capt. Wilkes was the author of the "Narrative" of the expedition (6 vols., 4to, also 5 vols., 8vo, Philadelphia, 184sfl abridged ed., New York, 1851) and the volumes on "Meteorology" and "Hydrography." Admiral Wilkes was also the author of Western America, Including California and Oregon (Philadelphia, 1*49), and Theory of the Winds? (New York, 1856).—Appleton18 Cyclop, of Am. Biog. Willoughby (C.) Indians of the Qui- naielt agency, Washington territory. By C. Willoughby. In Smithsonian Inst. Ann. Rept. for 1886, part- 1, pp. 267-282, Washington, 1889, 8°. (Pilling.) A few Quinaielt terms passim. Wilson (Rev. Edward Francis). A comparative vocabulary. In Canadian Indian, vol. 1 (no. 4), pp. 104-107, Owen Sound, Ontario, January, 1891,8°. A vocabulary of ten words in about 56 languages, mostly North American, and including the Flathead and Nisqually. Rev Edward Francis Wilson, son of the late Rev. Daniel Wilson, Islington, prebendary of St. Paul's cathedral, and grandson of Daniel Wilson, bishop of Calcutta, was born in London December 7,1844, and at the age of 17 left school and emigrated to Canada for the purpose of lead-f ing an agricultural life; soon after his arrival he was led to take an interest in the Indians and resolved to become a missionary. After two years of preparation, much of which time was spent among the Indians, he returned to England, and in December, 1867, was ordained, deacon. Shortly thereafter it was arranged that he should return to Canada as a missionary! to the Ojibway Indians, under the auspices ofj the Church Missionary Society, which he did in I July, 1868. He has labored among the Indians ever since, buildingtwo homes—theShingwauk Home, at Sault Ste. Marie, and the Wawanosh Home, two miles from the former—and preparing linguistic works. Winatsha. See Piskwau. i\L SALISHAN LANGUAGES. 79 Wisconsin Historical Society: These words following a title or within parentheses after a note indicate that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the library of that institution, Madison, Wis. Words: See Daa (L K.) Schomburgk (R. H.) Atna Atna Bilkula Bilkula Bilkula Bilkula Bilkula Bilkula Bilkula Chehalis Chehalis Chehalis Kalispel Kaulits Kawichen Kawichen Kawichen Kawichen Kawichen Klallam Klallam Klallam Klallam Klallam Komuk Kwantlen Kwinaiutl Lummi Lummi Netlakapam uk Niskwalli Niskwalli Niskwalli Boas (F.) Brinton (D. G.) Buschmann (J. C. E.) Chamberlain (A. F.) Daa(L.K.) Latham (R. G.) Stumpf (C.) Bancroft (H. H.) Gibbs (G.) Nicoll(E.H.) Youth's. Gibbs (G.) Brinton (D. G.) Buschmann (J. C. E.) Chamberlain (A. F.) Daa(L.K.) Latham (R. G.) Bancroft (H. H.) Buschmann (J. C. E.) Daa(L.K.) Latham (R. G.) Youth's. Boas (F.) Gibbs (G.) Willoughby (C.) Bancroft (H. H.) Youth's. Bulmer (T. S.) Bancroft (H.H.) Bulmer (T. S.) Buschmann (J. C. E.) Words — Continued. Niskwalli Niskwalli Niskwalli Mskwalli Niskwalli Niskwalli Niskwalli Okinagan Pentlash Piskwau Piskwau Piskwau Salish Salish Salish Salish Salish Salish Salish Salish Salish Salish Salish Salish Salish Salish Salish Shuswap Sicatl Skitsuish Skitsuish Skokomish Snanaimuk Snohomish Snohomish Songish Tilamuk Tilamuk Chamberlain (A. F.) Daa (L. K.) Gibbs (G.) Latham (R. G.) Lubbock (J.) Pott (A. F.) Youth's. Daa(L.K.) Boas (F.) Bancroft (H.H.) Gallatin (A.) Hale (H.) Boas (F.) Bulmer (T. S.) Daa (L. K.) Gallatin (A.) Gibbs (G.) Hale (H.) Hoffman (W. J.) Latham (R. G.) Mengarini (G.) Pott (A. F.) Smet (P. J. de). Squire (W. G.) Swan (J. G.) Treasury. Tylor (E. B.) Boas (F.) Boas (F.) Bancroft (H.H.) Pott (A. F.) Boas (F.) Boas (F.) Boas (F.) Youth's. Boas (F.) Bancroft (H. H.) Boas (F.) Y. Yale: This word following a title or within parentheses after a note indicates that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the compiler in the library of Yale College, New Haven, Conn. Youth's. The youth's j companion: | A juvenile monthly Magazine published for | the benefit of the Puget Sound Catholic Indian | Missions; and set to type, printed and in part | written by the pupils of the Tulalip, Wash. Ty. | Indian Industrial Boarding Schools, under | the control of the Sisters of Charity. | Approved by the Rt. Rev. Bishop [iEgidius, of Nesqualy]. | Vol. I. May, 1881. No. l[-Vol.V. May, 1886. No. 60]. [Tulalip Indian Reservation, Snohomish Co. W. T.] Youth's— Continued. Edited by Rev. J. B. Boulet. Instead of being paged continuously, continued articles have a separate pagination dividing the regular numbering. For instance, in no. 1, pp. 11-14 (Lives of the saints) are numbered 1-4 and the article is continued in no. 2 on pp. 5-8, taking the place of 41-44 of the regular numbering. Discontinued after May, 1886, on account of the protracted illness of the editor. The Lord's prayer in Snohomish, vol. a., p. 228; in Flathead, p. 256; in Nitlakapamuk of British Columbia, p. 301; in Lummi, vol. 2, p. 28; in Clallam, p. 86; in Cowlitch, p. 106.—The name for God in seventy different languages, including the Nootsack, Kalispel, Lummi, Snohomish, and Clallam, vol. p. 156.—Sen tence in "Indian" [Snohomish],vol.2,p.247. Copies seen: Congress, Georgetown, Pilling, Wellesley. !s i CHRONOLOGIC INDEX. 1801 Atna and Friendly Yills ige 1802 Atna and Friendly Yills ige 1802 Atna and Friendly Yilh ige 1802 Atna and Friendly Vilh ige 1802 Atna and Friendly Yilh tge 1802 Atna and Friendly Village 1803 Atna and Friendly Yilh ige 1806- 1817 Atna and Friendly Yilh ige 1807 Atna and Friendly Yilh tge 1807 1809 Salish 1814 Atna and Friendly Yilh ige 1815 Salish 1835 Yarious 1836 Yarious 1836- 1847 Salish 1839- 1S11 Salish 1840- 1848 Salish .1841 Salish 1841 Yarious 1841 Yarious 1842 Spokan 1843 Salish 1843 Snohomish 1844 Salish and Kalispel 1844 Salish 1844 Tilamuk and Chehalis 1845 Salish and Kalispel 1845 Salish 1845 Salish 1845 Salish 1845 Salish 1846 Spokan 1846 Yarious 1846 Yarious 1846 Yarious 1847 Salish 1847 Salish and Kalispel 1848 Atna 1848 Niskwalli and Chehalis 1848 Salish and Kalispel 1848 Salish and Kalispel 1848 Yarious 1848 Yarious 1849 Okinagan 1849 Salish and Kalispel I860 Salish 1850 Yarious 1850 Yarious 1851 Bilkula 1852 Salish 1852 Yarious 1853 HAT Salish Yocabularies Yocabularies Yocabularies Yocabularies Yocabularies Yocabularies Yocabularies Yocabularies Yocabularies Yocabularies Yocabularies Bibliographic Yocabularies Yocabularies Classification Yocabulary Vocabulary j Classification Yocabularies Yocabularies Primer Words Yocabulary Prayers Words Yocabulary Prayers Words Words Words Words Matthew Grammatic and vocabularies Grammatic and vocabularies Words Bibliographic Prayers and vocabulary Words Yocabulary Prayers and vocabulary Prayers and vocabulary Yarious Yarious Relationships Lord's prayer and vocabularies Words Yocabularies Yocabularies Classification Classification Proper names Classification Mackenzie (A.) Mackenzie (A.) Mackenzie (A.) Mackenzie (A.) Mackenzie (A.) Mackenzie (A.) Mackenzie (A.) Adelung (J. C.) Mackenzie (A.) Henry (A.) Mackenzie (A.) Yater (J. S.) Salish. Gallatin (A.) Prichard (J. C.) Maximilian (A.) Maximilian (A.) Prichard (J. C.) Scouler (J.) Tolmie (W.F.) AYalker (E.) and Eells (C.) Smet (P.J.de). Bolduc (J. B. Z.) Smet (P.J.de). Wilkes (C.) Lee (D.) and Frost (J.) Smet (P.J.de). Wilkes (C.) Wilkes (C.) Wilkes (C.) Wilkes (C.) AYalker (E.) Hale (H.) Hale (H.) Latham (R. G.) Yater (J. S.) Smet (P.J.de). ' Schomburgk (R. H.) Montgomerie (J. E.) Smet (P.J.de). Smet (P.J. de). Gallatin (A.) Latham (R. G.) Ross (A.) Smet (P. J. de). Wilkes (C.) Howse (J.) Latham (R. G.) Latham (R. G.) Berghaus (H.) Stanley (J. M.) Gallatin (A.) 81 82 CHRONOLOGIC INDEX. Salish Chehalis Lummi Toanhuch Salish and Kalispel Atna Niskwalli Salish and Kalispel Yarious Yarious Yarious Yarious Yarious Kaulitz Klallam Klallam Kwantlen Skagit Salish Salish and Kalispel Snohomish Yarious Yarious Salish Salish Salish Salish and Kalispel Salish Salish Yarious Salish Songish Yarious Klallam and Lummi Niskwalli and Salish Salish Salish and Kalispel Salish Niskwalli and Salish Salish and Kalispel Salish and Kalispel Salish Salish Salish Salish Salish Niskwalli Niskwalli Niskwalli Salish Salish? Yarious Yarious Yarious Okinagan Salish Salish Spokan and Salish Spokan Salish Atna Salish Salish Salish Salish Classification Yocabulary Yocabulary Yocabulary Lord's prayer Classification Words Lord's prayer Yocabularies Yocabularies Words and numerals Words and numerals Words Yocabulary Numerals Yocabulary Yocabulary Yocabulary Bibliographic Lord's prayer Vocabulary Yocabularies Yocabularies Classification Classification Classification Lord's prayer- Classification Classification Yocabularies Grammar Proper names Words Yocabulary Numerals General discussion Prayers and vocabulary Words Numerals ■ Prayers Prayers and vocabulary Bibliographie Bibliographic Phrases Bibliographic Phrases Words Words Words Bibliographic Lord's prayer Yocabularies Yocabularies Yocabularies Relationships Phrases Phrases Proper names Relationships Numerals Vocabular Bibliographic Bibliographic General discussion General discussion E.) E.) E.) E.) F.) Schoolcraft (H. R.) Cooper (J. G.) Gibbs (G.) Gibbs (G.) Shea (J. G.) Latham (R. G.) Tolmie (W. F.) Shea (J. G.) Buschmann (J. C. E.) Buschmann (J. CE.) Swan (J. G.) Swan (J. G.) Daa (L. K.) Wabass (W. G.) Grant (W. C.) Gibbs (G.) Gibbs (G.) Craig (R. O.) Ludewig (H. E.) Shea (J. G.) Craig (R. 0.) Buschmann (J. C. Buschmann (J. C. Buschmann (J. C. Buschmann (J. C. Kane (P.) Smet (P. J. de) Gallatin (A.) Schoolcraft (H. R Latham (R. G.) Mengarini (<J.) Macdonald (D. G Pott (A. F.) Gibbs (G.) Gibbs (G.) Anderson (A. C.) Smet (P. J. de). Gibbs (G.) Gibbs (G.) Smet (P. J. de). Smet (P. J. de). Triibner & Co. Leclerc (C.) Whymper (F.) Sabin (J.) Whymper (F.) Lubbock (J.) Lubbock (J.) Lubbock (J.) Triibner & Co. Marietti (P.; Roehrig (F. L. O.) Roehrig (F. L. O.) Roehrig (F. L. 0.) Morgan. Whymper (F.) Whymper (F.) Collin (C.) Gibbs (G.) Mengarini (G.) Pinart (A. L.) Triibner & Co. Field (T.W.) Shea (J. G.) Treasurv. sX CHRONOLOGIC INDEX. 83 1873 Salish and Kalispel Prayers Smet (P. J. de). 1873 Shuswap Vocabulary Tolmie (F.W.) 1873 Yarious Vocabularies Gibbs (G.) 1874 Salish Bibliography Steiger (E.) 1874-1875 Salish Bibliography Triibner & Co. 1874-1876 Yarious Various Bancroft (H.H.) 1874-1876 Yarious Various Bancroft (H.H.) 1874-1881 Twana General discussion Hayden (F. V.) 1875 Niskwalli Words Lubbock (J.) 1875 Salish Bibliographic Field (T. W.) 1875 Snanaimuk Text Caruana (J. M.) 1876 Salish Bibliographic Platzmann (J.) 1876 Salish Vocabulary, etc. Petitot (E. F. S. J.) 1876 Skitsuish Vocabulary Smet (P. J. de). 1877 Kalispel Text Lettre. 1877 Kalispel Vocabulary Tolmie (W. F.) 1877 Niskwalli Dictionary Gibbs (G.) 1877 Salish Classification Gatschet (A. S.) 1877 Salish Classification Gatschet (A. S.) 1877 Salish Classification Beach (W.W.) 1877 Salish General discussion Trumbull (J. H.) 1877 Skitsuish Vocabulary Mengarini (G.) 1877 Skoyelpi Vocabulary Mengarini (G.) 1877 Shuswap Vocabulary Tolmie (W. F.) 1877 Skitsuish Vocabulary Smet (P.J. de). 1877 Tilamuk Vocabulary Gatschet (A. S.) 1877 Twana Various Eells (M.) 1877 Yarious Vocabularies Gibbs (G.) 1877 Yarious Vocabularies Powell (J. W.) 1877-1879 Kalispel Grammar (riorda (J.) 1877-1879 Kalispel Grammar Giorda (J.) 1877-1887 Salish General discussion Miiller (F.) 1878 Klallam Dictionary Eells (M.) 1878 Netlak apamuk Prayer book Good (J.B.) 1878 Netlakapamuk Prayer book Good (J.B.) 1878 Niskwalli Dictionary Eells (M.) 1878 Salish Bibliographic Leclerc (C.) 1878 Salish Classification Bates (H. W.) 1878 Salish Classification Keane (A. H.) 1878-1879 Klallam Songs Eells (M.) 1878-1893 Salish Bibliographic Trumbull (J. H.) 1879 Kalispel Bible stories Giorda (J.) 1879 Kalispel Dictionary Giorda (J.) 1879 Netlakapamuk Prayer book: Good (J.B.) 1879 Salish Relationships Oppert (G.) 1879 Snohomish Prayer book Boulet (J. B.) 1880 Kalispel Catechism Giorda (J.) 1880 Netlapakamuk Prayer book Good (T.B.) 1880 Netlapakamuk Vocabulary, etc. Good (J. B.) 1880 Salish Classification Sayce (A. H.) 1880-1881 Yarious Grammatic treatise Eells (M.) 1881 Salish Classification Keane (A. H.) 1881 Salish Words Tylor (E. B.) 1881 Salish Words Tylor (E. B.) 1881-1886 Yarious Lord's prayer Youth's Companion 1882 Chehalis Dictionary Eells (M.) 1882 Niskwalli Vocabulary Campbell (J.) 1882 Niskwalli Vocabulary Campbell (J.) 1882 Niskwalli Words Lubbock (J.) 1882 Salish Bibliographic Eells (M.) 1882 Salish Bibliographic Triibner & Co. 1882 Salish Classification Bates (H. W.) 1882 Salish Classification Drake (S. G.) 1882 Salish Classification Gatschet (A. S.) 1882 Salish Classification Gatschet (A. S.) T 84 CHRONOLOGIC INDEX. 1882 Salish Classification Keane (A. If.), note. 1882 Twana and Klallam Songs Baker (T.) 1882 Twana and Klallam Songs Baker (T.) 1882 Various Various Bancroft (H. H.) 1883 Salish Classification Sayce (A. H.) 1883 Salish Words Tylor (E. B.) 1884 Salish Legends Hoffman (W. J.) 1884 Salish Words Squire (W. C.) 1884 Stahkin Words Petitot (E\ F. S. J.) 1884 Various Vocabularies Tolmie (W. F.) and (G. M.) 1884-1889 Salish Bibliographic Pott (A. F.) 1885 Bilkula Words Stumpf (C.) 1885 Chehalis Dictionary Eells (M.) 1885 Kalispel Lord's prayer Smalley (E. V.) 1885 Kalispel Lord's prayer Van Gorp (L.) 1885 Salish Bird names Hoffman (W. J.) 1885 Salish Bibliographic Pilling (J. C.) 1885 Salish Classifi cation Bates (H. W.) 1885 Salish Classification Keane (A. H.), note. 1885 Sal is] i and Kalispel Prayers and vocabula* ries Smet (P. J. de). 1885 Various Grammatic Eells (M.) 1885-1889 Salish Classification Feathermann (A.) 1886 Bilkula Grammatic Boas (F.) 1886 Bilkula Grammatic Boas (F.) 1886 Komuk Grammatic Boas (F.) 1886 Komuk Texts Boas (F.) 1886 Komuk Vocabulary Boas (F.) 1886 Pentlash Texts Boas (F.) 1886 Puyallup Vocabulary McCaw (S. R,) 1886 Salish Vocabulary Hoffman (W. J.) 1886 Various Hymns Eells (M.) 1886 Various Vocabularies Boas (F.) 1887 Salish Bibliographic Dufosse (E.) 1887 Salish and Kalispel Prayers Smet (P. J. de). 1887 Various Numerals Eells (M.) 1887 Various Numerals Eells (M.) 1887 Various Numerals Eells (M.), note. 1888 Bilkula Grammatic Boas (F.) 1888 Bilkula Words Boas (F.) 1888 Bilkula and Kawichen Words Brinton (D. G.) 1888 Bilkula and Kawichen Words Brinton (D. G.) 1888 Kalispel Lord's prayer C (J. F.) 1888 Kalispel Lord's prayer C (J. F.), note. 1888 . Komuk AVords Boas (F.) 1888 Komuk Words Boas (F.) 1888 Salish Classification Haines (E. M.) 1888 Salish Words Tylor (E.B.) 1888 Skokomish Vocabulary Boas (F.) 1888 Snanaimuk Texts Boas (F.) 1888 Various Numerals Eells (M.) 1889 Chehalis Words Nicoll (E. H.) 1889 Kwinaiutl Words Willoughby (C.) 1889 Niskwalli Words Lubbock (J.) 1889 Salish Classification Boas (F.) 1889 Salish Classification Boas (F.) 1889 Salish Words Tylor (E. B.) 1889 Skoyelpi Vocabi ■ 1; i ry, etc. Chamberlain (A. F.) 1889 Snanaimuk Gentes Boas (F.) 1889 Snanaimuk Gentes Boas (F.) 1889 Various Hymns Eells (M.) 1889 Various Vo cabularies Boas (F.) 1889 Various Vocabularies Chamberlain (A. F.) 1890 Bilkula. and Kawichen Words Brinton CD. G.) 1890 Lilowat Text Le Jeune (J. M. B.) 1890 Nehelim Texts Bom (P.) Dawson CHRONOLOGIC INDEX. 85 1890 Netlakapamuk Texts 1890 Salish Texts 1890 Salish Words 1890 Salish Words 1890 Salish Words 1890 Silets Texts 1890 Snanaimuk Legends 1890 Snanaimuk Legends 1890 Tilamuk Texts 1890-1893 Klallam Lord's prayer 1890-1893 Niskwalli Words 1890-1893 Salish Hymns 1890-1893 Salish Words 1890-1893 Salish Words 1890-1893 Salish Words 1890-1893 Salish Words 1890^1893 Various Geographic names 1890-1893 Various Numerals 1891 Kalispel Catechism 1891 Kalispel Catechism 1891 Kalispel Litany 1891 Kalispel Prayers 1891 Kalispel Prayers 1891 Netlakapamuk Hymns 1891 Netlakapamuk Primer 1891 Netlakapamuk Primer 1891 Niskwalli Vocabulary 1891 Salish Classification 1891- Salish Classification 1891 Salish and Niskwalli Vocabulary 1891 Salish Words 1891 Shuswap Prayers 1891 Skwamish Prayers 1891 Stalo Prayers 1891 Various Geographic names 1891 Various Geographic names 1891 Various Grammatic 1891 Various Grammatic 1891-1893 Shuswap Prayers 1892 Netlakapamuk Catechism 1892 Netlakapamuk Prayers 1892 Salish Grammatic 1892 Salish Vocabulary 1892 Shuswap Prayers 1892 Shuswap Prayers 1892 Shuswap Various 1892 Shuswap Various 1892 Twana Text 1892 Twana Text 1892 Twana Text 1892 Various Geographic names 1892 Various Gentes 1892 Various Gentes 1893 Niskwalli Dictionary 1893 Niskwalli and Puyallup Words 1893 Niskwalli and Puyallup Words 1893 Okinagan Prayers 1893 Shuswap Catechism N.d. Atna General discussion N.d. Netlakapamuk Hymn N.d. Nuksahk Vocabulary N.d. Nusulph Vocabulary N.d. Salish General discussion N.d. Salish and Kalispel Lord's prayer N.d. Salish Lord's prayer N.d, Salish Yooabulary Le Jeune (J. M. R.) Palladine (L.) Hale (H.) Hale (H.) Hale(H.) Boas (F.) Boas (F.) Boas (F.) Boas (F.) Bulmer (T. S.) Bulmer (T. S.) Bulmer (T.S.) Bulmer (T.S.) Bulmer (T. S.) Bulmer (T. S.) Bulmer (T. S.) Bulmer (T.S.) Bulmer (T. S.) Canestrelli (P.) Canestrelli (P.) Canestrelli (P.) Canestrelli (P.) Canestrelli (P.) Le Jeune (J. M. R.) Le Jeune (J. M.R.) Le Jeune (J.M.R.) Canadian. Brinton (D. G.) Powell (J.W.) Wilson (E. F.) Gabelentz (H. G. C.) Gendre (—). Durieu (P.) Durieu (P.) Coones (S.F.) Eells (M.) Boas (F.) Boas (F.) Le Jeune (J. M. R.) Le Jeune (J. M. R.) Le Jeune (J. M. R.) Gatschet (A. S.) Brinton (D. G.) Le Jeune (J. M. R.) Le Jeune (J. M. R.) Dawson (G.M.) Dawson (G.M.) Eells (M.) Eells (M.) Eells (M.) Eells (M.) Boas (F.) Boas (F.) Wickersham (J.) Wickersham (J.) Wickersham (J.) Le Jeune (J. M. R.) Le Jeune (J. M. R.) Gibbs (G.) Good (J. B.) Gibbs (G.) Gibbs (G.) Gibbs (G.) sShea (J. G.) Smet (P. J. de). Salish, Sl_ 86 CHRONOLOGICAL INDEX. N.d Salish N.d. Salish N.d Salish N.d Snohomish N.d Twana N.d Various N.d Yarious N.d Various Words Words Words Vocabulary Grammatic Various Vocabularies Vocabularies Gibbs (G.) Gibbs (G.) Gibbs (G.) Chirouze (—). Eells (M.) Eells (M.) Gibbs (G.) Pinart (A. L.) V.| ii I w
Includes index. Other Copies: http://www.worldcat.org/oclc/959639
Bibliographies
ZPM2261.S1 P6
English
Vancouver : University of British Columbia Library
Washington : Government Printing Office
Images provided for research and reference use only. For permission to publish, copy, or otherwise distribute these images please contact digital.initiatives@ubc.ca.
Original Format: University of British Columbia. Library. Rare Books and Special Collections. ZPM2261.S1 P6
Salishan languages
Bibliography
Bibliography of the Salishan languages
Text